Bright C li
o i c e . B r i e h t F ii t u r e
• li t^t
'II
The Mission
The mission of Lycoming College is to
pro\ide a distinguished baccalaureate educa-
tion in the liberal arts. This is achieved within
a coeducational, supportive, residential setting
through programs that develop communica-
tion and critical thinking skills; foster self-
awareness while increasing receptivity to new
concepts and perspectives: explore literary and
scientific traditions; cultivate an aesthetic
sensibility; elicit social responsibility;
promote racial inclusiveness, gender equality,
and an appreciation of cultural diversity; and
produce leadership for the institutions of
society. Each student is encouraged to
develop and strengthen virtues and traits of
character that enable, ennoble, and emancipate
the human spirit while deepening commitment
to those values that undergird civilization.
Fully accredited, Lycoming is a member of
the Middle States Association of Colleges and
Schools, and the University Senate of The
United Methodist Church. It is a member of
the Association of American Colleges and
Universities, the Pennsylvania Association of
Colleges and Universities, the Commission for
Independent Colleges and Universities, the
National Commission on Accrediting and the
National Association of Schools and Colleges
of The United Methodist Church.
Also, the Department of Chemistry is
approved by the American Chemical Society
to certify upon graduation those students who
meet or exceed the requirements established
by the Society for membership. The depart-
ments of Accounting and Business Adminis-
tration are accredited by the Association of
Collegiate Business Schools and Programs.
LYCOMING COLLEC
The Baccalaureate
Degree
Lycoming College is committed to the
principle that a liberal arts education is the
ideal foundation for an informed and produc-
tive life. The liberal arts - including the fine
arts, the humanities, mathematics, the natural
and social sciences - have created the social,
political, economic and intellectual systems
which help define contemporary existence.
Therefore, it is essential that students grasp
the modes of inquiry and knowledge associ-
ated with these disciplines.
Consequently, the Baccalaureate degree
(Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science) is
conferred upon the student who has com-
pleted an educational program incorporating
the two principles of the liberal arts known as
distribution and concentration. The objective
of the distribution principle is to insure that
the student achieves breadth in learning
through the study of the major dimensions of
human inquiry: the humanities, the social
sciences, and the natural sciences. The
objective of the concentration principle is to
provide depth of learning through completion
of a program of study in a given discipline or
subject area known as the major. The effect
of both principles is to impart knowledge,
inspire inquiry, and encourage creative
thought.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Contents
cademic Calendar, 2006-2007 2
Welcome to Lycoming ..
he Campus
.dmission to Lycoming
10
inancial Matters 13
tudent Affairs 22
cademic Policies And Regulations 25
he Academic Program 32
he Curriculum 52
The Board of Trustees 173
administrative Staff/Faculty 174
rhe Alumni Association 191
ndex
Communication With
ycoming College
193
196
006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
The general regulations and policies stated in
this catalog are in effect for the 2006-07 academic
year. Freshmen beginning their first terms at
Lycoming College in the fall of 2006 or the spring
of 2007 are thereafter governed by the policies
stated in this catalog.
If changes are made in subsequent editions of
the catalog to either distribution requirements,
major, or minor requirements, a student has the
option of following the original program as
outlined in the catalog in effect at the time of
matriculation as a freshman or of following a
subsequent catalog version. The College always
reserves the right to determine which requirements
apply.
If a student interrupts his or her education but
returns to the College after no more than one
academic year has passed, he/she will retain the
same requirements in effect at the initial date of
entrance. A student who withdraws from the
College for more than one year will, upon return,
be required to complete the requirements currently
imposed upon other students of the same academic
level. A student who transfers to the College with
advanced standing will be subject to the require-
ments imposed upon other students at the College
who have attained the same academic level. Post-
baccalaureate students will be subject to the
requirements stated on page 32.
Lycoming College reserves the right to amend
or change the policies and procedures stated in
this catalog without prior notice to those who may
be affected by them. The provisions of this
publication are not to be regarded as an irrevo-
cable contract between the applicant and/or the
student and Lycoming College.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
VUAUtMH. LALCINUAK
ACADEMIC Calendar 2006 - 2007
fe-
] L
1
li^^flL
^
^rtil ,
1 iuiim, /
^i^^
r ^■■^^^^^^■d^^H
-IB
•
" "
ijifa'^HH
UL 1
>. ..^ ^^B^^^^^^^^H
m
ijSitnfiiPI
J-j
F J^^^^H
*wi«=i^--x
L^a
bft- irjniMx__^J
MtKM
wH
mill
nm
n
■liHlHBBi
Fall Semester
Spring Semester
Bills are due
August 4
December 15
Residence halls open for freshmen
August 25 at 9 a.m.
January 7 at 8 a.m.
Residence halls open for upperclassmen
August 26 at 10 a.m.
January 7 at 8 a.m.
Classes begin first period
August 28
January 8
Processing of drop/add begins
August 28
January 8
Re-registration fee of $25 applies
after this date
September 1
January 12
Last day for drop/add
September 1
January 12
Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades
September 1
January 12
Last day for submission of final grades for
courses for which Incomplete grades were
recorded in Spring, May. and Summer terms
October 6
Last day for submission of final grades
for courses for which Incomplete
grades were recorded in Fall semester
February 16
Larly Assessment reports due at noon
October 9
February 19
Residence halls close at 6 p.m. for
spring recess
February 23
Residence halls open at 10 a.m.
March 4
Classes resume first period after
spring recess
March 5
Lnrollment deposit deadline
March 6
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOC
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Fall Semester
Spring Semester
ast day to withdraw from courses
October 30
March 19
ast days to withdraw from
alf semester courses.
1st 7 weeks
2nd 7 weeks
September 27
November 15
February 7
April 4
esidence halls close at 9:00 p.m. for
hanksgiving recess
November 21
:esidence halls open at 10 a.m.
November 26
Classes resume first period after
'hanksgiving
November 27
'inal examinations begin
December 11
April 23
emester ends at 5:00 p.m.
December 15
April 27
Residence halls close at 6:00 p.m.
December 15
April 27
SP
May Term
ECIAL SESSIO
Summer
Session #1
NS
Summer
Session #2
Residence halls open noon - 3:00 p.m.
May 6
June 3
July 8
plasses begin
May 7
June 4
July 9
^ast day for drop/add
May 8
June 6
July 11
^ast day to elect audit and pass/fail grades
May 8
June 6
July 11
^ast day to withdraw from courses
May 23
June 25
July 30
Perm ends
June 1
July 6
August 10
Residence halls close at 4:00 p.m.
June 1
July 6
August 10
Special dates to remember:
reshman First Weekend .... August 25, 26, 27
"^ew Student Convocation August 25
Labor Day (classes in session) September 4
reative Arts/Science Saturday.. September 23
jFamily Weekend September 29-October 1
[Admissions Open House October 7
Homecoming Weekend October 20-22
Long Weekend (no classes) October 27-29
Admissions Open House November 1 1
Thanksgiving Recess November 21-26
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Admissions Open House February 17
Spring Recess February 23 - March 4
Accepted Students Day March 31
Good Friday (no classes) April 6
Honors Convocation April 22
Baccalaureate May 5
Commencement May 6
Admissions Open House May 12
Memorial Day (no classes) May 28
Independence Day (no classes) July 4
LYCOMING COLLEGE
/ELCOME TO LYCOMING
WELCOME TO LYCOMING COLLEGE
Lycoming College is a liberal arts and
sciences college dedicated to providing the
type of learning that can be used for a lifetime
in a supportive, residential environment that
fosters individual growth and close interper-
sonal relationships.
U.S. News and World Report has recog-
nized the Carnegie reclassification of Lycom-
ing. The College is one of the national liberal
arts colleges in the United States. It has also
been included in the "Colleges of Distinction"
guidebook. The reasons are simple.
All of Lycoming's resources and faculty
are dedicated to the undergraduate education
of just 1500 students. Classes are small and
all faculty members teach. With a 13 to 1
ratio of students to faculty, classes of five or
ten students are not uncommon, while even
large introductory courses average about 30
students. This means abundant opportunities
for individual attention by a faculty truly
committed to teaching.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
The average graduation rate for first time
freshmen is 66%. More information is
available on the Registrar's homepage under
Student's Right to Know.
Lycoming students are superbly prepared to
meet the challenges of life through an aca-
demic program that includes both breadth of
study in the humanities, arts, social sciences
and natural sciences and depth of study in at
least one area of concentration.
Those areas of concentration include
bachelor of arts degree in 3 1 major fields, and
a bachelor of science degree in four major fields
Those who intend to continue in medicine,
dentistry, law, the ministry or teaching will
find excellent preprofessional preparation.
Through a number of cooperative programs
with other colleges and universities, Lycoming
students can study forestry, environment,
podiatric medicine, optometry, and medical
technology — while still enjoying the benefits
of a small college experience. They can also
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
WELCOME TO LYCOMINC
Itudy at Anglia Polytechnic University in
Cambridge. England; Regent's College in
.ondon, England; Lancaster University,
(Lancaster, England; CUEF Universite
Jtendhal-Grenoble 3 in Grenoble, France;
fandem International School in Madrid,
>pain, and Estudio Sampere at Alicante,
ivladrid, Puerto de Santa Maria, Solamanca,
)pain, and Cuenca. Ecuador; or spend a
iemester at Westminster Business School in
J jhe University of Westminster, London,
ingland; Washington, D.C., or New York
Hity through a number of other cooperative
irograms.
One of Lycoming's most popular and
uccessful ways of blending career planning
ivith a liberal arts education is through its
nternship program. Close to one-third of
^ycoming students gain real job experience as
)art of a semester course load. The
Williamsport area is particularly rich in
nternship opportunities in business, commu-
lication, government, health and social
'services. The close relationship between the
College and the community has given
Lycoming students a chance to roll up their
sleeves and gain resume-enhancing experi-
ence rather than mere observation.
Most students complete their program of
study in four years, usually by taking four
courses each fall and spring semester.
However, students may take one course
during Lycoming's May Term and from one
to two courses in each Summer Term.
Perhaps one of the most important
qualities of Lycoming is its feeling of
community. Lycoming is a truly residential
college where all students, with the exception
of close commuters, live on campus in one of
the College's residence halls or apartments.
The quality of campus life is enriched by
a variety of extracurricular activities in which
Lycoming students gain valuable leadership
training.
Students produce a newspaper, run the
campus radio station, edit a yearbook, mount
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
theatre productions, participate in a nationally
acclaimed choir and concert band, as well as
organize and manage their own social
fraternities and sororities, special interest
clubs and campus-wide social events.
Student athletes can try out for 19 different
varsity sports ( 10 for men, 9 for women) or
participate in the College's strong intramural
program.
Students are admitted free to productions
at the Community Arts Center. Student-run
programs have brought in Adam Sandler,
Yellowcard, Fiona Apple, Eve6, Sugar Ray
and Brian Adams.
Lycoming's campus lies near the historic
downtown of Williamsport, a city best known
as the birthplace of Little League Baseball
and the site of its annual international
championship. The greater metro area has a
population of approximately 75,000.
The rolling hills and forestlands of
northcentral Pennsylvania provide some of
the state's best scenery, as well as hiking,
camping, kayaking, and other outdoor
recreation. Yet Lycoming is less than a four-
hour drive from New York City, Philadelphia,
Washington, D.C., Baltimore, and Pittsburgh.
The College enjoys a relationship with the
United Methodist Church and supports its
tradition of providing an education to persons
of all faiths. The College is firmly committed
to a policy of cultural diversity and expects its
students to work together in an atmosphere of
respect and tolerance.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
HISTORY • THE CAMPUS
History
The history of Lycoming College has been
one of continual evolution. The institution
has been, at one time or another, an elemen-
tary and secondary school, a seminary, a
junior college and at present a four-year
liberal arts college — going through four
names in the process. Sold by an independent
board to the Methodists (who bought it as a
source of revenue), it is today an independent
non-profit, private college, affiliated with the
United Methodist Church.
Its beginning dates back to 1812 — making
Lycoming one of the 50 oldest colleges in
America — when it was founded as the
Williamsport Academy, that city's first
elementary and secondary school. The school
was administered by a Board of Trustees
made up primarily of staunch Presbyterians.
By 1848, Williamsport had its own public
school system well in place, and the private
school was becoming a financial burden. A
visionary circuit preacher. Rev. Benjamin H.
Crever, persuaded the Methodists to buy the
school. They named the institution Dickinson
Seminary and offered college preparatory
courses. Rev. Crever is considered the
school's true founder.
The seminary operated as a private
boarding school until 1929 when a college
curriculum was added and it became the
Williamsport Dickinson Junior College, the
first private junior college in Pennsylvania.
In 1947, the junior college became a four-
year degree-granting college of liberal arts
and sciences. It adopted the name Lycoming,
derived from the American Indian word
"lacomic," meaning "Great Stream," a name
that enjoys local popularity as the name of the
county, a township and a creek.
In its evolutionary tradition, Lycoming
College continues to expand its programs and
improve its academic excellence with each
decade, seeking to provide a truly distin-
guished baccalaureate education to every
student entering its doors.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE Campus
Twenty-one buildings sit on Lycoming's
42-acre campus. Most buildings have been
constructed since 1950. All are easy to reach
from anywhere on campus. A 12-acre
athletic field and football stadium lie a few
blocks north of the main campus.
Modern buildings include the eight
residence halls, which contain clean and
comfortable double rooms; the student union;
and the physical education/recreation center.
Up-to-date facilities include the library, the
theatre, the planetarium, the computer center,
an electronic music studio, a photography
laboratory, and an art gallery. The computer
center opened in 1969; the art gallery and the
physical education center opened in 1980.
An arts center was renovated and opened in
1983. The Heim Biology and Chemistry
Building opened in 1990.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE CAMPUS
Residence Halls
Asbury Hall (1962) — Named in honor of
Bishop Francis Asbury, the father of The
United Methodist Church in the United
States, who made the circuit through the
upper Susquehanna District in 1812, the year
Lycoming (then the Williamsport Academy)
opened its doors. Asbury Hall houses fresh-
man students in a co-educational environ-
ment.
Crever Hall (1962) — Honors Lycoming's
founder and first financial agent, the Rev.
Benjamin H. Crever, who helped persuade the
Baltimore Conference to purchase the school
from the Williamsport Town Council in 1848.
East Hall (1962) — Houses five chapters of
Lycoming's fraternities and sororities. The
self-contained units contain student rooms
and a chapter room.
Forrest Hall (1968) — Honors Dr. and Mrs.
Fletcher Bliss Forrest and Anna Forrest
Burfeindt '30, the parents and sister of
Katherine Forrest Mathers '28, whose
generosity established the memorial.
Rich Hall (1948) — Honors the Rich family
of Woolrich, Pennsylvania. It houses health
services, dining services office, security,
residential life, and buildings and grounds.
Rich is an all female hall.
Skeath Hall (1965) — The largest residence
hall honors the late J. Milton Skeath, profes-
sor of psychology and four-time Dean of the
College from 1921 to 1967. It houses
freshmen in a co-educational environment.
Wesley Hall (1956) — Honors John Wesley,
the founder of Methodism. This building
houses a number of Greek organizations, as
well as independent students.
Williams Hall (1965) — Honors Mary Ellen
Whitehead Williams, mother of Joseph A.
Williams, of St. Marys, Pennsylvania, whose
bequest established the memorial.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Academic Buildings
Academic Center (1968) — The most
architecturally impressive complex on campus,
the Center is composed of four buildings: the
John G. Snowden Memorial Library, Wendle
Hall, the Mary L. Welch Theatre and Labora-
tories, and the faculty office building.
John G. Snowden Memorial Library (1968)
www.lycoming.edu/library Named after the
late state senator John G. Snowden, the library
supports the classroom and research needs of
the college community. An active informa-
tion literacy program promotes the use of print
materials. Web-accessed academic information
resources, and other information technologies.
The collection includes more than 1 80,000
volumes, approximately 1 ,000 periodical titles,
and a strong reference collection suitable to an
undergraduate education. The Snowden
Memorial Library also houses the Lycoming
College Archives and the archives of the
Central Pennsylvania Conference of the
United Methodist Church.
Academic Resource Center — Located on
the third floor of the Snowden Library, it is
operated by a professional staff and peer tutors
during the academic year. The Center offers
workshops, tutoring, and counseling.
Art Gallery (1980) — Located in the northwest
comer of the first floor of the John G. Snowden
Memorial Library, the gallery contains exhibits
during the academic year, including shows of
student work.
Wendle Hall and Laboratories (1968) —
Named after the George Wendle family, a
College benefactor, this building contains 21
classrooms, the psychology laboratories, four
computer laboratories with 75 terminals
available for use, and spacious Pennington
Lounge, an informal meeting place for
students and faculty. The language, business,
mathematics and physics laboratories are
situated on the upper floors.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE CAMPUS
Computer Graphics Lab (1993) — The
Computer Graphics Lab features state-of-the-
art computers on both Macintosh and Win-
dows platforms that are equipped with
animation, digital imaging, illustration, web
design and page layout software for use by
both fine arts and commercial design stu-
dents. The lab also features film and flatbed
scanners, color and b/w laser printers and a
large format archival epson printer. Hardware
and software are updated regularly to keep up
with changes in the graphics industry and
innovations in fine art digital imaging.
Detwiler Planetarium (1967) — Named
after the Detwiler family, it is located in the
lower level of the Academic Center. In
addition to serving as an instructional tool to
astronomy students, the planetarium has
become a community resource, hosting close
to 2,000 youngsters in Boy Scout, Girl Scout,
school and church groups each year.
Mary L. Welch Theatre (1968) — The 204-
seat thrust-stage theatre is one of the finest in
the region. Theatre facilities include: the
college box office, state-of-the-art lighting and
sound systems, costume and scene shops, a
make-up room, and an additional black-box
performance space known as the Dragon's
Lair Theatre.
Faculty Office Building (1968) — Contains
faculty offices, seminar rooms, and a 735-seat
lecture hall.
Fine Arts Center (1923, renovated 1983) —
Contains studios, sculpture foundry, wood-
shop, printmaking shop, classrooms, lecture
hall, offices.
Photography Laboratory (1984) — Located
in the lower level of the Fine Arts Center, it is
fully equipped for both black and white and
color photography.
Communication Center (1987) — The focal
point of the facility is a fully equipped
broadcast quality television studio and control
room. The building also houses an editing
LYCOMING COLLEGE
room, classrooms, faculty offices, the FM
radio station and the student newspaper office.
Heim Biology and Chemistry Building
(1990) — The $10 million Heim Building is
one of the finest undergraduate science
facilities in the East. The three-level structure
totals more than 63,000 square feet and
contains state-of-the-art biology and chemis-
try laboratories, lecture halls, seminar rooms,
a science reading area and a greenhouse as
well as classrooms and faculty offices.
Clarke Building & Chapel (1939) —
Lycoming's landmark honors Martha B.
Clarke, a benefactor. The building contains
Clarke Chapel, St. John Neumann Chapel,
music classrooms, practice studios, an
electronic music studio and faculty offices.
Mary Lindsay Welch Honors Hall (2005)
— Lycoming has refurbished a 19th century
landmark into an Honors Hall that includes
the Shangraw Performance Hall (a 1 25-seat
recital hall). The Lindsay Memorial Chapel
and offices for the United Campus Ministry
Center, and Community Services Center and
Honors Program.
Administration Buildings
Drum House — Built in 1857 the Admis-
sions House is the oldest building on the
campus. It was first occupied by a Presbyte-
rian parson.
The Admissions House was bought by the
College in 1931, along with 28 other dwell-
ings, and in 1940 became the President's home.
John W. Long occupied it for the remainder
of his tenure and D. Frederick Wertz lived in
the house from 1955 until 1965 when the
College made the property at 325 Grampian
Boulevard the President's home. The building
was then converted for use by the Fine Arts
Department. In 1983, when a new Fine Arts
facility was completed, the department was
relocated and the house was vacant until 1987
when it was restored by college craftsmen to
its original Federalist design under the
supervision of Carol Baker '60, who kindly
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE CAMPUS
volunteered her services during the year-long
reconstruction. The Admissions House was a
gift of the W.F. Rich family.
John W. Long Hall (1951) — Named after
President Long (1921-1955), it houses the
administrative offices, including those of the
President. Dean, Treasurer, Dean of Student
Affairs, Registrar, Alumni Relations, College
Relations, Institutional Advancement,
Publications, and Financial Aid, and the
business office.
Recreation Facilities
Physical Education and Recreation Center
(1980) — Includes the George R. Lamade
Gymnasium, which contains basketball and
other courts; a six-lane swimming pool; all-
purpose room; sauna and steam room; weight
room; offices; classrooms, and the Alumni
lounge.
Recreation Center (2004) — Is a two-story
54,000 square foot space with four basketball
courts. It has a suspended indoor running
track, an expanded weight room, and a new
exercise and fitness area.
Robert L. Shangraw Athletic Complex
(1998) — Located at David Person Field, the
17,700 square foot complex contains locker
facilities for football, lacrosse, soccer, and
Softball in addition to a fully-equipped
athletic training room. The press box can
accommodate radio and television coverage
and includes a hospitality suite for guests of
the president. There is bleacher sitting for
2,000 fans.
Wertz Student Center (1959) — Named
after D. Frederick Wertz, President (1955-
1968), it contains the Main Dining Commons,
Jane Schultz Dining Room, the Jonas Room,
Burchfield Lounge, a recreation area, game
rooms. Jack's Corner, bookstore, post office,
student activities office. Career Development
Center, Counseling Center, and student
organization offices.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Handicapped Accessibility
Most facilities at Lycoming College are
accessible to those with limited mobility. In
addition, the College will make special
accommodations whenever necessary to meet
the needs of any of its students.
Information
Technology Services
Lycoming College provides at least one
computer network access point in each
classroom, office, and for each student on
campus. In addition the Snowden Library and
other key areas have wireless network access.
Students have access to a variety of on-
campus and worldwide resources through the
network.
The College maintains five public use
computer labs, four labs populated with
Windows-based computers, and one lab with
a mix of Windows and Macintosh computers.
The Windows labs utilize several popular
software packages, such as Office 2003
(Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Access, FrontPage
2003), Internet Explorer, and SPSS. The
Graphics Lab utilizes Microsoft Office,
PageMaker, Photoshop, Quark XPress,
Illustrator, FrontPage 2002, Macromedia
Director and DreamWeaver. Laser printing
and DVD/RW drives are available in all labs,
with scanning available in the Graphics Lab.
Lycoming College maintains a site on the
World Wide Web where our URL is
www.lycoming.edu. Any student who is
enrolled at Lycoming receives an e-mail
account as well as a network account with
disk space for a personal Website and
common files. These are backed up daily.
Academic departments maintain home pages
and resources under the Lycoming College
home page(s). Many faculty post departmen-
tal home pages and communicate with their
students by e-mail.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE CAMPUS • ADMISSION TO LYCOMING
Any student living in a residence hall can
become part of the Residential Networking
Program, ResNet. They then have direct
access to the Lycoming network and the
Internet. There is wireless access in the
library and many areas throughout campus.
Students need properly configured computers
to give them access to e-mail and the World
Wide Web from their rooms.
A Linux and a Windows server provides
access to a variety of different software
packages to students in the Mathematical and
Computer Sciences. — www.lycoming.edu/it
ResNet (1995) - Any student who has a
computer is encouraged to bring it to campus.
To join the Residential Networking Program,
ResNet, a student must have a computer that
meets a minimal set of standards. A laptop
computer with wireless is highly encouraged,
and discounts are available through the
College Bookstore. ResNet is part of a single
consolidated Technology Fee of $ 1 75 per
semester that will cover your access to
ResNet. cable TV and the telephone basic fee.
For full instructions you can go to
www.lycoming.edu/it/resnet.htm.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Admission
To Lycoming
Lycoming College welcomes applications
from prospective students regardless of age,
sex, race, religion, financial resources, color,
national or ethnic background. Visit us at
www.Iycoming.edu
Admission Decision Criteria
Admission to Lycoming College is
competitive. Applicants are evaluated on the
basis of their academic preparation, talents,
and interests, as well as the College's capacit)
to help them achieve their educational
objectives and career goals.
Successful candidates for admission have
typically completed a college preparatory
program in high school which includes four
years of English, three years of math, two
years of foreign language, two years of
natural or physical science, three years of
social science, and two years of academic
electives.
In addition, successful admission candi-
dates generally place in the top two-fifths of
their high school graduating class, and have
better than average SATl or ACT scores.
From time to time supplemental materials,
as well as a personal interview, may be
required prior to the determination of admissi-
bility.
Admission Application
Filing Period
Applications for the fall semester will be
accepted from June 1st of the preceding year
through April 1st of the year in which studies
are to begin. Applications for the spring
semester are accepted from the preceding
May 1st through December 1st.
Applications, when complete, are re-
viewed and evaluated on a rolling basis.
Generally, applicants are notified in writing
regarding the outcome of their applications
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOC
ADMISSION TO LYCOMING
within three weeks following the receipt of all
required materials.
Freshman Applicants
Freshman applicants must complete the
following steps:
1) Submit the completed Lycoming College
Admission Application.
2) Submit the non-refundable $35
application fee.
3) Provide official transcripts of all high
school and post-secondary school studies
(whether or not completed).
4) Submit official results of the SATl or ACT.
5) Submit two personal letters of
recommendation.
Transfer Applicants
Lycoming College considers applications
from students who have attended other post-
5econdary educational institutions. These
applicants must have earned a cumulative
grade point average of at least 2.00 (on a 4
point scale) in transferable courses at the
30st-secondary institution(s) attended.
Credit will be granted only for courses
A'hich have a grade of "C-" or higher,
[bourses with a non-grade such as "P" or "S"
^vill not transfer. Lycoming College will
letermine which courses are appropriate for
Tansfer and is under no obligation to accept
iny course. Lycoming College does not have
1 statute of limitations but it reserves the right
;o refuse to accept some courses for transfer in
^vhich the content is outmoded. The Registrar
>vill consult the academic department(s)
nvolved. Final determination of transfer
:redit will be made by the Lycoming College
Registrar based on official transcripts only.
Transfer courses will be shown on the
Lycoming transcript with the symbol "T."
Applicants may transfer up to 64 semester
credits at the Lycoming College 100 and 200
evel and up to 32 semester credits at the
-ycoming College 300 and 400 level for a
otal of 96 credits. Students must complete
he final 32 credits of the degree program at
Lycoming College. At least 16 credits in the
major area must be taken at Lycoming College.
Additional information regarding the
transfer of college credit appears on page 26.
Transfer applicants must complete each of
the following steps:
1 ) Complete and return application with the
$35 application fee.
2) Provide official transcripts and course
descriptions or catalogs from each post-
secondary school attended. Students who
have accumulated less than 24 semester
hours or 36 quarter hours must also submit
high school transcripts. (Official results of
the SATl or ACT may also be required.)
3) Submit the Transfer Student Admission
Report. (It will be sent to you upon
application).
International Applicants
Prospective students who are neither
citizens nor permanent residents of the United
States are welcome to apply for admission.
International applicants must complete each
of the following steps:
1 ) Submit the completed Lycoming College
Admission Application.
2) Provide certified true copies of all
secondary (and when applicable, post-
secondary) transcripts, mark sheets, diplo-
mas, and certificates in the original lan-
guages, as well as in English (when the
originals are not in English). Transla-
tions of non-English materials must be
certified as true and correct.
3) Submit two letters of recommendation.
4) Provide proof of the ability to read, write,
and speak English at the college level as
evidenced by a TOEFL score of at least
500, or 173 for computer assessment test.
5) International students who are currently
studying in the United States must be
"in-status" with the United States De-
partment of Justice, Immigration and
Naturalization Service. They must also
be eligible to transfer to Lycoming College.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMISSION TO LYCOMING
Please note that the minimum amount
required for each academic year of study
(September through April) at l.ycoming
College is U.S. $33,000. Summer living
expenses (May through August) average
an additional U.S. $4,500, and are not
included in $33,000 amount.
Note To All Students:
1) If there is additional information that
would be helpful to the Admissions Com-
mittee in reviewing your application, please
indicate it on a separate piece of paper.
2) If you are 24 or older, the requirement for
the SATl or ACT assessment may be waived.
Readmission to the College
Students who leave the College for one or
more semesters, including those who leave
mid-term, must apply for readmission. To
apply for readmission, one must:
a. Complete the Application for Readmission
form;
b. Return the completed form to the Office of
the Registrar; and
c. If applicable, have official transcripts for
all course work completed elsewhere sent
to the Registrar.
The College reserves the right to deny
readmission to former students. Reasons for
denial of readmission requests include, but
are not limited to: lack of residence hall
space, unresolved financial obligations,
academic deficiencies, unresolved disciplin-
ary action, charges or convictions related to
criminal activity.
Students will be informed in writing about
the decision regarding readmission. To
confirm readmission, students must send a
non-refundable deposit of $200 to the Office
of the Registrar. Students who intend to live
in the residence halls must send an additional
$100 room reservation deposit and complete
the appropriate forms in the Office of
Residence Life.
Lycoming College does not have a statute
of limitations but it reserves the right to
refuse to accept some courses in which the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
content is outmoded. The Registrar will
consult the academic department(s) involved.
Confirmation of Intent
to Enroll at Lycoming
Admitted applicants are asked to confirm
their intent to enroll for the fall semester no
later than the preceding May 1st, or by
December 1st for the following spring semes-
ter by submitting the appropriate deposit. Ne\
commuting students are required to submit a
$200 Confirmation Deposit. New resident
students are required to submit the $200
Confirmation Deposit, as well as a $100 Roor
Reservation Deposit. Admitted international
applicants are required to submit all applicabl
deposits prior to the issuance of the 1-20 form
Deposits are non-refundable after May 1st
for the following fall semester, and December
1st for the following spring semester.
Student Orientation
All new students are required to attend one
of three summer orientation sessions with at
least one parent before they enroll in the fall.
The purpose of the program is to acquaint the
new students and their parent(s) more fully wit
the College so that they can begin their
Lycoming experience under the most favorabh
circumstances. Students will take placement
tests, meet their academic advisor, and registei
for fall classes. Infonnation on orientation is
mailed to new students after they confirm then
intention to enroll.
I
Withdrawal of
Admission Offers
Lycoming College reserves the right to
withdraw offers of admission when:
1 ) information requested as part of the
admission application process is not
provided by applicants,
2) misrepresentation of fact to the College b)
applicants occurs during the application
process,
3) the conduct of applicants is not in keeping
with the ethical or moral standards as set
forth in the Lycoming College Catalog or
the Lycoming College Student Handbook.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOd
II
ADMISSION TO LYCOMING • FINANCIAL MATTERS
Vdmissions Office
vocation and Hours
Prospective students and their families are
ncouraged to visit the campus for a student-
onducted tour and an interview with an
dmissions counselor, who will provide
dditional information about the College and
nswer questions.
The Office of Admissions is located on
[Vashington Boulevard and College Place,
'or an appointment, telephone 1-800-345-
-920, ext. 4026 or (570)321-4026, write the
|)ffice of Admissions, Lycoming College,
|Villiamspoi1, PA 17701, or visit
vww.lycoming.edii/admiss/requests/
cheduli2.htm
)ffice hours are:
Veekdays
leptember through April:
00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.
/lay through August: 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.
iaturdays
September through April:
:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon
/lay through August: appointments by
quest.
D06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FINANCIAL MATTERS
Expenses for the
Academic Year 2006-2007
The following expenses are effective for the
regular fall and spring semesters. The College
reserves the right to adjust fees at any time.
The fees for each semester are payable
approximately two weeks prior to the start of
classes for the semester as indicated on the
semester bill.
Fees Per Semester Per Year
Tuition $12,560.00 $25,120.00
Room Rent $1,745.00 $3,490.00
Board $1,668.00 $3,336.00
Total $15,973.00 $31,946.00
One-Time Student Fees
Application Fee $35
Confirmation/Contingency Deposit $200
Room Reservation Deposit $100
Freshman Fee $200
Part-Time Student Fees
Application Fee $35
Each Unit Course $3,140
Additional Charges
Non-refundable Enrollment Deposit for
Returning Students $100
Activity Fee per year $125
Applied Music Fee (half-hour
per week per semester) $300
Technology Fee (resident students)
(per semester) $180
Cap and Gown prevailing cost
Laboratory Fee per Unit Course.. $10 to $175
Parking Permit $60/120
Practice Teaching Fee
(payable in junior year) $400
R.O.T.C. Uniform Deposit
(payable at Bucknell University) $75
Transcript Fee $4*
Placement Retest Fee $25
Single Room Charge additional charge
of $698 per semester.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FINANCIAL MATTERS
The tuition covers the regular course loud
of twelve to sixteen credits each semester
excluding hand, choir, theater practica and all
scholars' seminars. Any credits over 16 will
be charged at a rate of $785 per credit.
Resident students must board at the College
unless, for extraordinary reasons, authoriza-
tion is extended for other eating arrange-
ments. If a double room is used as a single
room, there is an additional charge of $698
per semester. The estimated cost for books
and supplies is up to $800 per year, depend-
ing on the course of study. Special session
(May Term and Summer Session) charges for
tuition, room, and board are established
during the fall semester.
*$4 for first co/n-; $1 for each additional copy
requested at the same time. No char f^e for
currently enrolled full-time students. No tran-
scripts will be issued for a student or alumnus
whose financial obligation to the college has
not been satisfied.
Entry Fees and Deposits
Application Fee — All students applying for
admission must submit a $35 application fee.
This charge defrays the cost of processing the
application and is nonrefundable.
Confirmation/Contingency Deposit - All
full-time students who have been notified of
their admission to Lycoming College are
required to make a $200 Confirmation
Deposit to confirm their intention to matricu-
late. The Deposit is held until Graduation or
upon written notification submitted to the
Registrar's office at least two weeks prior to
the start of each semester. Any remaining
deposit balance will be refunded after all
financial obligations to the College have been
satisfied.
Resident students must remit an additional
$100 Room Reservation Deposit. The room
deposit is applied against the comprehensive
fees billed for the first semester of attendance.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Both the Confirmation and Room Reserva-
tion Deposits are refundable prior to the start
of the first semester of attendance if the
official withdrawal date is not later than May 1.
Enrollment Deposit — A non-refundable
enrollment deposit of $100 is required of all
current full and part-time degree-seeking
students each spring in order to pre-register
for the subsequent fall semester courses and/
or to participate in the annual room selection
process. This deposit is applied against the
fall semester bill.
Partial Payments
For the convenience of those who find it
impossible to follow the regular schedule of
payments, arrangements may be made with
the College Bursar for the monthly payment
of College fees through various educational
plans. Additional information may be
obtained from the Treasurer's Office or
Admissions Office.
Lycoming College Withdrawal
Refund Policy
Students wishing to withdraw from the
College during the semester should meet with
the Assistant Dean for Freshmen or the
Assistant Dean for Sophomores to ensure that
student financial and academic records are
properly closed. The effective date of
calculating refunds shall be: the date that the
student begins the withdrawal process or
provides official notification to the institution
of his or her intent to withdraw; the midpoint
of enrollment if the student drops out without
notification to the institution: or the date, as
determined by the institution, that the student
withdraws due to illness or accident.
Students withdrawing will receive a
prorated refund for tuition, fees, room and
board, less an administrative fee of $100 and
any unpaid charges, according to the
followinu schedule:
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALCK!
RNANCIAL M ATfERS
•
Refund
Charge
During Week 1
90%
10%
During Week 2
80%
20%
During Week 3
70%
30%
During Week 4
60%
40%
During Week 5
50%
50%
During Week 6
40%
60%
After 6th Week
0%
100%
Please note that there is no refund after
the sixth week of the semester. For
Freshmen, the refund period will be extended
into the week that early assessment grades
are distributed to students and parents.
Comparative schedules apply to the May
and Summer terms.
The calculated refund will be reduced by
any unpaid charges. Any balance remaining
will be billed to the student. Unpaid student
account balances will be charged interest at
the rate of 1 % per month on the month end
balance until the account is paid in full.
Should legal collection become necessary, all
costs of collection will be added to the
balance due.
Lycoming College's institutional refund
policy is distinct and different from the
Federal Return of Title IV Funds policy. The
adjustment of institutional financial aid will
follow the Withdrawal Refund Policy stated
above. The College is required to perform a
Return of Title IV Funds calculation for all
federal financial aid recipients who withdraw
(officially or unofficially) from all classes on
or before the 60% attendance point of the
semester. Students who are subject to the
return of any Title IV funds may result in a
balance due to the College, Federal
Government or both. See Federal Return of
Title IV Funds Policy for further explanation
on the return of federal funds.
Students who drop individual course(s)
during the add/drop period will receive 100%
adjustment to tuition and fees. Students who
drop individual courses(s) after the add/drop
period will not receive any adjustment to
tuition and fees.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Federal Return of Title IV
Funds Policy
The 1 998 Reauthorization of the Higher
Education Act requires the college to calcu-
late a Return of Title IV Funds on all federal
financial aid recipients who withdraw
(officially or unofficially) from all classes on
or before the 60% attendance point of the
semester. A prorata schedule is used to
determine the percentage of the semester the
student attended based on the withdrawal
date/last date of attendance.
The student's withdrawal date is the date
the student began the withdrawal process; the
date the student otherwise provided the
school with official notification of the intent
to withdraw; or for the student who does not
begin the school's withdrawal process or
notify the school of intent to withdraw, the
mid-point of the payment period of enroll-
ment for which the Title IV assistance was
disbursed (unless the institution can docu-
ment a later date).
The percentage of the semester the student
attended is calculated as follows:
Number of days in attendance
Number of days in semester
The number of days counted includes all
calendar days in the semester including
weekends and holidays, but excludes college
breaks of five or more days.
The percentage of the semester the student
attended is used to calculate the amount of the
student's earned versus unearned federal aid
funds. The unearned portion of federal aid
funds must be returned to the appropriate aid
program in accordance with the Order of
Return as mandated by law. The Order of
Return is: Federal Unsubsidized Loan,
Federal Subsidized Loan, Perkins Loan,
Federal PLUS Loan, Federal Pell Grant,
Federal SEOG Grant, Other Title IV Aid.
The college is responsible for returning the
lesser of Unearned Title IV Aid or Unearned
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FINANCIAL MATTERS
Inslilutional Charges. Unearned Institutional
Charges are based on the determined percent-
age of the semester the student did not attend.
The College is responsible for its return of
funds first, followed by the student's return of
funds.
The student is responsible for returning:
Amount of Unearned Title IV Aid
- Amount of Aid School Returns
Amount Student Returns
The College must return its portion of
Unearned Title IV aid (loan and grant) to the
appropriate federal program within 30 days
from the student's withdrawal date as deter-
mined by the Office of Financial Aid. If the
amount the student returns includes a federal
loan, the student is responsible for repayment
of the loan in accordance with the terms of the
loan program. If the amount the student
returns includes grant aid, the student must
repay 50% of the grant money received, rather
than 100%.
The student must return unearned grant aid
to the college within 45 days from the date of
notification. Failure by the student to return
or make arrangements to return unearned
grant aid to the College within 45 days will
result in the student being reported to the U.S.
Department of Education (USDOE). The
student will be considered in an Overpayment
Status, and will not be eligible for additional
aid at any post-secondary institution partici-
pating in Title IV Aid programs. Students
who are reported to USDOE in an Overpay-
ment Status should contact the USDOE to
make payment arrangements to repay the
necessary grant funds.
Examples of Federal Title IV Return of
Funds calculation are available in the Office
of Financial Aid. Students who stop attend-
ing Lycoming College may not receive further
financial aid disbursements, may lose some or
all of the aid that has already been disbursed
to their account, may be responsible for
LYCOMING COLLEGE
repayment of unpaid charges, and may be
considered in Overpayment status with I
USDOE.
Students who wish to rescind their official
withdrawal submitted to the college must do
so within one week of the original withdrawal
and notification must be provided in writing
to the Office of Financial Aid.
Students who stop attending all classes
without officially withdrawing from the
college will be subject to a Return of Funds
calculation at the end of the semester, based
on their last date of attendance as determined
by the Office of Financial Aid.
State Grant programs have varying
regulations concerning refunds, but most will
require at least a partial refund of the State
Grant. If the student has received a Lycoming
Grant, a portion of the student's refund also
will be repaid to the Lycoming Grant pro-
gram. This will reduce, or in many cases
eliminate, the amount of the refund the
student otherwise would receive.
Non-Payment of Fees Penalty
Students will not be registered for courses
in a new semester if their accounts for
previous attendance have not been settled.
Diplomas, transcripts, and certifications of
withdrawals in good standing are issued only
when a satisfactory settlement of all financial
obligations has been made in the Treasurer's
Office. Final grades may also be held in
some cases. Unpaid student accounts will be
charged interest at the rate of 1 % per month
on the month-end balance until accounts are
paid in full. Should legal collection become
necessary, all costs of collection will be
added to the balance due.
FINANCIAL AID
Lycoming College is committed to helping
students and families meet college costs.
While some assistance is available to students
regardless of need (merit scholarships), the
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FINANCIAL MATTERS
primary purpose of the College's financial aid
program is to help qualified students of
limited financial resources attend Lycoming
College. Scholarships may be awarded on the
basis of merit and/or need, while grants are
provided solely on the basis of financial need.
Long-term educational loans with favorable
interest rates and repayment terms are
available, as are part-time employment
opportunities.
It is important to submit financial aid
applications after January 1st, as appropriate
ncome information becomes available, but by
Vlarch 1 . Although applications may be filed
ater. applicants can only receive consider-
ation for remaining available funds.
To be considered for financial aid,
Indents and families must complete the
bllowing steps for each year the student seeks
issistance:
Fully complete and submit the Lycoming
Financial Aid Application (LFAA).
Return the completed application to the
Financial Aid Office.
Fully complete and submit the Free
Application For Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA). Returning students should
submit the Renewal FAFSA.
The College may request signed and dated
copies of student and parent(s) Federal
income tax returns (1040, 1040A, 1040EZ,
1040PC, TeleFile), including W-2 forms,
be sent to the Financial Aid Office. The
tax returns required are for the year
preceding the academic year in which the
student seeks assistance.
PA residents can apply for state grant
assistance using the FAFSA as well. Non-
PA residents should contact the State Grant
Agency in their home state to see if
additional forms must be filed.
Basic eligibility requirements for all
;deral programs are available from the
)epartment of Education at
/WW. studentaid.ed.gov. Students are
responsible for understanding the basic
eligibility requirements.
Enrollment Status for Financial
Aid Eligibility
Financial aid eligibility is substantially
reduced for students who are charged less
than full-time tuition. Credit is earned for
some courses which are offered at no charge,
including choir, band, theatre practica and all
scholar seminars. Therefore, these credits
would not be counted in the full-time tuition
calculation. For financial aid purposes, a full-
time student is enrolled in 12-16 billable
semester hours. A student's financial aid
eligibility is finalized after the end of the
college's published add/drop period.
Financial Aid Satisfactory
Progress Policy
To remain eligible for federal, state, and
institutional financial aid, all students must
maintain financial aid satisfactory progress as
defined below. The financial aid satisfactory
progress policy is separate and distinct from
the College's academic progress policy.
Students retain eligibility for financial aid
for ten (10) semesters of full-time study.
However, it is the College's practice to limit
institutional grants/scholarships to eight (8)
semesters of full-time study. Should students
attend beyond eight semesters of full-time
study, they may still be eligible for federal
and/or state aid for the 9th or 10th semester.
In some instances a student may appeal
academic suspension and be permitted to
continue enrollment even though the student
has fallen behind in credit hours or cumula-
tive GPA (see Academic Levels and Aca-
demic Standing sections on page 30). A
student who is granted an academic appeal
may continue to receive financial assistance
only if the student meets the minimum
qualitative (GPA) and quantitative (credits
completed) requirements listed below.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FINANCIAL MATTERS
Attempted
Min.
Credits
Cum GPA
0-16
1.85
17-32
1.95
33-h
2.00
Progress
Completion Req.
75% attempted credits
15% attempted credits
15% attempted credits
Treatment of W, I, X, P & F Grades
and Repeated Coursework
1 . Course withdrawals (W) after the drop/add
period are not included in the GPA
calculation, but are considered a non-
completion of attempted coursework.
2. Incomplete (I) grades are not included in
the GPA calculation but are considered a
non-completion of attempted coursework
until the incomplete grade is replaced with
a permanent grade and academic progress
can be reevaluated.
3. An audit (X) grade is not considered
attempted coursework. It is not included
in the GPA calculation or completion rate
determination.
4. A satisfactory (P) grade is treated as
attempted credits earned, but it is not
included in the GPA calculation unless the
student has designated a minimum
acceptance letter grade.
5. A failing grade (F) is treated as attempted
credits not earned, it will be included in
the calculation of the GPA and the
minimum completion rate.
6. The most recent course grade for a
repeated course will be included in the
calculation of the GPA and every repeated
attempt will be included in the completion
rate determination.
Students who fail to successfully complete
the minimum number of credits and/or who
fail to meet the minimum cumulative GPA
requirement will be placed on financial aid
LYCOMING COLLEGE
probation. This allows one additional
semester of course work to bring the aca-
demic record up to minimum standards.
Failure to meet the stated minimum after the
probation period will result in a suspension of
all (federal, state, and institutional) financial
aid until the standards are met.
Financial aid satisfactory progress is
measured annually and cumulatively by the
Financial Aid Office. Official notification of
probation or suspension is made by the
Financial Aid Office.
Reinstatement of Aid After
Financial Aid Suspension
Reinstatement of financial aid after a
student is placed on Suspension is achieved
as follows:
1 . The student submits a written letter of
appeal in accordance with the appeals
process and the Financial Aid Appeals
Committee grants the appeal. The student
is placed on Financial Aid Probation for
the semester rather than on Suspension; or
2. The student attends Lycoming College
during the Suspension semester, pays for
tuition and fees without the help of student
aid. and does well enough in the course-
work to satisfy all the satisfactory
academic progress standards. The student
must notify the Financial Aid Office if
they are planning on attending Lycoming
College without the assistance of financial
aid; or
3. The student may attend summer school to
eliminate the deficiency in credits and/or
GPA. The student must notify the Finan-
cial Aid Office if they are planning on
taking classes during the summer to
eliminate the deficiency.
Students who have been placed on
Suspension cannot skip a semester and regain
eligibility. No financial aid will be disbursed
during subsequent semesters for students on
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOC
RN ANCI AL MATTERS
Suspension. If the student fails to attain the
minimum standards after the second semester
3f probation, eligibility for financial assis-
ance will be cancelled automatically.
Appeal Process
Appeals of Financial Aid Suspension must
36 made in writing to the Director of Finan-
;ial Aid by the date specified in the Suspen-
sion notification letter. The Financial Aid
\ppeals Committee will review the appeal
ind notify the student in writing within 5
A'orking days of their decision. All decisions
nade by the Financial Aid Appeals Commit-
:ee are final and not subject to further review.
The appeal letter must address the extenu-
iting circumstance(s) why satisfactory
icademic progress was not made, why the
extenuating circumstance(s) has changed, as
veil as an outlined plan for future academic
iUccess. Extenuating circumstances can
nclude, but are not limited to, illness or
njury; death of a family member; family
iifficulties; interpersonal problems with
"riends, roommate, significant others;
lifficulty balancing work, athletics, family
esponsibility; or financial difficulties.
Acceptance of an appeal is only valid for
letermining eligibility for financial assistance
ind has absolutely no bearing on any determi-
lation made by the Registrar and/or the
Committee on Academic Standards.
'oUege Scholarships & Grants
»JOTE: Lycoming Scholarships and Grants are
iwarded to eligible students who are full-time
ind degree-seeking. Students already possess-
ng a bachelor's degree are ineligible for
cholarships, grants and institutional loans.
^ycoming Grants may be awarded to
tudents to help meet their documented
inancial need. Renewal requires continued
inancial need as determined by Federal
/lethodology and/or the financial aid director.
006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Ministerial Grants are awarded to dependent
children of United Methodist ministers and
ordained ministers of other denominations.
This grant amounts to 33% of tuition for
children of United Methodist ministers in the
Central Pennsylvania Conference and 25% of
tuition for all others. Students meeting the
criteria for this grant and any other Lycoming
Scholarship(s) will be awarded the
scholarship(s)/grant that provides the highest
dollar amount; both will not be awarded.
Pre-Ministerial Student Grants of up to
25% tuition are awarded to students preparing
for the Christian ministry. Students must
complete a pre-ministerial grant application
available through the financial aid office.
Students meeting the criteria for this grant and
any other Lycoming Scholarship(s) will be
awarded the scholarship(s)/grant that provides
the highest dollar amount; both will not be
awarded.
Federal Grants
Peli Grants are made available by the federal
government. Eligibility is based upon a
federal formula.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity
Grants may be awarded to students with
exceptional financial need. Priority must be
given to Pell Grant recipients. Funds are
provided by the federal government. Funds
are limited.
State Grants
Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance
Agency (PHEAA) Grants are available for
PA residents meeting domicile and financial
requirements of the program. Eligibility is
determined by PHEAA. These grants are
available for a maximum of 8 semesters. Non-
PA residents should contact the State Grant
Agency in their home state for availability of
funds to students attending out-of-state
colleges.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FINANCIAL MATTERS
Loan Programs
Federal Subsidized Stafford/Keystone
Loan allows eligible Freshmen to borrow a
maximum of $2,625 annually. Eligible
Sophomores may borrow up to a maximum of
$3,500 annually. Eligible juniors and seniors
may borrow up to a maximum of $5,500
annually. The federal government pays the
interest while the student is enrolled on at
least a half-time basis. The student begins to
repay the loan (interest and principal) 6
months after leaving school. The interest rate
is fixed at 6.8%. Eligibility is based on
financial need.
Federal Unsubsidized Stafford/Keystone
Loan provides an opportunity for students to
borrow under the Stafford Program who do
not qualify for the maximum amount of
subsidized Stafford loan. Maximum grade
level amount minus subsidized eligibility
equals unsubsidized eligibility. Interest must
be paid by the borrower on a quarterly basis
while enrolled (check with your lender to see
LYCOMING COLLEGE
if interest payments may be deferred). Other
aspects of the loan are similar to those under
the Subsidized program. Independent students
may be eligible for higher loan limits; contact
the Financial Aid Office for more information
Federal Perkins Loan (formerly the National
Direct Student Loan) may be offered to
students with exceptional need. Borrowers
must repay the loan, plus 5% per annum
simple interest on the unpaid balance, over a
period beginning nine months after the date or
which the borrower ceases to be enrolled at
least half-time. Funds are limited.
PLUS Loan is a loan parents may take out on
behalf of their dependent student. The amount
a parent may borrow for one year is equal to
the cost of education for one year minus any
financial aid the student is eligible for in that
year. The interest rate is fixed at 8.5%.
Employment Opportunities
Federal College Work-Study Program
Awards provide work opportunities on
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FINANCIAL MATTERS
•-
campus for qualified students. Students
receive pay-checks for work performed in the
previous pay period. Based on documented
need and awarded by the Financial Aid Office.
Funding is limited. The student assumes full
responsibility in locating a job. Returning
students who wish to work the following year
must have their name submitted to the
Financial Aid Office by their supervisor
before the end of the Spring semester.
Students also have the opportunity to seek
work-study employment off-campus in the
Community Service program. Interested
students can get additional information in the
Financial Aid Office.
Lycoming Campus Employment Program
is similar to Federal Work-Study except that
students are paid with institutional funds only
and is not based on financial need. A limited
number of jobs are available. Funding is
limited.
Other Job Opportunities are frequently
available with local business firms or persons,
'ontact the Career Development Office of
;he College for information on these
opportunities.
Other Aid Sources
Veterans and Dependents Benefits are
ivailable for qualified veterans and children
of deceased or disabled veterans. Contact the
Veteran's Officer in the Registrar's Office.
Reserved Officers Training Corps (ROTC)
Stipends and Scholarships are available for
qualified students. Contact the Financial Aid
Dffice for more information.
Tuition Exchange Grants may be available,
ycoming College is a member of the Tuition
Exchange Program. This program is for
iependent students of employees at participat-
ng institutions of higher education. Students
should contact the Tuition Exchange officer at
heir sponsor institution for information
regarding this sponsorship. Students are
expected to apply for all federal and state
grants. If the student receives a federal or
state grant, those amounts may be applied
toward room and board charges if the student
resides in the dorms. If the student commutes,
the grant amount is equal to tuition less
federal and state grants.
United Methodist Scholarships may be
available to full-time degree-seeking appli-
cants who have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or
better, are active in Christian activities, and
who are active, full members of a United
Methodist church. Demonstrated financial
need is also required. Normally, seven $1000
scholarships are awarded each year. Annual
application is required. Recipients are
selected by the Director of Financial Aid and
will be awarded to the neediest students. The
funds are provided by the United Methodist
Church. Applications are available in the
Financial Aid Office. Renewal requires a
cumulative GPA of at least 3.00.
United Methodist Student Loans are
available on a very limited basis to students
who are members of the United Methodist
Church. The maximum amount which may be
borrowed for an academic year is $2,500
subject to the availability of the funds.
Contact The Board of Higher Education and
Ministry, P.O. Box 871, Nashville, TN 37202
for more information.
Non-college Aid Opportunities are often
available through family employers or labor
unions, business firms, fraternal and religious
organizations, and secondary schools. Your
parents should contact their employer or
organizations of which they are members for
information on financial aid resources.
r.006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Student Affairs
The Division of Student Affairs coordi-
nates a variety of programs, services, and
activities designed to enhance students'
personal, social, and educational growth and
development. This is accomplished through
a variety of programs, offices, and staff
including:
• Campus Ministry
• Campus Recreation
• Career Development Center
• Community Service
• Commuter Student Affairs
• Counseling Services
• Greek Life
• Health Services
• International Student Advising
• Judicial Affairs
• Residence Life
• Safety and Security
• Student Activities and Leadership
Development
The Student Affairs staff view students as
partners in the educational process and,
therefore, expect that students will share
responsibility for managing our educational
community.
Campus Ministry
The United Campus Ministry, located in
Mary Lindsay Welch Honors Hall, is staffed
by a Protestant and Roman Catholic campus
minister. The Campus Ministry provides a
wide range of activities in support of the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
22
spiritual development and religious life of
students. Ecumenical and inclusive in nature.
Campus Ministry at Lycoming provides
worship services, service projects, social
occasions, retreats, and study opportunities.
The campus ministers are an integral part of
campus life and are available to students who
may need support and spiritual direction.
Campus Recreation
The Campus Recreation Department
provides opportunities for students, faculty
and staff to enjoy a recreational sports
atmosphere. The new 54,000 square foot
Recreation Center houses a suspended indoor
track overlooking 4 large court areas for
basketball, volleyball and tennis. The center
also includes a weight room and cardiovascu-
lar area, both with state of the art equipment.
The swimming pool is accessible at different
times throughout the week for open swim.
The Intramural program is also available to
students, faculty and staff and offers several
different team sports including: flag football,
basketball, volleyball, wiffleball and indoor
soccer.
Career Development Center
The Career Development Center provides
services which are designed to help individu-
als make effective career decisions beginning
with identifying their skills, interests, person-
ality, and career related values. For individu-
als unsure of what to major in, resources and
support are available to research and assess
their options and determine what they may
wish to do after graduation. For individuals
sure of their major but not sure what to do
after they graduate, in addition to one-on-one
counseling, a variety of resources are also
available including books, online materials,
alumni and other contacts to help them learn
more about the world of work.
The Career Development Center teaches
individuals how they can learn about different
career fields and present themselves to
potential employers in a positive and effective
manner. Helping individuals make appropri-
ate and meaningful connections between
college and career is a goal of the Career
Development Center. The CDC is located on
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
STUDENT AFFAIRS
the 3''^ Floor of Wertz Student Center.
www.lycoming.edu/cdc
Community Service
Community Service is a learning opportu-
nity for students accomplished in conjunction
with various agencies in the Williamsport
area and college departments. This activity
allows students to expand their knowledge
about diverse individuals and communities.
The outcome of such service promotes
students' personal and social development as
well as giving them an enhanced perspective
of civic responsibility and social justice.
The Community Service Center located in
Honors Hall coordinates many service
opportunities available to students, faculty,
and staff in the greater Williamsport area. A
number of the community service projects
include Big Brothers/Big Sisters, Habitat for
Humanity, the Literacy Project, a school
tutoring program. Best Buddies, Adopt-A-
Highway, Bloodmobile, Shepherd of the
Streets, and the CROP Walk for World Hunger.
Counseling Services
Students experience developmental and
psychological growth as well as difficult
situations during their college years. Coun-
seling Services strives to meet students'
psychological and developmental needs.
Professional counselors provide individual
and group counseling, crisis intervention,
consultation with students, faculty and staff,
and outreach programming on psychological,
mental health, and substance abuse issues.
All services are strictly confidential and free
of charge to all Lycoming College students.
Counseling Services also provides referrals to
area mental health providers for those
students who wish to meet with someone
Dutside the College or whose needs cannot be
rnet by the College.
health Services
Lycoming College Health Services
focuses on the holistic care of the indi-
vidual, health maintenance, and wellness
:hrough health education and prevention of
illness. Educational materials and instruc-
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
tional programs are available through the
Student Health Services.
Routine medical care is provided on a
daily basis Monday-Friday 8:30a.m. -4:00
p.m. during the fall and spring semesters.
The office is staffed by a full-time registered
nurse with a physician available on a limited
daily basis.
Health Services' policies reflect the
recommendations of the American College
Health Association (ACHA), the Pennsyl-
vania Department of Health, and the
Centers for Disease Control (CDC).
Residential Life
As a residential college, Lycoming offers
students the opportunity to integrate academic
and residential experiences. The Residential
Life Office is committed to providing a
living/learning environment to help each
resident grow as a person and as a student.
Lycoming College requires all full-time
students to live in college housing and
participate in the college board plan each
semester of the academic year that they are
enrolled. Married students, students residing
with their parents within a 40 mile radius,
students living with their dependents, and
students 23 years or older may request to be
exempted from this policy. Such requests
should be submitted in writing to the Dean of
Student Affairs at least three weeks prior to
the beginning of the semester that students are
requesting permission to live off campus. We
do not provide housing for students who have
dependent children living with them.
Residence halls put students at the heart of
College activity — offering greater opportuni-
ties for participation. Through programs,
leadership opportunities, and peer interac-
tions, residents gain a sense of belonging to
the campus community, acquire new knowl-
edge and skills, have easy access to College
services, make informed choices, and assume
responsibility for themselves and their
community.
The residence halls are staffed with
upperclass students who serve as Resident
Advisors (RAs) selected on the basis of
leadership skills. RAs provide information,
LYCOMING COLLEGE
STUDENT AFFAIRS
refer students to campus and local resources,
help enforce College and community stan-
dards, use helping skills for students in need,
and facilitate educational and social pro-
grams. Most importantly. RAs assist resi-
dents in the development and maintenance of
strong, positive residence hall communities.
With the guidance and support of Residential
Life staff, each resident is expected to become
involved in promoting a positive learning
environment in his or her community.
Several different living options are
available for students in our eight residence
halls. Freshmen are housed together in a co-
educational environment encouraging
students to develop class identity and unity.
The six upperclass halls offer opportunities
for co-educational housing, an all female hall,
fraternity and sorority chapter housing, a
cluster living option. College apartments are
available to seniors who meet specific grade
requirements and who are in good disciplin-
ary standing with the College. Additional
information is sent to students following their
acceptance by the College.
Safety and Security
The Department of Safety & Security
strives to maintain an environment that is free
of unnecessary hazards and disruptions. This
responsibility includes the enforcement of
Lycoming College rules, regulations, and
policies. Security personnel are scheduled on
an around-the-clock basis. An emergency
telephone line is always monitored. Twenty-
four hour a day telephone extensions are used
to handle general security concerns.
The department solicits the cooperation of
the entire college community in reporting
unsafe conditions and suspicious activity on
the Lycoming College campus.
Other services provided by the department
are: First aid and ambulatory medical tran-
sportation, emergency maintenance referral,
an escort service, guest and parking registra-
tion, and the dissemination of telephone
numbers and general information to the public
when the Colleee switchboard is closed.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
4
Student Programs
The Office of Student Programs and
Leadership Development promotes the
personal growth and intellectual development
of students through co-curricular programs.
Just as the classroom experience provides a
forum for new thoughts, ideas, and opinions,
so does co-curricular programming. The
office collaborates with students, faculty, and
staff to foster innovative programs, encourage
student learning, and prepare students for life
beyond the College. This is accomplished in
the context of supplementing the educational
mission of the College. Through the efforts
of the student administered Campus Activi-
ties Board (CAB), co-curricular programming
is offered to the entire college community and
is designed to enhance the overall educational
experience of students through the exposure
to social, cultural and recreational program.
Professionals on staff in Student Programs
plan and implement leadership development
training programs for the student government,
the Interfraternity and Panhellenic Councils
and all registered student organizations.
Standards of Conduct
Lycoming College is committed to the
creation and maintenance of a living-learning
environment which fosters the intellectual,
personal, social and ethical development of
its students. Respect for the rights of others
and self-discipline are essential to the
fulfillment of these goals. Students are
expected to adhere to the policies contained
in the Student Handbook and other College
publications. These policies, rules and
regulations are part of the contractual agree-
ment students enter into when they register at
Lycoming College.
Students who demonstrate an unwilling-
ness to abide by these policies will be subject
to disciplinary action which may include
suspension or expulsion from the College.
Students are encouraged to review the Student
Handbook and Housing License in order to
familiarize themselves with the policies
governins student conduct.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Athletics
Athletics is an important part of the
.ycoming experience. As a member of the
rcAA, Lycoming sponsors nineteen
itercollegiate sports for both men and
/omen student-athletes.
Men can choose from football, soccer,
ross country, wrestling, golf, basketball,
icrosse, swimming, tennis, and track and
ield. Women can compete in soccer, cross
ountry, lacrosse, volleyball, basketball,
wimming, softball, tennis, and track and field.
Lycoming is a member of the Middle
Atlantic Conference, which is a Division III
thletic conference. As a Division III school,
>ycoming does not offer athletic scholarships.
In addition, the College offers a very
ctive intramural and recreation program that
i open to all students. This program in-
ludes, among others, basketball, water polo,
olleyball, flag football, and indoor soccer.
J»6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ATHLETICS • ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
Academic Policies
And Regulations
Students are expected to familiarize
themselves with the academic policies con-
tained in this Catalog. Failure to do so does
not excuse students from the require-
ments and regulations described herein.
THE UNIT COURSE SYSTEM
Instruction at Lycoming College is
organized, with few exceptions, on a depart-
mental basis. Most courses are unit courses,
meaning that each course taken is considered
[o be equivalent to four semester hours of
credit. Exceptions occur in applied music and
ilieatre practicum courses, which are offered
lor either one-half or one semester hour of
credit; in departments that have elected to
offer certain courses for the equivalent of one,
two or three semester hours of credit; and in
physical activities courses which are zero
credits. Furthermore, independent studies and
internships carrying two semester hours of
credit may be designed.
The normal student course load is four unit
courses (16 semester hours) during the fall and
spring semesters. Students who elect to attend
the special sessions may enroll in one unit
course (four semester hours) during the May
term and one or two unit courses (four - eight
semester hours) in each of the summer terms.
A student is considered full time when
enrolled for a minimum of three unit courses,
or the equivalent, during the fall or spring
semesters, one unit course, or the equivalent,
for the May term, and two unit courses for
each of the summer terms.
Students may enroll in five unit courses
(20 semester hours) during the fall and spring
semesters if they are Lycoming scholars or
were admitted to the Dean's List at the end of
the previous semester. Exceptions may be
granted by the Dean of the College. There
will be an additional charge, see page 13.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
Overloads are not permitted during the May
and summer terms.
ALTERNATIVE
CREDIT SOURCES
Transfer Credit
Matriculated students who wish to study at
other campuses must obtain prior written
approval to do so from their advisor, the chair
of the department in which the credit will be
awarded, and the Lycoming College Registrar.
Course work counting toward a major or minor
must also be approved in advance by the chair-
person of the department in which the major or
minor is offered. Once a course is approved,
the credit and grades for the course will be
transferred to Lycoming and calculated in the
student's grade point average as if the courses
were taken here. This means that "D" and "F"
grades will be transferred as well as all other
grades. Unapproved courses will not transfer.
Final determination of transfer credit will be
made by the Registrar based on official
transcripts only.
Lycoming College does not have a statute
of limitations but it reserves the right to
refuse to accept some courses for transfer in
which the content is outmoded. The Registrar
will consult the academic department(s)
involved.
Students are expected to complete their last
eight unit courses (32 semester hours) and 1 6
semester hours in their major at Lycoming.
Requests for waivers of this regulation must be
sent to the Committee on Academic Standards.
Credit By Examination
Students may earn credit or advanced
placement through the standardized examina-
tions listed below. A maximum of 50 percent
of the course requirements for the Baccalaure-
ate degree may be earned through these exam-
inations. The appropriate academic depart-
ment will determine which tests they will
accept and the course equivalencies. A list of
approved examinations is available in the
Office of the Registrar. Although these
LYCOMING COLI^EGE
examinations may be taken after matricula-
tion, new students who are competent in a
given area are encouraged to take the
examination of their choice before entering
Lycoming so that the college will have the
test scores available for registration advising
for the first semester of enrollment. Students
applying to the college for the first time
should inform the Admissions Office that
they have completed these tests and provide
the official scores as part of their application
packet. Continuing students must send
official test scores to the Office of the
Registrar and inform their academic advisors
when examinations have been taken.
The College Entrance Examination Board
Advanced Placement (CEEB AP) - In most
cases, a score of four is required for credit.
The International Baccalaureate - Students
who have completed the full diploma and have
scores of five or above on all of the higher
level examinations will be granted 32 credit
hours; specific courses will be based on the
examinations taken. Students who complete
the full diploma but earn less than a score of
five on all of the higher level examinations
will be granted eight credits for each higher
level examination completed with a grade of
five or higher and four credits for a satisfac-
tory or higher completion of the Theory of
Knowledge requirement. Students who have
completed the certificate will be granted
credit based on the examinations taken.
Standard level examinations will not be
considered.
The American College Testing Proficiency
Examination Program (ACT PEP) - A
score equivalent to a grade of "B" or above
is required.
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) - A score equivalent to a grade of
"B" or above is required.
Defense Activity for Non-Traditional
Education Support (DANTES) A score
equivalent to a grade of "B" or above is
required.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
ilTUDENT RECORDS
The policy regarding student educational
ecords is designed to protect the privacy of
tudents against unwarranted intrusions and is
onsistent with Section 43B of the General
ducation Provision Act (commonly known as
he Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
»f 1974, as amended). The details of the
College policy on student records and the
(rocedures for gaining access to student
ecords are contained in the cunent issue of the
itudent Handbook which is available in the
ibrary, online, and in the Office of the Dean of
Itudent Affairs.
^REGISTRATION
During the registration period, students
elect their courses for the next semester and
egister their course selections in the Office of
tie Registrar. Course selection is made in
onsultation with the student's faculty advisor
n order to insure that the course schedule is
onsistent with College requirements and
tudent goals. After the registration period,
ny change in the student's course schedule
nust be approved by both the faculty advisor
nd Office of the Registrar. Students may not
sceive credit for courses in which they are not
ormally registered.
During the first five days of classes, students
lay drop any course without any record of
uch enrollment appearing on their permanent
cord, and they may add any course that is
jot closed. The permanent record will reflect
tie student's registration as of the conclusion
f the drop/add period. Students wishing to
withdraw from a course between the fifth day
nd the 9th week of classes must process a
ourse withdrawal form in the Office of the
Registrar. Withdrawal grades are not com-
luted in the grade point average. Students may
ot withdraw from courses after the 9th week
f a semester and the comparable period during
le May and summer terms. Students who
top attending a course (or courses) but do not
/ithdraw will receive a grade(s) of "F."
X)6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
In zero semester hour and two semester
hour (1/2 unit) courses meeting only during
the last half of any semester, students may
drop/add for a period of five days, effective
with the mid-term date shown on the aca-
demic calendar. Withdrawal from zero-credit
and half-semester courses with a withdrawal
grade may occur within 4-1/2 weeks of the
beginning of the course. It is understood that
the period of time at the beginning of the
semester will be identical, for example, a
period of five days as indicated above.
Cross Registration
A special opportunity exists in the
Williamsport area for students to take courses
at the Pennsylvania College of Technology.
Students may enroll for less than a full-time
course load at the Pennsylvania College of
Technology while remaining enrolled in
courses at Lycoming.
Students must be enrolled full-time in a
degree program and have earned no more than
93 semester hours. Cross registration is
available for the Fall and Spring Semesters,
and Summer 1 and II. It is not available for
May Term.
NON-DEGREE STUDENTS
Students who do not wish to pursue a degree
at Lycoming College may, if space permits,
register for credit or audit courses on either a
part-time or full-time basis. Students who
register for less than 12 semester hours are
considered to be enrolled part-time; students
who register for 1 2 or more semester hours are
considered to be enrolled full-time and must
pay the $200 contingency fee.
Anyone wishing to register as a non-degree
student must fill out an application form in the
Admissions Office, pay a one-time application
fee, and pay the tuition rate in effect at the time
of each enrollment. After a non-degree student
has attempted four unit courses (16 semester
hours), the student must either matriculate or
obtain permission from the Dean of the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
■A
College to continue study on a non-degree
basis.
All non-degree students are subject to the
general laws and regulations of the College as
stated in the College Catalog and the Student
Handbook. The College reserves the right to
deny permission to register for individuals
who do not meet the standards of the College.
Students who wish to change from a non-
degree to a degree status must apply for
admission as a degree candidate and satisfy all
conditions for admission and registration in
effect at that time.
AUDITORS
Any person may audit courses at Lycom-
ing at one-fourth tuition per course. Members
of the Lycoming College Scholar Program
may audit a fifth unit course per semester at
no additional charge. Laboratory and other
special fees must be paid in full. Examina-
tions, papers, and other evaluation devices are
not required of auditors, but individual
arrangements may be made to complete such
exercises with consent of the instructor. The
option to audit a course must be declared by
the end of the drop/add period. Forms are
available in the Registrar's Office.
ATTENDANCE
The academic program at Lycoming is
based upon the assumption that there is value
in class attendance for all students. Individual
instructors have the prerogative of establishing
reasonable absence regulations in any course.
The student is responsible for learning and
observing these regulations.
WITHDRAWAL FROM
THE COLLEGE
A student who wishes to withdraw from
the College during the semester should contact
the Assistant Dean for Freshmen or the
Assistant Dean for Sophomores. College
personnel will explain the procedure to ensure
that the student's financial and academic
records are properly closed.
A student who decides to discontinue study
at the College as of the conclusion of the
current semester must provide the Registrar
LYCOMING COLLEGE
with written notification of such plans in order
to receive a refund of the contingency deposit.
See page 14 for details.
GRADING SYSTEM
The evaluation of student performance in
courses is indicated by the use of traditional
letter symbols. The.se symbols and their j
definitions are as follows: j
A EXCELLENT - Signifies superior achieve-
ment through mastery of content or skills and ,
demonstration of creative and independent j
thinking.
B GOOD - Signifies better-than-average
achievement wherein the student reveals
insight and understanding. .
C SATISFACTORY - Signifies satisfactory '
achievement wherein the student's work has
been of average quality and quantity. The
student has demonstrated basic competence in
the subject area and may enroll in additional
course work.
D PASSING - Signifies unsatisfactory
achievement wherein the student met only the
minimum requirements for passing the course
and should not continue in the subject area
without departmental advice.
F FAILING — Signifies that the student has
not met the minimum requirements for
passing the course.
I INCOMPLETE WORK — Assigned in
accordance with the restrictions of established
academic policy.
R A REPEATED COURSE — Students shall
have the option of repeating courses for which
they already have received a passing grade in
addition to those which they have failed. Credit
is received only once for the course. The most
recent course grade will count toward the GPA.
P PASSING WORK, NO GRADE
ASSIGNED — Converted from traditional
grade of A through D-.
X AUDIT — Work as an auditor for which
no credit is earned.
W WITHDRAWAL — Signifies withdrawal
from the course from the sixth day through the
ninth week of the semester. Students may not
exceed 24 semester hours of unsuccessful
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOC
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
Quality Points
Earned for Eacli
Grade
Semester Hour
A
4.00
A-
3.67
B+
3.33
B
3.00
B-
2.67
C+
2.33
C
2.00
C-
1.67
D+
1.33
D
1.00
D-
0.67
F
0.00
ourse attempts (grade of F and W) except in
le case of withdrawal for documented
ledical or psychological reasons.
Pluses and minuses may be awarded (except
3r A+, F+, or F-) at the discretion of the
istructor. The cumulative grade point average
3PA) is calculated by multiplying quality
oints by credits and dividing the total quality
oints by the total credits. A quality point is
le unit of
leasurement of
le quality of
ork done by the
udent. The
Limulative GPA
not determined
y averaging
jmester GPA's.
The grade
oint average for
le major and
linor is calcu-
ted in the same
ay as the
jmulative grade
3int average. A
inimum of 2.00 is required for the cumula-
ve grade point average in the major and
linor to meet the requirements for gradua-
Dn.
ass/Fail
Use of the pass/fail grading option is
mited as follows:
Students may enroll on a P/F basis in no
more that one unit course per semester
and in no more than four unit courses
during their undergraduate careers.
P/F courses completed after declaration of
a major or minor may not be used to satisfy
a requirement of that major or minor,
including courses required by the major or
minor department which are offered by
other departments.
(Instructor-designated courses are excepted
from this limitation.)
Courses for which a grade of P is recorded
may not be used toward fulfillment of any
distribution or "W" course requirement.
Students may not enroll in ENGL 106 on a
P/F basis.
16-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
• A course selected on a P/F basis from which
a student subsequently withdraws will not
count toward the four-course limit.
• Instructor-designated courses may be
offered during the May term with the
approval of the Dean of the College. Such
courses are not counted toward the four-
course limit.
• P grades are not computed in the grade
point average.
• Students electing the P/F option may designate a
minimum acceptance letter grade from A to
B-. If the student earns the designated grade
or better, the grade will be recorded in the
permanent record and computed in the
grade point average. If a student selects P/F
(with no designated minimum acceptance
grade) and earns a grade of A to D-, a P will
be recorded in the permanent record but not
computed in the grade point average. In all
cases, if a student earns a grade of F, this
grade will be recorded in the permanent
record and computed in the student's grade
point average.
• Students must declare the P/F option before
the drop/add deadline.
• Instructors are not notified which of their
students are enrolled on an P/F basis.
• Students electing the P/F option are
expected to perform the same work as those
enrolled on a regular basis.
Incomplete Grades
Incomplete grades may be given if, for
absolutely unavoidable reasons (usually
medical in nature), the student has not been
able to complete the work required in the
course. An incomplete grade must be removed
within six weeks of the next regular semester,
othei"wise the incomplete is converted to an "F."
Repetition of Course
Students shall have the option of repeating
courses for which they already have received a
passing grade in addition to those which they
have failed. Recording of grades for all
repeated courses shall be governed by the
following conditions:
• A course may be repeated only one time.
Both attempts will be recorded on the
student's transcript.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
-i
• Credit for the course will be given only once.
• The most recent grade will count toward the
GPA with this exception: A "W" grade
cannot replace another grade.
Final Course Grade Appeal Process
Assigning final course grades is a responsi-
bility that falls within the professional judgment
and expertise of each faculty member. Grades
assess as accurately as possible a student's
performance according to clear criteria
provided in the course such as academic
performance, class attendance, and punctual-
ity in submitting assignments. Student
appeals of the final course grade must follow
the three-step procedure outlined below.
( 1 ) At any time after final grade reports are
issued but no later than two weeks into
the beginning of the semester following
the conclusion of the course, the student
must request an informal conference with
the instructor to discuss the grade and
attempt to resolve the concern.
(2) If the outcome of the informal conference
is not satisfactory to the student, or the
instructor is not available, the student may
submit a written request to meet with the
department chairperson (or another
faculty member in the department in
instances involving the chairperson)
within two weeks of meeting with the
instructor. The student's request must
include a written statement outlining the
basis for the appeal and documenting the
date(s) when the student met with the
course instructor. It is the function of the
chairperson to determine the relevant
facts and to attempt to resolve the
disagreement. The decision regarding the
course grade in question will be made by
the instructor in consultation with the
chairperson (or his/her stand-in). The
student will receive from the department
chairperson written notification of the
decision within one week of the meeting
with the chairperson.
(3) If resolution has not been achieved at step
two, the student or the instructor may
make a written appeal to the Dean of the
College within two weeks of the department
chairperson's written notification. In order
LYCOMING COLLEGE
to resolve the disagreement, the Dean will
confer with the student and the instructor
in private sessions. If the Dean is unable
to accomplish a resolution, she/he will
forward the case to the Committee on
Academic Standards.
(4) Appeal to the Committee on Academic
Standards is the most serious level which a
final course grade appeal can reach. Both
the student and the instructor must submit
brief written statements (with accompany-
ing documentation) to the Committee,
describing the matter as they understand
it. The Committee may decide not to heai
the appeal on the basis of the written
statements. If it does hear the appeal, the
Committee will make a final decision in the
matter, which could include changing the
original grade. Cases involving grade
appeals to the Committee on Academic
Standards will be heard by the entire
committee but will be voted on only by the
four faculty members serving on the
committee. The Dean will communicate in
writing to the student and the instructor the
final decision of the Committee within
threeweeks of receiving the appeal. This
is the final step in the appeal process.
ACADEMIC LEVELS
The following table is used to determine
the academic grade level of degree candidates,
See page 1 7 for related Financial Aid informa
don.
Year Semester Number of Semester
Hours Earned
Freshman 1 Fewer than 1 2
2 At least 1 2 but fewer than 24
Sophomore 1 At least 24 but fewer than 40
2 At least 40 but fewer than 56
Junior 1 At least 56 but fewer than 76
2 At least 76 but fewer than 96
Senior 1 At least 96 but fewer than 1 1
2 More than 1 1 2
ACADEMIC STANDING
Good Academic Standing
Students will be considered in good academic
standing if they meet the following standard:
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
Minimum
jmester Hours Completed Cumulative GPA
:wer than or equal to 16 1 .85
lore than 16, fewer than or equal to 32 1 .95
lore than 32 2.00
'robation
Students who do not meet the standards for
3od academic standing and/or who have
irned two or more failing grades at the end of
ly given semester, will be placed on aca-
jmic probation for the next semester.
Students on academic probation are required
pass ARC 100, Success Skills Workshop, if
ey have not already done so and are encour-
jed to attend programs developed by the
■eshman and Sophomore deans.
uspension
Students are eligible for suspension from
e College when:
• their cumulative grade point average is below
good standing for any two semesters, or
• they earn a grade point average of 1 .50
or under in any one semester.
The period of suspension will be for a
inimum of one full semester, not including
ay term or the summer sessions.
• After this time students may apply for
readmission to the College. The decision
for readmission will be made by the
Committee on Academic Standards.
Readmission is not guaranteed.
• Students readmitted after suspension will
be on academic probation.
• Students readmitted after suspension who
fail to meet the required standards may be
dismissed.
• Students may request permission to take
courses at another institution. Courses not
receiving prior approval will not be
accepted for transfer.
ismissal
Students will be subject to dismissal from
i College when:
• they exceed 24 semester hours of unsuc-
cessful course attempts (grades of F and
W) except in the case of withdrawal for
)6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
documented medical or psychological
reasons, or
• they cannot reasonably complete all
requirements for a degree.
The standard length of dismissal will be for a
period of two years.
• After this time students may apply for
readmission to the College. The decision
for readmission will be made by the
Committee on Academic Standards.
Readmission is not guaranteed.
• Students readmitted after dismissal will be
on academic probation.
• Students may request permission to take
courses at another institution. Courses
not receiving prior approval will not be
accepted for transfer.
Probation, suspension, and dismissal become
effective at the end of the semester in which
the student fails to meet the academic stan-
dards listed above. The student will be
notified of such action via U.S. mail. Receipt
of such notice is not a prerequisite to the
student's being placed on probation, suspen-
sion, or dismissal.
ACADEMIC HONESTY
The integrity of the academic process of
the College requires honesty in all phases
of the instructional program. The College
assumes that students are committed to the
principle of academic honesty. Students who
fail to honor this commitment are subject to
dismissal. Procedural guidelines and rules for
the adjudication of cases of academic dishon-
esty are printed in The Student Handbook.
ACADEMIC HONORS
Dean's List
Students are admitted to the Dean's List at
the end of the fall and spring semesters if they
meet all of the following conditions:
• complete at least 1 2 semester hours for the
semester
• earn a minimum grade point average of 3.50
for the semester
• do not incur grades of F
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS • THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
• do not incur grades of P (except in those
courses graded only as P/F)
• do not repeat any courses (except those
which may be repeated for credit)
Graduation Honors
Students are awarded the Bachelor of Arts
degree or the Bachelor of Science degree with
honors when they have earned the following
grade point averages based on all courses
attempted at Lycoming, with a minimum of 64
semester hours (16 units) required for a student
to be eligible for honors:
summa cum laude exactly 3.90-4.00
magna cum laude exactly 3.67-3.89
cum laude exactly 3.33-3.66
Academic Honor Awards, Prizes, and
Societies - Superior academic achievement is
recognized through the conferring of awards
and prizes at the annual Honors Convocation
and Commencement and through election to
membership in honor societies.
SOCIETIES
Biology Beta Beta Beta
Business Delta Mu Delta
Chemistry Gamma Sigma Epsilon
Communication Alpha Epsilon Rho
Criminal Justice Alpha Phi Sigma
Economics Omicron Delta Epsilon
Education Kappa Delta Pi
English Sigma Tau Delta
Foreign Language Phi Sigma Iota
General Academic Phi Kappa Phi
History Phi Alpha Theta
Mathematics Kappa Mu Epsilon
Philosophy Phi Sigma Tau
Physics Sigma Pi Sigma
Political Science Pi Sigma Alpha
Psychology Psi Chi
Religion Theta Alpha Kappa
Social Science Pi Gamma Mu
Theatre Alpha Psi Omega
LYCOMING COLLEGE
The Academic
Program
Lycoming College awards two different
degrees: Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) and Bachelc
of Science (B.S.). For students wishing to do
multiple degrees are possible. Candidates for
multiple degrees must satisfy all requirements
for each degree and earn a minimum of 40
units ( 160 semester hours). Students who hav
completed fewer than 40 units but more than
32 units (128 semester hours), and who have
completed all other requirements for two
baccalaureate degrees from Lycoming College
will receive only one baccalaureate degree.
They must choose the degree to be conferred.
Completed majors will be posted to the
transcript.
Freshmen entering the College during the
2006-2007 academic year are subject to the
requirements which appear on the following
pages. Continuing students are subject to the
Catalog in effect at the time of their entry
unless they elect to complete the current
curriculum. Students who transfer to the
College with advanced standing will be subje
to the requirements imposed upon other
students at the College who have attained the
same academic level.
Students already possessing a baccalaureat
degree who are returning for a second degree
will be reviewed on an individiual basis by tb
Registrar and major department. Post-bacca-
laureate students will be subject to the current
catalog, must complete all major requirement!
and related prerequisites, and may be required
to complete the distribution requirements. Th
does not apply to non-degree students in
certificate-only programs.
Students must complete the final 32
semester hours of the degree program at
Lycoming College. At least 16 semester hour
in the major program must be taken at
Lycoming.
If a student interrupts his or her education
but returns to the Collese after no more than
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
ne academic year has passed, he/she will
;tain the same requirements in effect at the
litial date of entrance. A student who
ithdraws from the College for more than one
ear will, upon return, be required to complete
le requirements currently imposed upon other
udents of the same academic level.
Lycoming College certifies five official
raduation dates per calendar year. Diplomas
re awarded when all materials confirming the
Dmpletion of the graduation requirements
ave been received and approved by the
egistrar's Office at least five days prior to the
ate of graduation. Degrees are awarded at
ie following times: January 1 for those who
amplete requirements between September 1
id the end of the Fall semester; May
!ommencement date for those who complete
;quirements between January 1 and the end
f the Spring semester; May term for those
ho complete requirements during May term;
ummer I for those who complete require-
lents during Summer I; Summer II for those
ho complete requirements during Summer II.
Lycoming's Commencement ceremony
curs in May. Students will be permitted to
articipate in the ceremony when (a) they
ave finished all degree requirements as of
le preceding January 1, have finished all
jquirements as of the May date, or have a
Ian approved by the Registrar for finishing
aring May term or the Summer sessions; and
)) they are in good academic standing at the
inclusion of their last semester prior to the
jremony.
The College will graduate any student who
as completed the distribution program,
ilfilled the requirements for one major,
arned a minimum of 32 units (128 semester
ours) and met all other requirements for
t"aduation.
Exceptions to or waivers of any requirements
id/or policies listed in this Catalog must
2 made by the Committee on Academic
tandards.
106-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE BACCALAUREATE
DEGREE
Lycoming College is committed to the
principle that a liberal arts education is the
ideal foundation for an informed and produc-
tive life. The liberal arts - including the fine
arts, the humanities, mathematics, the natural
and social sciences - have created the social,
political, economic and intellectual systems
which help define contemporary existence.
Therefore, it is essential that students grasp the
modes of inquiry and knowledge associated
with these disciplines.
Consequently, the Baccalaureate degree
(Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science) is
conferred upon the student who has completed
an educational program incorporating the two
principles of the liberal arts known as distribu-
tion and concentration. The objective of the
distribution principle is to insure that the
student achieves breadth in learning through
the study of the major dimensions of human
inquiry: the humanities, the social sciences,
and the natural sciences. The objective of the
concentration principle is to provide depth of
learning through completion of a program of
study in a given discipline or subject area
known as the major. The effect of both
principles is to impart knowledge, inspire
inquiry, and encourage creative thought.
THE BACHELOR OF
ARTS DEGREE
Requirements For Graduation
Every B.A. degree candidate is expected to
meet the following requirements in order to
qualify for graduation:
• Complete the distribution program.
• Complete the Writing Across the
Curriculum Program requirements.
• Complete one year of Physical Activities,
Wellness, or Community Service. Military
Science Oil, 021, 031, or 041 may satisfy this
requirement.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
• Complete a major consisting of at least eight
unit courses (32 semester hours). Students
must pass every course required tor the
major and have a minimum major grade
point average of 2.00.
• Pass a minimum of 32 units ( 128 semester
hours) with a minimum cumulative grade
point average of 2.00. Additional credits
beyond 1 28 semester hours may be completed
provided that the minimum 2.00 cumulative
average is maintained.
• Complete in residence the final eight courses
(32 semester hours) offered for the degree at
Lycoming.
• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at
the College.
THE BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE
The Bachelor of Science degree is avail-
able to students majoring in Biology, Chemis-
try. Computer Science. Physics or Psychology.
Students may elect either the B.A. or the B.S.
degree in these majors. The B.S. degree is
appropriate for students planning further
education in a graduate or professional school.
Requirements For Graduation
Every B.S. degree candidate is expected to
meet the following requirements in order to
qualify for graduation:
• Complete the B.S. major in either Biology,
Chemistry, Computer Science, Physics or
Psychology. Students must pass every
course required for the major and have a
minimum major grade point average of 2.00.
• Complete the distribution program.
• Complete the Writing Across the
Curriculum Program requirements.
• Complete one year of Physical Activities,
Wellness, or Community Service. Military
Science 01 1 , 02 1 , 03 1 or 041 may satisfy this
requirement.
• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester
hours) with a minimum grade point average
of 2.00. Additional credits beyond 1 28
LYCOMING COLLEGE
semester hours may be completed provided
that the minimum 2.00 cumulative average
maintained.
• Complete //; residence the final eight course
(32 semester hours) offered for the degree ai
Lycoming.
• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at
the College.
THE DISTRIBUTION
PROGRAM
The Distribution Program for
the B.A. and B.S. Degrees
A course can be used to satisfy only one
distribution requirement (except in the Cultural
Diversity area). Courses for which a grade of
"P" is recorded may not be used toward the
fulfillment of the distribution requirements.
(Refer to page 28 for an explanation of the
grading system.) No more than two courses
used to satisfy the distribution requirements
may be selected from the same department,
except for ENGL 106 or 107 and Foreign
Language courses numbered below 222. This
means that in English, Foreign Languages
literatures, and Theatre care must be taken to
comply with this rule.
A course in any of the following distribu-
tion requirements refers to a full-unit course
(four semester hours) taken at Lycoming, any
appropriate combination of fractional unit
courses taken at Lycoming which accumulate
to four semester hours, any appropriate course
which is taken by cross-registration, any
appropriate course which is part of an ap-
proved off-campus program (such as those
listed in the catalog sections titled COOPERi'
TIVE PROGRAMS, SPECIAL ACADEMIC
OPPORTUNITIES, and STUDY ABROAD
PROGRAMS), or any approved course
transferred from another institution.
Special distribution requirements which
apply to students in the Lycoming Scholar
Program appear on page 43. For infomiation
regarding CLEP and AP credit see page 26.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALQi
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
English - Students are required to pass
iNGL 106 or 107 during their freshman year.
\. Fine Arts - Students are required to pass
»vo courses (or the equivalent) from Art,
'reative Writing, Literature, Music, and/or
HEA 100, 114, 135-136, 137-138, 145, 148,
01, 212, 235-236, 332, 333, 335.
. Modern and Ancient Language Studies
Students are required to pass a course in
rench, German. Greek. Hebrew, Latin, or
panish numbered 101. unless exempted on
16 basis of placement, and a course
umbered above 101 in the same language,
lacement in a modem language at the
ppropriate course level will be determined
y the faculty of the Department of Foreign
anguages and Literatures. Placement in an
ncient language at the appropriate course
;vel will be determined by the Department of
eligion.
K Humanities - Students are required to pass
)ur courses from History, Literature (English,
oreign Languages and THEA 335), Philoso-
hy, and/or Religion. At least one course
lust be successfully completed in 3 of the 4
isciplines.
Mathematics - Students are required to
monstrate competence in basic algebra and
) pass one course selected from CPTR 108,
lATH 106, 109, 112, 123. 128, 129, 130,
14, or 216. The requirement of competence
I basic algebra must be met before the end of
le fourth semester or within one year of
iitry, whichever is later. Students that have
bt met this competency requirement before
le final semester of the applicable time
briod must register for MATH 100 in that
mester.
New students take the mathematics
lacement examination determined by the
department of Mathematical Sciences at a
;w-student orientation session. Those who
3 not pass this exam may take home a
jmputerized study guide and take another
cam at a specified time.
After beginning classes at Lycoming
oUege, a student may satisfy the basic
06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
algebra competence requirement by successful
completion of MATH 1 00 at Lycoming, or of an
approved course transfened from another
college, or by passing a competence examina-
tion administered by the Department of Math-
ematical Sciences. Enrolled students may take
this examination only once during a semester
and may be subject to a testing fee. No student
will be permitted to take this examination while
enrolled in MATH 100.
F. Natural Sciences - Students are required to
pass two laboratory courses chosen from
Astronomy/Physics, Biology, and/or Chemisty.
G. Social Sciences - Students are required to
pass two courses from Criminal Justice,
Economics, Political Science, Psychology, or
Sociology- Anthropology .
H. Cultural Diversity - Students are required
to pass one designated course which introduces
students to Cultural Diversity which are distinct
from the predominant Anglo-American culture.
The course selected to fulfill this requirement
may also be used to satisfy one of the other
general education requirements in the liberal
arts. Students also may fulfill the cultural
diversity requirement by successfully completing
at least one full-time semester ( 12 semester hours)
in a college-accepted study abroad program.
The following courses have been approved to
be offered as cultural diversity courses and will
be offered as such. Students must check
semester class schedules to determine which
courses are offered as "D" (cultural diversity)
courses for that semester.
ART
BUSINESS
EDUCATION
ENGLISH
FRENCH
GERMAN
HISTORY
MUSIC
POLITICAL SCIENCE
PSYCHOLOGY
RELIGION
ART 222, 339
BUS 244, 319
EDUC 338
ENGL 229, 332, 334
FRN 221, 222, 311
GERM 221, 222
HIST 120, 140,220
230, 240
MUS 116,128,234
PSCI221,327, 347
PSY 341
REL 110,224,225
226, 328, 333
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PRCXIRAM
SOCIOLOGY-
ANTHROPOLOGY
SPANISH
THEATRE
WOMEN'S AND
GENDER STUDIES
SOC 229, 331.334.
335, 336, 337
SPAN 221, 222. 311
THEA 114,212.
332,333,335,410
WGST 200, 300
Writing Across The
Curriculum Program
I. Purpose
The Lycoming College Writing Across the
Curriculum Program has been developed in
response to the conviction that writing skills
promote intellectual growth and are a hall-
mark of the educated person. The program
has therefore been designed to achieve two
major, interrelated objectives:
1) to enhance student learning in general
and subject mastery in particular, and
2) to develop students' abilities to commu-
nicate clearly. In this program, students
are given opportunities to write in a
variety of contexts and in a substantial
number of courses, in which they receive
faculty guidance and reinforcement.
IL Program Requirements
Students must successfully complete the
following writing requirements:
1 ) ENGL 106 (Composition) or ENGL
107 (Honors Composition).
2) A writing component in all distribution
courses completed at Lycoming.
3) Three courses designated as writing-
intensive, or "W" courses.
The following policies apply:
• Successful completion of ENGL 106
or 107 is a prerequisite for enrollment
in writing-intensive courses.
• All courses designated "W" are
numbered 200 or above.
• One of the .student's "W" courses must
be in his/her major (or one of the
majors) or with departmental approval
from a related department. All
three cannot carry the same course-
LYCOMING COLLEGE
36
number prefix (ex. PHIL. ENGL.
ACCT. etc.).
in. Approved Writing Intensive Courses
The following courses have been approvec
to be offered as writing intensive courses and
may be offered as such. Students must check
semester class schedules to determine which
courses are offered as "W" courses for that
semester.
ACCOUNTING ACCT 223, 320, 44^
ARCHAEOLOGY/CULTURE OF ANCIENT
NEAR EAST ART 222
ART ART 222, 223, 331,
333. 334. 336, 339
ASTRONOMY ASTR 230
BIOLOGY BIO 200, 222, 224
BUSINESS BUS 244, 342, 344,
410,441
CHEMISTRY CHEM 330. 33 1 , 332]
COMMUNICATION COMM 211, 326,
332, 440
COMPUTER SCIENCE CPTR 246. 247,
346, 448
CRIMINAL JUSTICE CJ 447
ECONOMICS ECON 236, 337, 34:
440
EDUCATION EDUC 338, 339, 34:
344,447
ENGLISH ENGL 218, 225, 33 1,
334, 336. 338
FRENCH FRN 222, 4 1 2, 426
GERMAN GERM 321, 426
HISTORY HIST 215,218, 230J
247,312,328,330,
332, 335, 449
INTERNATIONAL INST 449
STUDIES
MATHEMATICS MATH 234
MUSIC MUS 336
PHILOSOPHY PHIL 2 1 6, 2 1 7, 2 1 8
219,301,332,333,
334, 335, 336, 340
PHYSICS PHYS 338, 447
POLITICAL SCIENCE PSCI 2 1 0, 334, 400
439
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO(
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
PSYCHOLOGY PS Y 225, 324, 43 1 ,
432, 436
^LIGION REL 223, 230, 331.
337
SOCIOLOGY- SOC 2 1 0, 229, 33 1
ANTHROPOLOGY
SPANISH SPAN 323,418,
424, 426
FHEATRE THEA 2 1 2, 332, 333
Physical Activities, Wellness, and
il^ommunity Service Program
„ Purpose
This program is designed to promote
tudents' physical welfare, health awareness,
ind to encourage a sense of civic responsibility.
I. Program Requirements
Students must pass any combination of two
emesters of zero credit course work selected
rom the following:
1 . Designated physical activities courses,
I 2. Designated varsity athletics,
j 3. Designated wellness courses,
4. Designated community service projects,
' 5. Designated military science courses.
CONCENTRATION
rhe Major
Students are required to complete a series
i»f courses in one departmental or interdiscipli-
lary (established or individual) major.
Specific course requirements for each major
offered by the College are listed in the
curriculum section of this catalog. Students
jnust earn a 2.00 or higher cumulative grade
)oint average in the major. Students must
leclare a major by the beginning of their
unior year. Departmental and established
nterdisciplinary majors are declared in the
[)ffice of the Registrar, whereas individual
nterdisciplinary majors must be approved by
he Committee on Cumculum Development.
Itudents may complete more than one major,
ach of which will be recorded on the tran-
cript. Students may be removed from major
006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Status if they are not making satisfactory
progress in their major. This action is taken by
the Dean of the College upon the recommenda-
tion of the department, coordinating committee
(for established interdisciplinary majors), or
Curriculum Development Committee (for
individual interdisciplinary majors). The
decision of the Dean of the College may be
appealed to the Committee on Academic
Standards by the student involved or by the
recommending department or committee.
Students pursuing majors in two different
degrees are subject to the policy for dual
degrees on page 32.
Departmental Majors — The following
Departmental majors are available:
Bachelor of Arts Degree:
Accounting
Art History
Art Studio
Astronomy
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
Criminal Justice
Economics
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Sociology-Anthropology
Spanish
Theatre
Bachelor of Science Degree:
Biology
Chemistry
Computer Science
Physics
Psychology
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Established Interdisciplinary Majors —
The following established Bachelor of Arts
degree interdisciplinary majors include course
work in two or more departments:
Accounting-Mathematical Sciences
Actuarial Mathematics
American Studies
Archaeology and Culture of the Ancient Near East
International Studies
Literature
Individual Interdisciplinary Majors —
Students may design majors which are unique
to their needs and objectives and which combine
course work in more than one department.
These majors are developed in consultation
with students' faculty advisors and with a
panel of faculty members from each of the
sponsoring departments. The applications are
acted upon by the Curriculum Development
Committee. The major normally consists of at
least 10 courses, at least six of which are at the
300 or 400 level. No more than two courses
used to satisfy distribution requirements may be
included in the major. Examples of individual
interdisciplinary majors are: Legal Studies,
Women and the Legal System, and Religion
and Marketing. Applications are available in
the Office of the Registrar.
The Minor
The College awards two kinds of minors,
departmental and interdisciplinary, in recog-
nition of concentrated course work in an area
other than the student's major. All minors are
subject to the following limitations:
• A minor must include at least two unit
courses which are not counted in the
student's major.
• A student may receive at most two minors.
• Students with two majors may receive only
one minor; students with three majors may
not receive a minor.
• Students may not receive a minor in their
major discipline unless their major discipline
LYCOMING COLLEGE
is Actuarial Mathematics and the minor is
Mathematics (three courses must be taken
outside of the major), their major is Art and
the minor is Art History, their major is
Biology and the minor is Environmental
Science, their major is Religion and the
minor is Biblical Languages.
A discipline is any course of study in
which a student can major. Tracks within
majors are not separate disciplines.
• A student may not receive a minor unless
his/her average in the courses which count
for his/her minor is a minimum of 2.00.
• Courses taken P/F may not be counted
toward a minor.
Students must declare their intention to
minor by completing a form available in the
Office of the Registrar.
When students complete a minor, the title
will be indicated on their official transcript.
Minor requirements must be completed at the
time of graduation.
Departmental Minors — Requirements for a!
departmental minor vary from department to
department. Students interested in pursuing a
departmental minor should consult that
department for its policy regarding minors.
Departmental minors are available in the
following areas:
ACCOUNTING
ART
Art History
Commercial Design
Painting
Photography
Sculpture
ASTRONOMY
BIOLOGY
Biology
Environmental Science
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
CHEMISTRY
COMMUNICATION
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
ECONOMICS
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
NGLISH
Literature
Writing
OREIGN LANGUAGES
.ND LITERATURES
French
German
Spanish
[ISTORY
American History
European History
History
lATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
Computer Science
Mathematics
HILOSOPHY
Philosophy
Philosophy and Law
Philosophy and Science
Ethics
HYSICS
OLITICAL SCIENCE
Political Science
American Politics
World Politics
Legal Studies
SYCHOLOGY
ELIGION
OCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
HEATRE
Performance
Technical Theatre
Theatre History and Literature
iterdisciplinary Minors — Interdisciplinary
iinors include course work in two or more
partments. Students interested in interdisci-
inary minors should consult the faculty
)ordinator of that minor. Interdisciplinary
inors are available in the following areas:
RCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURE OF THE
ANCIENT NEAR EAST
IIBLICAL LANGUAGES
OMEN'S AND GENDER STUDIES
06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PRE-PROFESSIONAL
PROGRAMS (also see "Pre-Professional
Advising" in The Advising Program section)
Preparation for Educational Professions —
Lycoming College believes that the liberal arts
provide the best preparation for future teachers.
Thus, all education students complete a liberal
arts major in addition to the Lycoming College
Teacher Education Certificate requirements.
Students can be certified in elementary,
secondary (biology, chemistry, citizenship,
English, general science, mathematics, physics,
social sciences, social studies), K-12 (art,
foreign languages, music), and special educa-
tion (cognitive, behavior and physical/health
disabilities). All teacher education programs
are approved by the Pennsylvania Department
of Education. Pennsylvania certificates are
recognized in most other states either through
reciprocal agreements or by transcript evalua-
tion. For more detailed information, see the
Education Department listing on page 103.
Preparation for Health Professions — The
program of pre-professional education for the
health professions (allopathic, dental, osteopathic,
podiatric and veterinary medicine; optometry,
and pharmacy) is organized around a sound
foundation in biology, chemistry, mathematics,
and physics and a wide range of subject matter
from the humanities, social sciences, and fine
arts. At least three years of undergraduate
study is recommended before entry into a
professional school; the normal procedure is to
complete the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Students interested in one of the health
professions or in an allied health career should
make their intentions known to the Admissions
Office when applying and to the Health
Professions Advisory Committee (HP AC), Dr.
Edward Gabriel, Chair, during their first
semester (see page 46).
Preparation for Legal Professions —
Lycoming offers a strong preparation for
students interested in law as a profession.
Admission to law school is not predicated
upon a particular major or aiea of study; rather,
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
a Student is encouraged to design a course of
study (traditional or interdisciplinary major)
which is of personal interest and significance.
While no specific major is recommended,
there are certain skills of particular relevance
to the pre-law student: clear writing, analyti-
cal thinking, and reading comprehension.
These skills should be developed during the
undergraduate years.
Pre-law students should register with the
Legal Professions Advisory Committee
(LPAC). Dr. John Whelan, Chair, during their
first semester (see page 47).
Preparation for Theological Professions —
Students preparing to attend a theological
seminary should examine the suggestions set
down by the Association of Theological
Schools. It is recommended that students
pursue a broad program in the liberal arts
with a major in one of the humanities
(English, history, languages, literature,
philosophy, religion) or one of the social
sciences (American studies, criminal justice,
economics, international studies, political
science, psychology, sociology-anthropol-
ogy). Students preparing for a career in
religious education should major in religion
and elect five or six courses in psychology,
education and sociology. This program of
study will qualify students to work as
educational assistants or directors of religious
education after graduate study in a theological
seminary.
Students should register with the Theo-
logical Professions Advisory Committee
(TPAC), Dr. Steven Johnson, Chair, during
their first semester. TPAC acts as a "center'"
for students, faculty, and clergy to discuss the
needs of students who want to prepare
themselves for the ministry, religious educa-
tion, advanced training in religion, or related
vocations (see page 47).
LYCOMING COLLEGE
COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS
Lycoming has developed several coopera-
tive programs to provide students with
opportunities to extend their knowledge,
abilities, and talents in selected areas througl
access to the specialized academic programs
and facilities of other colleges, universities,
academies and hospitals. Although thorougf
advising and curricular planning are providet
for each of the cooperative programs,
admission to Lycoming and registration in th
program of choice do not guarantee admissic
to the cooperating institution. The preroga-
tive of admitting students to the cooperative
aspect of the program rests with the cooperal
ing institution. Students who are interested i
a cooperative program should contact the
coordinator during the first week of the first
semester of their enrollment at Lycoming.
This is necessary to plan their course pro-
grams in a manner that will ensure comple-
tion of required courses according to the
schedule stipulated for the program. All
cooperative programs require special coordi-
nation of course scheduling at Lycoming.
Forestry or Environmental Studies —
Lycoming College offers a cooperative
program with Duke University in environ-
mental management and forestry. Qualified
students can earn the baccalaureate and
master degrees in five years, spending three
years at Lycoming and two years at Duke.
All Lycoming distribution and major require
ments must be completed by the end of the
junior year. At the end of the first year at
Duke, a baccalaureate degree will be awarde
by Lycoming. Duke will award the profes-
sional degree of Master of Forestry or Maste
of Environmental Management to qualified
candidates at the end of the second year.
The major program emphases at Duke are
Forest Resource Management. Resource Eco
nomics and Policy, and Resource Ecology.
The program is flexible enough, however
to accommodate a variety of individual
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
esigns. An undergraduate major in one of
le natural sciences, social sciences, or
usiness may provide good preparation tor
le programs at Duke, but a student with any
ndergraduate concentration will be consid-
red for admission. All students need at least
vo courses each in biology, mathematics,
nd economics.
Students begin the program at Duke in
ily after their junior year at Lycoming with a
^ne-month session of field work in natural
^source management. They must complete a
)tal of 48 units which generally takes four
jmesters.
Some students prefer to complete the
^ccalaureate degree before undertaking grad-
ate study at Duke. The master degree
;quirements for these students are the same
5 for those students entering after the junior
ar, but the 48-unit requirement may be
;duced for completed relevant undergraduate
ork of satisfactory quality. All credit
;ductions are determined individually and
bnsider the students' educational background
nd objectives. Faculty advisor: Dr. Melvin
immerman.
ledical Technology - Students desiring a
dreer in medical technology may either
amplete a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of
cience program followed by a clinical
iternship at any hospital accredited by the
American Medical Association, or they may
pmplete the cooperative program. Students
lecting the cooperative program normally
udy for three years at Lycoming, during
fhich time they complete 24 unit courses,
icluding the College distribution requirements,
major, and requirements of the National
ccrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory
ciences (NAACLS). The current requirements
f the NAACLS are: four courses in chemis-
y (one of which must be either organic or
iochemistry); four courses in biology
ncluding courses in microbiology and
nmunology), and one course in mathematics.
106-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Students in the cooperative program usually
major in biology, following a modified major
of six unit courses that exempts them from
Ecology (BIO 224) and Plant Sciences (BIO
225). Students must take either Microbiology
(BIO 32 1 ) or Microbiology for the Health
Sciences (BIO 226), and either Human
Physiology (BIO 323) or Cell Biology (BIO
435). The cooperative program requires
successful completion of a one-year internship
at a hospital accredited by the American
Medical Association. Lycoming is affiliated
with the following accredited hospitals:
Williamsport, Robert Packer, Lancaster,
Graduate, and Abington. Students in the
cooperative program receive credit at Lycom-
ing for each of eight courses in biology and
chemistry successfully completed during the
clinical internship. Successful completion of
the Registry Examination is not considered a
graduation requirement at Lycoming College.
Students entering a clinical internship for
one year after graduation from Lycoming
must complete all of the requirements of the
cooperative program, but are not eligible for
the biology major exemptions indicated
above. Upon graduation, such students may
apply for admission to a clinical program at
any hospital. Faculty Advisor: Dr. Terry
McGarvey.
Optometry — Through the Accelerated
Optometry Education Cuiriculum Program,
students interested in a career in optometry
may qualify for admission to the Pennsylva-
nia College of Optometry after only three
years at Lycoming College.
After four years at the Pennsylvania
College of Optometry, a student will earn a
Doctor of Optometry degree. Selection of
candidates for the professional segment of the
program is completed by the admissions
committee of the Pennsylvania College of
Optometry during the student's third year at
Lycoming. (This is one of two routes that
students may choose. Any student, of course.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
may follow the regular application procedures
for admission to the Pennsylvania College of
Optometry or another college of optometry to
matriculate following completion of his or her
baccalaureate program.) During the three
years at Lycoming College, the student will
complete 24 unit courses, including all
distribution requirements, and will prepare for
his or her professional training by obtaining a
solid foundation in biology, chemistry,
physics, and mathematics. During the first
year of study at the Pennsylvania College of
Optometry, the student will take 39 semester
hours of basic science courses in addition to
introductions to optometry and health care.
Successful completion of the first year of
professional training will complete the course
requirements for the B.A. degree at Lycoming
College.
Most students will find it convenient to
major in biology in order to satisfy the
requirements of Lycoming College and the
Pennsylvania College of Optometry. Such
students are allowed to complete a modified
biology major which will exempt them from
two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) and
Plant Sciences (BIO 225). (This modified
major requires the successful completion of
the initial year at the Pennsylvania College of
Optometry.) Students desiring other majors
must coordinate their plans with the Health
Professions Advisory Committee in order to
ensure that they have satisfied all require-
ments. Faculty Advisor: Dr. Edward Gabriel.
Podiatry — Students interested in podiatry
may either seek admission to a college of
podiatric medicine upon completion of the
Bachelor of Arts degree or through the Accel-
erated Podiatric Medical Education Curricu-
lum Program (APMEC). The latter program
provides an opportunity for students to
qualify for admission to the Pennsylvania
College of Podiatric Medicine (PCPM) or the
Ohio College of Podiatric Medicine (OCPM)
after three years of study at Lycoming. At
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Lycoming, students in the APMEC program
must successfully complete 24 unit courses,
including the distribution requirements and a
basic foundation in biology, chemistry,
physics, and mathematics. During the first
year of study at PCPM or OCPM, students
must successfully complete a program of basi(
science courses and an introduction to podia-
try. Successful completion of the first year of
professional training will contribute toward
the fulfillment of the course requirements for 5
Bachelor of Arts degree at Lycoming.
Students in the cooperative program who
major in biology will be allowed to complete
a modified major which will exempt them
from two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224
and Plant Sciences (BIO 225). This modified
major requires the successful completion of
the initial year at PCPM or OCPM.
Students interested in a career in podiatrio
medicine should indicate their intentions to
the Health Professions Advisory Committee.,,
Faculty Advisor: Dr. Edward Gabriel. j
U.S. Army Reserve Officers Training
Corps Program (R.O.T.C.) — The program
provides an opportunity for Lycoming
students to enroll in the Army Reserve
Officers' Training Corps (ROTC). Lycoming
notes enrollment in and successful comple-
tion of the program on student transcripts.
Military Science is a four-year program
divided into a basic course given during the
freshman and sophomore years and an
advanced course given during the junior and
senior years. Students who have not com-
pleted the basic course may qualify for the
advanced course by completing the Leader's
Training Course between the sophomore and
junior years. Students enrolled in the
advanced course receive a monthly, non-
taxable stipend. One course in military
history will fulfill the professional military
education requirements.
Students successfully completing the
advanced course and the Leadership
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALCK
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
evelopment and Assessment Course
tween the junior and senior years will
lalify for a commission as a Second
eutenant in the United States Army upon
aduation, and will incur a service obligation
the active Army, Army National Guard or
rmy Reserve.
The U.S. Army Reserve Officers' Training
3rps (ROTC) program is offered to
/coming College students in cooperation
ith Bucknell University. For more
formation, call 570-577-1013.
HE HONORS PROGRAM
he Scholar Program
The Lycoming College Scholar Program is a
ecial program designed to meet the needs
d aspirations of highly motivated students
superior intellectual ability. Lycoming
holars satisfy the College's distribution
quirements with more challenging courses
an students not in the Scholar Program are
quired to complete. (Substitutions to the
holar Distribution Requirements can be
ide only by successful application to the
holar' s Council.) Lycoming Scholars also
rticipate in special interdisciplinary semi-
rs and in an independent study culminating
a senior presentation. Scholars may audit a
th course each semester at no additional
St. In addition. Scholars may be exempted
)m the usual limitations on independent
\dies by the Individual Studies Committee.
Students are admitted to the program by
/itation of the Scholar Council, the group
lich oversees the program. The council
nsists of a director and four other faculty
ected by the Dean of the College, and four
idents elected by current scholars. The
:idelines governing selection of new scholars
fc flexible; academic excellence, intellectual
riosity, and creativity are all taken into
:ount. Students who desire to participate in
: Scholar Program but are not invited may
6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
petition the Scholar Council for consideration.
Petitioning students should provide the
Scholar Council with letters of recommenda-
tion from Lycoming faculty and a transcript to
be sent to the director of the Scholar Program.
To remain in the program, students must
main-tain a cumulative average of 3.00 or
better. Students who drop below this average
will be placed on Scholar probation for one
semester. After one semester, they will be
asked to leave the program if their GPA has not
returned to 3.00 or higher. To graduate as a
Scholar, a student must have at least a 3.00
cumulative average. Scholars must success-
fully complete five Lycoming Scholars
Seminars, as well as the non-credit Senior
Scholar Seminar in which they present the
results of their independent studies. In
addition, the following distribution require-
ments must be met.
Scholar Distribution Requirements for
Students in B.A. and B.S. Programs
A. English — Scholars must complete ENGL
106 or ENGL 107. The Scholar Council
strongly recommends that qualified scholars
enroll in ENGL 107 if scheduling permits.
ENGL 106 or 107 must be taken during the
freshman year.
B. Fine Arts — Scholars are required to pass
two courses (or the equivalent) from the
following: Art: ART 1 1 1, 1 15, 220 or
higher; Music: MUS 117, 160 or higher;
Theatre: THE A 1 14 or higher, excluding
THEA 135-136, 137-138, or 148; Creative
Writing: ENGL 240, 322, 342, 41 1, 412, 441
or 442; Literature: Any English Literature
course (except ENGL 215) and the literature
courses of the Department of Foreign Lan-
guages and Literatures (French, German, or
Spanish).
C. Modern and Ancient Language Studies
— Scholars are required to pass a course in
French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Latin or
Spanish numbered 1 1 1 or higher. Placement
LYCOMING COLLEGE
IHF. ACADEMIC PRCXJRAM
in a modern language at the appropriate
course level will be determined by the faculty
of the Department of Foreign Languages and
Literatures. Placement in an ancient language
at the appropriate course level will be
determined by the Dept. of Religion. Schol-
ars who have completed two or more years of
a given language in high school are not
admitted for credit to the elementary course in
the same foreign language except by written
permission of the chairman of the department.
D. Humanities — Scholars are required to
pass four courses from three of the following
disciplines: History: any course numbered
200 or higher; Literature: any English
literature course (except ENGL 215) and the
literature courses of the Department of
Foreign Languages and Literatures (French,
German, or Spanish); Philosophy: any course
numbered 200 or higher; Religion: any
course numbered 222 or higher.
E. Mathematics — Scholars must earn at
least a grade of B (3.00) in one of MATH
106, 109, 1 12, 123 or CPTR 108; or success-
fully complete one of MATH 128, 129, 130,
214 or 216.
F. Natural Sciences — Scholars are required
to pass two laboratory courses from the
following: Astronomy/Physics: any course
numbered 1 1 1 or higher; Biology: any course
numbered 1 10 or higher; Chemistry: any
course numbered 1 10 or higher.
G. Social Sciences — Scholars are required
to pass two courses from the following:
Economics: any course numbered 1 10 or
higher; Political Science: any course
numbered 106 or higher; Psychology: PSY
1 10 or any other PSY course numbered 225
or higher. Sociology-Anthropology: any
course from 1 10, 220, 229. 300 or higher.
H. Cultural Diversity — Scholars are
required to pass one designated course which
introduces students to Cultural Diversity
which is distinct from the dominant western
LYCOMING COLLEGE
culture. Approaches to study may be artistic
historical, sociological, anthropological,
international, psychological, or issues orient
The course selected to fulfill this requiremei
may also be used to satisfy one of the other
general education requirements in the libera
arts.
I. Writing Across the Curriculum — This
requirement is the same as that stipulated by
the College for all students.
J. Physical Activities, Wellness and Comm
nity Service — This requirement is the same
that stipulated by the College for all students.
K. Lycoming Scholar Seminars — Team-
taught interdisciplinary seminars are held eve
semester under the direction of the Lycoming
Scholar Council. They meet for one hour eac
week (Tuesdays at noon) and carry one hour (
credit. Grades are "A/F" and are based on
students' performance. Lycoming Scholars s
required to successfully complete five semin;
and they are permitted to register for as many
eight. Topics for each academic year will be
selected by the Scholar Council and announc
before spring registration of the previous yea
Students must be accepted into the Scholar
Program before they enroll in a Scholar
Seminar. Scholars are strongly urged to regis
for a least one seminar during the freshman
year.
L. Senior Project — In the senior year,
scholars must successfully complete an
independent studies or departmental honors
project which has been approved in advance
the Independent Studies Committee and the
Scholar Council. This project must be
presented orally as part of the Senior Schola
Seminar and be accepted by the Scholar
Council. I
M. Major — Scholars must complete a maj
and 32 units (128 semester hours), exclusive
the Senior Scholar Seminar.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAL(
I
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
ate to Transfer Students — In the case of
insfer students and those who seek to enter
3 program after their freshman year and in
her cases deemed by the Scholar Council to
^olve special or extraordinary circum-
inces, the Council shall make adjustments to
; scholar distribution requirements provided
it in all cases such exceptions and adjust-
nts would still satisfy the regular College
itribution requirements.
[anagement Scholars
rogram of the Institute for
[anagement Studies
The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars
ogram for academically talented students in
I three IMS departments. To join the
anagement Scholars Program, a student must
;isfy the following criteria:
a) Have a declared major or minor in one or
more of the IMS departments. However,
the IMS Director may invite or permit
other students to join the Management
Scholars Program who do not meet this
criteria, such as freshmen who have not
yet declared a major or minor.
b) Have an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher, or
exhibit strong academic potential if the
student is a first-semester freshman.
To graduate as a Management Scholar, a
ident must meet the following criteria:
a) Successfully complete two semester-
hours of Management Scholar Seminars.
b) Successfully complete a major or minor in
one of the three IMS departments.
:) Graduate with a GPA of 3.25 or higher in
both overall college work, and within an
IMS major and/or minor.
1) Successfully complete an appropriate
internship, practicum or independent
study, or complete a special project
approved by the IMS Director.
A.t least one Management Scholar Seminar is
ight per academic year on an interdiscipli-
ry topic of relevance to students in all three
6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
IMS departments. The seminars are offered as
one semester-hour courses and do not result in
overload charges for full-time students.
Students who are currently Lycoming
College Scholars may also become Manage-
ment Scholars and participate in both pro-
grams.
Departmental Honors
Honors projects are normally undertaken
only in a student's major, and are available
only to exceptionally well-qualified students
who have a solid background in the area of
the project and are capable of considerable
self-direction and have a GPA of at least 3.00.
The prerequisites for registration in an honors
program are as follows:
• A faculty member from the department(s)
in which the honors project is to be under-
taken must agree to be the director and must
secure departmental approval of the project.
• The director, in consultation with the
student, must convene a committee consist-
ing of two faculty members from the
department in which the project is to be
undertaken, one of whom is the director of
the project, and one faculty member from
each of two other departments related to the
subject matter of the study.
• The Honors Committee must then certify by
their signatures on the application that the
project in question is academically legiti-
mate and worthy of pursuit as an honors
project, and that the student in question is
qualified to pursue the project.
• The project must be approved by the
Committee on Individual Studies.
Students successfully complete honors
projects by satisfying the following conditions
in accordance with guidelines established by
the Committee on Individual Studies:
• The student must produce a substantial
research paper, critical study, or creative
project. If the end product is a creative
project, a critical paper analyzing the
techniques and principles employed and the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
nature of the achievement represented in the
project shall be also submitted.
• The student must successfully explain and
defend the work in a final oral examination
given by the honors committee.
• The Honors Committee must certify that the
student has successfully defended the
project, and that the student's achievement
is clearly superior to that which would ordi-
narily be required to earn a grade of "A" in
a regular independent studies course.
• The Committee on Individual Studies must
certify that the student has satisfied all of
the conditions mentioned above.
Except in unusual circumstances, honors
projects are expected to involve independent
study in two consecutive unit courses.
Successful completion of the honors project
will cause the designation of honors in that
department to be placed upon the permanent
record. Acceptable theses are deposited in the
College library. In the event that the study is
not completed successfully or is not deemed
worthy of honors, the student shall be re-
registered in independent studies and
given a final grade for the course.
THE ADVISING PROGRAM
Academic Advising
One advantage of a small college is the
direct, personal contact between a student
and the College faculty who care about that
student's personal, academic, and profes-
sional aspirations. The student can draw
upon their years of experience to resolve
questions about social adjustment, workload,
study skills, tutoring and more. Perhaps the
member of the faculty with the most impact
on a student is the academic advisor.
The freshman advisor, whom the student
meets at summer orientation, assists with
course selection by providing accurate
information about requirements, programs
and career options. Advisors help students to
identify other campus resources. Health
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Services can supply counseling support for
students with personal adjustment issues.
During the sophomore year, the student
must choose a major and select an advisor fn
the major department. The new advisor, whil
serving as a resource, can best advise that
student about course selection and career
opportunities.
Advisors at Lycoming endeavor to contri'
ute to students' development in yet another
way. They insist that students assume full
responsibility for their decisions and acaderr
progress. By doing so, they help to prepare
them for the harder choices and responsibili-
ties of the professional world.
Also, Lycoming provides special advising
programs for careers in medicine, law and
religion. Interested students should register
with the appropriate advisory committee
immediately after deciding to enter one of
these professions.
Pre-Professional Advising |
(also see "Pre-Professional Programs" in
the Concentration section)
Preparation for Educational Professions -
Students interested in obtaining teacher cert-
ification should consult with a member of tht
Education Department as early as possible.
See the Education Department listing on
page 103.
Preparation for Health Professions — I
Students interested in one of the health '
professions or in an allied health career shou
make their intentions know to the Admission
Office when applying and to the Health
Professions Advisory Committee (HPAC)
during their first semester. This committee
advises students concerning preparation for
and application to health-professions school
All pre-health professions students are invite
to join the student Pre-Health Professions
Association. Also see descriptions of the
cooperative programs in podiatric medicine,
optometry, and medical technology.
I
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAL(
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
eparation for Legal Professions —
udents interested in pre-law should register
th the Legal Professions Advisory Committee
PAC) during their first semester and should
in the Pre-Law Society on campus. LPAC
sists the pre-law student through advising,
mpilation of recommendations, and dissemi-
tion of information and materials about law
d the legal profession. The Pre-Law Society
onsors films, speakers, and field trips
:luding visits to law school campuses.
eparation for Theological Professions —
Lidents who plan to investigate the religious
cations should register with the Theological
afessions Advisory Committee (TPAC)
ring their first semester. TPAC acts as a
;nter" for students, faculty, and clergy to
cuss the needs of students who want to
jpare themselves for the ministry, religious
ucation, advanced training in religion, or
ated vocations. Also, it may help coordi-
te internships for students who desire
ictical experience in the parish ministry or
ated areas.
CADEMIC
UPPORT SERVICES
cademic Resource Center
RC)
niel Hartsock, Director
le Keller, Assistant Director
^w. lycoming.edu/arc
The Academic Resource Center, located on
third floor of the Snowden Library,
ivides a variety of free services to the
ppus community.
Tutoring in Writing — Working one-on-
pne. Writing Consultants use questioning
techniques to help writers improve papers
[While developing confidence and indepen-
dence as writers. Writers may use the
Writer's Room, a quiet place for writing, to
work on papers while consulting with tutors
about development, organization, grammar.
)-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
documentation, and any other writing
concern. Writing Consultants offer 35
hours of scheduled tutoring weekly.
Tutoring in the Content Areas — The ARC
offers one-on-one tutoring support in almost
every course. Tutors assist students with
homework assignments and test prepara-
tion. A list of tutors is available on the ARC
website or by contacting the ARC directly.
Study Skills Support — The ARC provides
support through individualized instruction
and through small group workshops upon
request. Topics vary depending on the
needs of students. Also, the ARC offers a
more formal option for study skills support:
ARC 100, Success Skills Workshop.
ARC 100 Success Skills Workshop
A seven-week course, the workshop
introduces students to a variety of topics
important to student success. Among
these are time management, learning
styles, motivation, highlighting text,
note-taking. Topics will be selected to
meet students' needs. ARC 100 is highly
recommended for students who, in consul-
tation with their academic advisors, choose
to improve their academic skills. This
non-credit course will be graded on a
pass/fail basis.
Disability Support — The Coordinator of
Services for Students with Disabilities
assists students in arranging for classroom
accommodations, meeting requirements,
and developing appropriate study practices.
Office of the Assistant
Dean for Freshmen
Lycoming College believes a student's
freshman year needs structure and support.
This office serves as a focal point for the
freshman and his or her family.
Freshman Orientation — The purpose of
this required program is to acquaint new
students and their families more fully with
the College so that they can begin their
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Lycoming experience under the most
favorable circumstances. Students sit for
placement tests, confer with their academic
advisors, preregister for fall classes, and
become acquainted with their classmates.
1st Weekend — Begins the day freshmen
arrive with New Student Convocation. The
weekend activities include academic success,
career and library workshops along with
social events.
Information and Support — Students
and their families find the Office of the
Assistant Dean for Freshmen an accessible
resource to resolving problems, developing
solutions, coordinating services and enabling
student success. Student and family
newsletters are provided during the year.
Office of the Assistant
Dean for Sophomores
The College continues to provide academic
counseling and support as students move into
the sophomore year. The Assistant Dean for
Sophomores meets individually with second
year students and, in cooperation with the
Assistant Dean for Freshmen, conducts small
group retreats and other meetings. These
efforts are designed to alert students to their
circumstances, to help them explore options,
to motivate them to achieve their academic
aspirations, and to provide them with useful
strategies and resources for success.
In addition, the Sophomore Dean consults
with students on a variety of personal, social,
residential, financial, and other concerns.
Early Assessment
During the sixth week of the semester
classroom instructors prepare Early Assess-
ment Progress Reports for freshmen, new
transfer students, students on academic
probation, and students with cumulative GPAs
less than 2.10. In week seven, academic
advisors, students, parents, deans, and coaches
receive these progress reports and can counsel
students having difficulty regarding adjust-
ment strategies. Progress grades are not
recorded on the student's permanent record.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
SPECIAL ACADEMIC
OPPORTUNITIES
First- Year Seminar — Every fall, Lycomin
College offers a number of first-year seminar
small classes that investigate topics in variou;
disciplines. Students receive a letter from the
Director of the First Year Seminar in the
spring before their freshman year telling then
what seminars will be available.
May Term — This four-week voluntary
session is designed to provide students with
courses listed in the catalog and experimenta
and special courses that are not normally
available during the fall and spring semesters
and summer sessions. Some courses are
offered on campus, others involve travel. In
addition to the courses themselves, attractior
include less formal classes and reduced
tuition rates. On campus courses have
included Field Geology, Energy Economics,
Writer's Seminar, American Detective
Fiction, and The American Hard-Boiled
Mystery. Travel courses have included
Painting at the Outer Banks, Art History and
Photography, Cross-Cultural Psychology, an
Tropical Marine Biology in Jamaica. Stu-
dents may take a maximum of 4 semester
hours.
Summer Sessions I and II — These two sue
cessive five- week academic terms offer the
opportunity for students to complete intern-
ships, independent studies and semester '
courses. Students may take a maximum of 8
semester hours. i
Independent Studies — Independent studiei
are available to any qualified student who
wishes to engage in and receive academic
credit for any academically legitimate course
of study for which he or she could not other-
wise receive credit. It may be pursued at any
level (introductory, intemiediate, or advanced)
and in any department, whether or not the
student is a major in that department. An ind
pendent studies project may either duplicate .
catalogue course or be completely different
from any catalog course. In order for a studer
2(K)6-()7 ACADEMIC CAT/\L(
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
be registered in any independent study course,
e following conditions must be satisfied:
An appropriate member of the faculty must
agree to supervise the project and must
certify by signing the application form that
the project involves an amount of legiti-
mate academic work appropriate for the
amount of academic credit requested and
that the student in question is qualified to
pursue the project.
The studies project must be approved by
the chair of the department in which the
studies project is to be undertaken. In the
case of catalog courses, all department
members must approve offering the catalog
course as an independent studies course.
After the project is approved by the
instructor and the chair of the appropriate
department, the studies project must be
approved by the Committee on Individual
Studies.
Participation in independent studies
ojects which do not duplicate catalog
urses is subject to the following:
Jtudents undertaking independent studies
projects must have a GPA of at least 2.50.
students may not engage in more than one
ndependent studies project during any
;iven semester.
Jtudents may not engage in more than two
ndependent studies projects during their
Lcademic careers at Lycoming College.
The Individual Studies Committee may
ixempt members of the Lycoming College
cholar Program from these two limitations.
As with other academic policies, any other
ceptions to these two rules must be approved
the Committee on Academic Standards.
ternship Program — An internship is a
arse jointly sponsored by the College and a
blic or private agency or subdivision of the
illege in which a student is able to earn
liege credit by participating in some active
jacity as an assistant, aide, or apprentice.
For a one unit (4 semester hour) internship,
least ten hours per week must be spent in
6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
agency duties. Academic requirements
include a daily log or journal, a research paper
of approximately ten pages or its equivalent,
and a reading list of approximately five books
or the equivalent. The student and academic
supervisor meet weekly during the term of the
internship.
The objectives of the internship program
are:
1 ) to further the development of a central
core of values, awarenesses, strategies,
skills, and information through experi-
ences outside the classroom or other
campus situations, and
2) to facilitate the integration of theory and
practice by encouraging students to relate
their on-campus academic experiences
more directly to society in general and to
possible career and other post-baccalaure-
ate objectives in particular.
Any junior or senior student in good acad-
emic standing may petition the Committee on
Individual Studies for approval to serve as an
intern. A maximum of 16 credits can be
earned through internships, practica, and/or
student teaching. Guidelines for program
development, assignment of tasks and
academic requirements, such as exams,
papers, reports, grades, etc., are established in
consultation with a faculty director at
Lycoming and an agency supervisor at the
place of internship.
Students with diverse majors have
participated in a wide variety of internships,
including ones with NBC Television in New
York City, the Allenwood Federal Prison
Camp, Pennsylvania State Department of
Environmental Resources, Lycoming County
Historical Society, the American Cancer
Society, business and accounting firms, law
offices, hospitals, social service agencies,
banks and Congressional offices.
Practica — Practica are offered in Account-
ing, Art, Biology, Business, Communication,
Criminal Justice, Economics, Education, IMS,
Psychology, and Sociology. These courses
require 1 to 12 hours of work per week in a
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PRCXDRAM
business, agency, or organization in addition
to classroom time. A maximum of 16 credits
can be earned through practica, internships,
and/or student teaching.
Teacher Intern Program — The purpose of
the Teacher Intern Program is to provide
individuals who have completed a baccalaure-
ate degree with the opportunity to become
certified teachers through on-the-job training.
Interns can earn a Lycoming College Teacher
Education Certificate and be certified by the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in elemen-
tary, secondary (biology, chemistry, citizen-
ship, English, general science, mathematics,
physics, social sciences, social studies), K-12
(art, foreign languages, music), and special
education (cognitive, behavior and physical/
health disabilities).
Interested individuals should file a formal
application with the Education Department
for admission to the Intern Program. Upon
completion of the application process, interns
receive a letter of Intern Candidacy from the
Pennsylvania Department of Education which
the candidate then uses to apply for a teaching
position. Necessary professional coursework
can be completed prior to the teaching
experience when individuals obtain teaching
position. See Education Department on page
103 for more information.
The Philadelphia Urban Semester — A full
semester liberal arts program for professional
development and field study is available to
Lycoming students. The program is open to
juniors majoring in any discipline or program.
The Philadelphia Urban Semester is spon-
sored and administered by the Great Lakes
Colleges Association.
Washington Semester — With the consent
of the Department of Political Science and the
Registrar, selected students are permitted to
study in Washington, D.C., at The American
University for one semester. They may
choose from seven different programs:
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Washington Semester, Urban Semester,
Foreign Policy Semester, International
Development Semester, Economic Policy
Semester, Science and Technology Semester
or American Studies Semester.
United Nations Semester — With the
consent of either the Department of History
or Political Science and the Registrar,
selected students may enroll at Drew Univer
sity in Madison, New Jersey, in the United
Nations Semester, which is designed to
provide a first-hand acquaintance with the
world organization. Students with special
interests in world history, international
relations, law, and politics are eligible to
participate.
Capitol Semester Internship Program —
This program is available to eligible students
on a competitive basis. The program is co-
sponsored by Pennsylvania's Office of
Administration and Department of Educatioi
Paid internships are available to students in
most majors. Interested students should
contact the Career Development Center for
additional information.
STUDY ABROAD
PROGRAMS
Students are encouraged to participate in
variety of study abroad programs sponsored
by affiliates or other institutions. Students
who intend to study abroad must have a
cumulative grade point average of 2.50 or
higher. Study abroad opportunities range
from summer sessions to a full semester or
academic year overseas. All overseas
programs require prior approval from the
students' major departments, the Study
Abroad Coordinator, the Dean of Students
and the Registrar. Applications may be
obtained from the Study Abroad Coordinatoi
Before embarking on an overseas learninj
experience, students should review the study
abroad materials in the Career Development
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
snter (2nd floor, Wertz Center). With the
ilp of the Study Abroad Coordinator, they
ust identify any additional program require-
f ents such as fluency in a foreign language.
A limited number of competitive grants for
jdy abroad at our affiliate institutions are
ailable. Application forms are posted on
e College's home page under Academic
ograms. Study Abroad. For more details,
ntact the Study Abroad Coordinator,
/coming aid is not part of the Study Abroad
ckage.
ffiliate Programs — Lycoming has
operative arrangements with seven institu-
)ns overseas: Anglia Polytechnic University
'ambridge, England), CUEF Universite
endhal-Grenoble 3 (Grenoble, France),
;tudio Sampere (Ecuador, Spain), Lancaster
liversity (Lake District, England), Regent's
)llege (London, England), Tandem Escuela
ternacional (Madrid, Spain), and the
liversity of Westminister (London, En-
and). Course offerings vary at each
ititution, contact the Study Abroad Coordi-
tor for details. Students interested in the
ograms at Grenoble, Sampere, and Tandem
ould contact the Department of Foreign
inguages and Literatures.
•ograms Sponsored by Other Institutions
coming students have taken advantage of
portunities offered by other institutions in
untries such as Australia, the Czech
•public, Germany, Hungary, Italy, and
vitzerland. Information regarding these and
ler programs are available in the Career
ivelopment Center, the Department of
ireign Languages and Literatures, and from
; Study Abroad Coordinator.
udent Teaching Abroad — Lycoming
)llege has established a cooperative
3gram with Moorhead State University
abling teacher education students to do all
part of their student teaching in a foreign
untry.
L( 6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
This program offers exceptional students
the opportunity to student teach in nearly any
country in the world. Students are placed in
independent international schools where
English is the instructional language. An
effort is made to assign students to geographi-
cal areas that will enrich their backgrounds,
serve their special interests and expand their
cultural horizons.
NOTE: Lycoming College cannot assume
responsibility for the health, safety, or welfare
of students engaged in or en route to or from
any off-campus studies or activities which are
not under its exclusive jurisdiction.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
CURRICULUM
Curriculum
Numbers 100-149 Introductory courses and
Freshman level courses
Numbers 200-249 Intermediate courses and
Sophomore level courses
Numbers 300-349 Intermediate courses and
Junior level courses
Numbers 400-449 Advanced courses and
Senior level courses
Numbers N50-N59* Non-catalog courses
offered on a limited basis
Numbers 160-169 Applied Music, Theatre
Practicums and other fractional credit courses
Numbers 470-479 Internships
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Numbers N80-N89* Independent Study
Numbers 490-491 Independent Study for '
Departmental Honors
*N = course level 1, 2, 3 or 4 as determined
by department
Courses not in sequence are listed separately
as:
Drawing ART 1 1 1
Color Theory ART 212
Courses which imply a sequence are indicatec
with a dash between, meaning that the first
semester must be taken prior to the second, a!
Intermediate French
FRN 111-112
Except for academic reasons, all students
have the right of access to all courses.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC
ACCOUNTING
ACCOUNTING (AccT)
ssociate Professor: Kuhns
ssistant Professors: Wienecke (Chairperson)
isiting Assistant Professor: Kremer
The purpose of the accounting major is to
;lp prepare the student for a career within
e accounting profession. In order to satisfy
e needs of an extremely diverse profession,
e major in accounting consists of two
parate tracks. Track I is a 150 semester
mr program designed to meet the 1 50 hour
quirement of the American Institute of
ertified Public Accounts for those students
hose goal is to become a member of the
ICPA in Pennsylvania or any other state,
ack II is a 128 semester hour program and
designed to meet the requirements of the
;nnsylvania State Board of Accountancy for
ose students whose goal is to become
Mtified Public Accountants in Pennsylvania.
Students planning to sit for the Uniform
unified Public Accounting Examination are
vised to check with their State Board of
:counting to assure that they have com-
eted all courses required for C.P.A. licen-
re.
The Department of Accounting is a
ember of the Institute for Management
udies. See page 125.
ore courses required of all majors:
CCT 1 10, 223, 344, 345, 436, 440, 441,
^3; BUS 128, 210, 21 1, 223, 235, 244, 338,
fl;ECON llOor 111;MATH 123. All
counting majors are required to take and
iss a standardized accounting achievement
am during their final semester. Students
ho fail may retake the exam or take an
dependent study in the area(s) that were
ted unsatisfactorily.
)6-()7 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Track requirements:
1. Accounting-150 hours:
ACCT 320, 442, 447, and either 438, 439
or 470-479; BUS 236; ECON 1 10 and 1 1 1 ;
one course from SOC or PSY
2. Accounting-128 hours:
One course from ACCT 320, 442, 438, 439
470-479, or BUS 345
The following courses, when scheduled as
W courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: ACCT 223, 320, and 442.
Minor
A minor in the Department of Accounting
consists of ACCT 1 10 and four higher
numbered accounting courses as determined
by the student's interests.
100
PERSONAL FINANCIAL PLANNING
This course prepares students to make
better informed financial decisions in a
complicated world. A practical, relatively non-
technical course designed to help the student
identify and plan to meet their financial goals.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACCOUNTING
110
ELEMENTARY ACCOUNTING THEORY
An introductory course in recording,
classifying, summarizing, and interpreting the
basic business transaction. Problems of
classification and interpretation of accounts
and preparation of financial statements are
studied.
130
ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERIAL
DECISION-MAKING
An introduction to the various components
of managerial accounting. Emphasis is
placed on managerial problem-solving
techniques and the analysis of the results.
Accounting systems, costing procedures, cost-
volume profit relationships, managerial
control processes and the use of computers as
aids to decision-making are studied. Students
will gain hands-on experience with various
computer applications of managerial account-
ing. Prerequisite: ACCT 1 10.
223
COST AND BUDGETARY
ACCOUNTING THEORY
Methods of accounting for material, labor
and factory overhead expenses consumed in
manufacturing using job order, process, and
standard costing techniques. Prerequisite:
ACCT 110.
320
ACCOUNTING INFORMATION
SYSTEMS/FUND ACCOUNTING
An introduction to design and use of
accounting information systems (AIS) and
design and implementation of control systems
in AIS. An introduction to the theory and
practice of fund accounting. Prerequisite:
ACCT 110. Co-requisite: BUS 211 {in the
first half of the semester)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
344
INTERMEDIATE I
ACCOUNTING THEORY I "
An in-depth examination of the environ-
ment within which financial accounting 1
theory exists. An examination of the basic '
postulates that underlie financial statements
and a critique of what financial reporting
means. Prerequisite: ACCT 223 or consent
of instructor.
345
INTERMEDIATE
ACCOUNTING THEORY II
An examination of the various accounting
and reporting issues affecting assets. Prereq-
uisite: ACCT 344.
436
INTERMEDIATE
ACCOUNTING THEORY III
An examination of the various accounting
and reporting issues affecting liabilities,
stockholder equity, earnings per share, cash
flows and accounting changes. Prerequisite:
ACCT 345 with a minimum grade ofC, or
consent of instructor.
438-439
PRACTICUM IN ACCOUNTING III
An introduction to the real world of
accounting. Students are placed in Manageria
and Public Accounting positions in order to
effect a synthesis of the students' academic
course work and its practical applications. I
Specifics of the course work to be worked om
in conjunction with department, student and
sponsor. May be repeated for credit with
consent of instructor.
440
AUDITING THEORY
A study of the science or art of verifying,
analyzing, and interpreting accounts and
reports. The goal of the course is to empha-
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO
ACCOUNTING
ze concepts which will enable students to
hderstand the philosophy and environment
f auditing. Special attention is given to the
ublic accounting profession, studying
jditing standards, professional ethics, the
gal liability inherent in the attest function,
le study and evaluation of internal control,
le nature of evidence, the growing use of
atistical sampling, the impact of electronic
ata processing, and the basic approach to
lanning an audit. Finally, various audit
ports expressing independent expert
pinions on the fairness of financial state-
ients are studied. Prerequisites: ACCT 344
id MATH 123; or consent of instructor.
II
EDERAL INCOME TAX
Analysis of the provisions of the Internal
evenue Code relating to income, deductions,
ventories, and accounting methods. Practical
■oblems involving determination of income
id deductions, capital gains and losses,
imputation and payment of taxes through
ithholding at the source and through declara-
3n are considered. Planning transactions so
at a minimum amount of tax will result is
nphasized. Prerequisite: ACCT 110 or
msent of instructor.
\1
DERAL INCOME TAX
DMINISTRATION AND PLANNING
An analysis of the provisions of the
ternal Revenue Code relating to partner-
ips, estates, trusts, and corporations. An
:tensive series of problems is considered,
id effective tax planning is emphasized.
i-e requisite: ACCT 110, or consent of
structor.
13
CCOUNTING FOR BUSINESS
OMBINATIONS
Certain areas of advanced accounting
eery, including business combinations and
ID6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
consolidated financial statements. Prerequi-
site: A CCT 345. One-half unit of credit.
447
ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
An intensive study of partnerships,
installment and consignment sales, branch
accounting, foreign currency transactions, and
segment interim reporting. Prerequisite:
ACCT 443. One-half unit of credit.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in accounting typically work off
campus under the supervision of a public or
private accountant.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Typical examples of recent studies in
accounting are: computer program to generate
financial statements, educational core for
public accountants, inventory control, and
church taxation.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACCOUNTING-MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • ACTUARIAL MATHEMATICS
I
ACCOUNTING -
MATHEMATICAL
SCIENCES
Associate Professor: Kuhns (Coordinator)
The accounting-mathematical sciences
interdisciplinary major is designed to offer,
within a liberal arts framework, courses
which will aid in constructing mathematical
models for business decision-making.
Students obtain the necessary substantial
background in both mathematical sciences
and accounting.
Required accounting courses are: ACCT
1 10, 223, 320, 344, 345, 441, 442. In
mathematical sciences, required courses are:
CPTR 125, 321 and MATH 112, 128, 129,
338 and either 123 or 332. Recommended
courses include: MATH 130, 238, 333;
BUS 223, 235, 236, 338, 339; CPTR 108.
246; ECON 1 10, 1 1 1; PSY 224, 225; and
SOC 110.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACTUARIAL
MATHEMATICS
Associate Professor: Sprechini (Coordinator)'
The Actuarial Mathematics major is
designed to offer, within a liberal arts
framework, coursework to prepare for an
actuarial career. Students obtain the neces-
sary mathematical background for the first
actuarial exam and two or three exams
beyond the first one. Students also obtain
some background in accounting, economics,
and business which is needed for an actuarial
career. At the time of completion of all majoi
requirements, or shortly thereafter, a student
should be prepared to sit for up to four of the
examinations of the Society of Actuaries.
The Actuarial Mathematics major consists
of 14 unit courses and two semesters of non-
credit colloquia. In Mathematical Sciences
required courses are CPTR 125, MATH 128
(or exemption by examination from 128),
129, 130, 234, 238, 332, 333, and two courses
from MATH 321, 338, and 400. Also
required are ACCT 1 10, ECON 1 10; one of
MATH 214 or ECON 230; one of ACCT 130.
ACCT 441, BUS 338, ECON 331 or441; twc
semesters of MATH 339 or 449 taken during
the junior and/or senior years with at least
one semester for a letter grade.
Recommended courses include: ACCT
223, 224, 226, 344; BUS 339, 342; CPTR
108; ECON 220, 229, 332, 337; MATH 106,
23 1 , 432, 434. It is also strongly recom-
mended that the student complete as many of
the actuarial examinations as possible prior to
graduation.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOC
AMERICAN STUDIES
liMERICAN
I'TUDIES (AMST)
lotessor: Piper (Coordinator)
The American Studies major offers a com-
■shensive program in American civilization
lich introduces students to the complexities
derlying the development of America and
contemporary life. Thirteen courses are
luded.
bur Course Requirements
The primary integrating units of the major,
fcise courses — some team-taught — will
;ourage students to consider ideas from
■ferent points of view and help them to
•elate information and methods from
ious disciplines:
lAMST 200 — America as a Civilization
(First semester of major
study)
AMST 220 — American Tradition in the
Arts and Literature
HIST 449 or SOC 447 — Research and
Methodology (junior or senior year)
Internship or Independent Study (junior
or senior year)
Concentration Areas
Six courses in one option and three in the
ler are needed. Six primary concentration-
tion courses in American Arts or American
ciety build around the insights gained in the
re courses. They focus particular attention
areas most germane to academic and
cational interests. The three additional
)-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
courses from the other option give further
breadth to an understanding of America.
Students also will be encouraged to take
elective courses relating to other cultures.
Students should design their American
Studies major in consultation with the
program coordinator.
American Arts Concentration Option
ART 332 — American Art of the 20th Century
ENGL 222 — American Literature I
ENGL 223 — American Literature II
MUS 128 — American Music
MUS N 80 — Studies in American Music
THEA N 80 — Studies in American Theatre
American Society Concentration Option
ECON 224 — Urban Problems
PSCI 331 — Civil Rights and Liberties
PSCI 335 — Law and Society
SOC 334 — Racial and Cultural Minorities
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 103.
200
AMERICA AS A CIVILIZATION
An analysis of the historical, sociocultural.
economic, and political perspectives of
American civilization with special attention to
the intenelationships between these various
orientations. May be taken for either one-half
unit (Section 200A) or full unit (Section B);
declared majors and prospective majors should
take the full-unit course, 200B. Alternate
years.
220
AMERICAN TRADITION IN
THE ARTS AND LITERATURE
The relationship of the arts and literature to
the various historical periods of American life.
470-479 INTERNSHIP (See Index)
N80-N89 INDEPENDENT STUDY
(See Index)
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS
(See Index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ARCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURE OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST
ARCHAEOLOGY
AND CULTURE OF
THE ANCIENT
NEAR EAST (ARCH)
Assistant Professor: Knauth (Coordinator)
The interdisciplinary major in
Archaeology and Culture of the Ancient Near
East is designed to acquaint students with the
"cradle of Western civilization." The major
requires completion of ten courses relevant to
the study of the ancient Mediterranean and
Near Eastern worlds plus a capstone
experience:
1 . Four core courses:
ART 222 Survey of Art: Ancient.
Medieval and Non-Western Art
HIST 2 1 Ancient History or REL 223 :
Roots of Early Christianity
REL 226 Biblical Archaeology
REL 328 History and Culture of the
Ancient Near East
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2. Two semesters of ancient language study
from:
GRK 101-102 New Testament Grammar
and Readings
HEBR 101-102 Old Testament Grammar
and Readings
LAT 10 1 - 1 02 Latin Grammar and
Readings
(Modern Hebrew, Arabic, Classical Greek,
Coptic, GRK 221-222, HEBR 221-222, or
LAT 221-222 may be substituted)
Although not included in the major, tl
study of German and/or French is strongl
recommended for those planning to
pursue graduate studies in the field.
3. Four courses from related disciplines, at
least two of which must be numbered 20(
or above:
a) At least two must be taken from the
following:
HIST 210 or REL 223 (not counting as a
core course):
Anthropology (SOC 1 14, 229, 336, or
337);
Biblical literature (REL 113, 114, 333,
337);
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC
ARCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURE OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST
Classical literature (ENGL 225);
Geology (ASTR 102 or 1 12, 104);
Greek philosophy (PHIL 301 );
Judaism and/or Islam (HIST 232; REL
224);
Middle Eastern politics (PSCI 327).
Other courses from the fields of art,
economics, history, literature, philosophy,
political science, and religion (or other
related fields), including independent
study projects, may be applied to the
major, subject to advanced approval by the
supervisory committee.
Archaeology Colloquium: Juniors and
seniors are required to successfully
complete ARCH 348 and 448 each
semester that they are a declared major for
a maximum of four semesters.
The capstone experience consists of the
following components:
Research or Practical Experience:
All students must either:
a) participate in an approved
archaeological field school (students
must keep and submit a journal
documenting all aspects of the
experience); or
b) complete a relevant internship (students
must keep and submit a journal
documenting the experience); or
c) undertake a research project making
substantial use of archaeological data
(can be an honors or scholars project or
independent study).
Colloquium Presentation:
Seniors are required to give a presentation
in their senior year. Presentations will be
based on the student's research or
practical experience. All presentations
must include a substantial research
component in consultation with a faculty
advisor.
Portfolio:
All students must submit a portfolio of
their best work from contributing courses.
representing their level of mastery in the
6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
related disciplines, and briefly reflect on
their experience in the major.
Minor
An interdisciplinary minor in Archaeology
and Culture of the Ancient Near East requires
completion of one archaeology course from
REL 226 or ARCH/REL 401, and four courses
— at least three of which must be numbered
200 or higher— from REL/ARCH 401, ARCH
421, ART 222, ASTR 102 or 1 12, HIST 210,
REL 1 13 or 1 14, 223, 224, 226, 228, SOC
1 14. and 229. At least two of these courses
must be from outside the Religion Depart-
ment.
348 & 448
ARCHAEOLOGY COLLOQUIUM
A series of occasional events, including
methodology workshops, visiting speakers,
and senior presentations. Required of all
junior and senior majors for a maximum of
four semesters. Meeting times to be
determined. Pass-fail, non-credit seminar.
401
FIELD ARCHAEOLOGY
Participation in an approved archaeological
dig or field school program in the Near East
or Mediterranean region. Includes instruction
in excavation techniques, recording and
processing of artifacts. A survey of excavation
and research and the use of archaeology as a
tool for elucidating historical and cultural
changes. Under certain circumstances,
participation in an archaeological field school
in North, Central, or South America, or
elsewhere may be accepted. Special fees
apply. May Term or Summer Sessions only.
Cross-listed as REL 401 for Mediterranean
and Near Eastern digs only. Students
desiring credit toward the Religion major or
humanities distribution requirement should
register for REL 40L
421
ARCHAEOLOGICAL FIELD SUPERVISION
Participation in an archaeological
excavation or field school program at the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ARCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURE OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST • ART
level of assistant supervisor or above.
Includes instruction in on-site supervision of
daily digging, record-keeping, and
interpretation of finds, and/or specialized
training in excavation project coordination,
data processing, or analysis of specific types
of material culture. Research project
required. Prerequisite: ARCH/REL 401 or
equivalent experience. Special fees apply.
May Term or Summer Sessions only.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in archaeology usually work in
historical museums or art museums under the
supervision of a museum director/curator/
archaeologist and a member of the faculty.
Course can also be designated as ART, HIST,
or REL and taken through the relevant
department.
N80-89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
This course represents an opportunity to
pursue specific research interests not usually
covered in regular courses. Course can also
be designated as ART, HIST, or REL and
taken through the relevant department.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ART
(ART)
Professor: Golahny, Shipley
Associate Professor: Estomin (Chairperson)
Assistant Professor: Tran
Visiting Assistant Professor: Smith
Pai1-time Instmctors: Bastian, Gorg. Kaufman,
Rhone. States, Sterngold, Johnson
The Art Department offers two majors in
the B.A. Degree — Studio Art and Art Historj
THE B.A. DEGREE -
STUDIO ART
To complete a Bachelor of Arts Degree
with a major in studio art, students must
complete the seven-course foundation
program and the requirements for an area of
specialization, successfully complete each
semester's colloquium (while a declared
major), and successfully complete the senior
exhibition. Exception to participation in the
colloquium may he made by the art faculty.
Placement into ART 227, Photography I,
will be based on the experience of the studen
and determined by the faculty of the Art
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO
partment. Students who place out of ART
7 will take ART 337, Photography II, to
fill the foundation requirement in photog-
ihy. In addition, students placed into ART
7 who are specializing in Track IV,
mmercial Design, will be required to take
;h ART 344, Computer Graphics for
ctronic Media, and ART 430, Interactive
ilti-Media and Web Design. Students
cializing in Track VI, Photography/
ctronic Art. will be required to take ART
1-, Computer Graphics for Electronic
dia; ART 431, Advanced Digital Imaging;
an approved independent study.
mndation Program
Till — Drawing I
T 1 15 — Two-Dimensional Design
T 116 — Figure Modeling*
T 2 1 2 — Color Theory
T 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient Medieval
and Non-Western Art
T 223 — Survey of Art: Ancient,
Medieval, and Non- Western Art
T 227 — Photography I
T 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium
Students planning to follow the Art
leralist track are not required to take ART
> as part of the foundation program.
•eas of Specialization
Painting
T 220 — Painting I
T 221— Drawing II
T 330 — Painting II
T 446 — Studio Research
two art history courses numbered
I or above.
Printmaking
T 221 — Drawing II
T 228 — Printmaking I
T 338 — Printmaking II
T 446 — Studio Research
two art history courses numbered
or above.
1-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
III. Sculpture
ART 225— Sculpture I
ART 226 — Figure Modeling II
ART 335— Sculpture II
ART 446 — Studio Research
and two art history courses numbered
300 or above.
IV. Commercial Design
ART 221— Drawing II
ART 337— Photography II
ART 343 — Introduction to Computer
Art
ART 344 — Computer Graphics for
Electronic Media, OR
ART 430 — Interactive Multi-Media and
Web Design. (Commercial
Design majors are strongly
encouraged to take both.)
ART 442 — Special Projects with
Commercial Design
ART 470— Internship OR
ART 449— ArtPracticum
A student is encouraged to take the
following courses: ART 431, Advanced
Digital Imaging; BUS 332, Advertising; BUS
344, Electronic Commerce and Internet
Marketing; COMM 323, Feature Writing for
Special Audiences; COMM 1 10, Principles of
Communication; and PSY 224, Social
Psychology.
V. Generalist Art Major
To be taken by those students who are
seeking teaching certification in Ait. In
addition, this area of specialization is recom-
mended for those students also majoring or
minoring in Psychology with a possible future
career in art therapy.
ART 119— Ceramics I
ART 220— Painting
ART 225— Sculpture I
ART 228— Printmaking I
ART 343 — Introduction to Computer
Art
and two art history courses numbered 300 or
above.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Students planning to complete the K-12 art
certification program must also fulfill the
following requirements:
ART 3 10 — History and Practice of Art
Education
EDUC 200 — Introduction to the Study of
Education
EDUC 339 — Middle and Secondary
School Curriculum and
histruction
PS Y 138 — Educational Psychology
EDUC 446, 447, 448, and 449 —
Professional Semester
Students are also encouraged to take ART 1 1 6
and EDUC 232.
VI. Photography/Electronic Art
ART 337— Photography II
ART 342 — Photography III
ART 343 — Introduction to Computer
Art
ART 43 1 — Advanced Digital Imaging OR
ART 432— Photography IV
Students are encouraged to take both ART 43 1
and ART 432.
Two Art History courses numbered 300 or
above.
Students are also encouraged to take ART
344, Computer Graphics for Electronic Media,
and ART 430, Interactive Multi-Media and
Web Design.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: ART 222 and 339.
The following courses, when scheduled as W
courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: ART 222, 223, 331, 333, 334,
336, and 339.
THE B.A. DEGREE -
ART HISTORY
To complete a Bachelor of Arts degree
with a major in art history, a student must take
courses in art history, studio art, and history
and/or religion. A student majoring in art
history is advised to take a foreign language.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Art History majors (once declared) are
required to participate in each semester's art
colloquium.
Required of all students:
ART 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient,
Medieval, and Non- Western Ar
ART 223 — Survey of Art: From the
Renaissance through the
Modem Age
ART 447 — Art History Research
ART 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium
Choose four of the following:
ART 310 — History /Practice Art Education
ART 331 — Recent Developments in Art
ART 333 — 19th Century European and
American Art
ART 334 — Art of the Renaissance
ART 336 — Art of the Baroque
ART 339 — Women in Art
Choose two of the following:
ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I
ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design
ART 116 — Figure Modeling 1
ART 227 — Photography I
Two Additional Courses Outside the Art
Department:
Students must take at least two additional
courses in the areas of History, Literature,
Theater or Religion. Students should select
these courses with their advisors.
The following courses have been approve
to be offered as writing intensive courses am
may be offered as such: ART 222. 223, 331,
333, 334, 336 and 339. Students must checl
semester class schedules to determine which
courses are offered as "W" courses for that
semester.
Minors
Five minors are offered by the Art Depart-
ment. Requirements for each follow: Com-
mercial Design: Art 11 1, 1 15, 212, 223, 227
and 343; Painting: Art 1 1 1, 1 15, 220, 330 an
221 or 223: Photography: ART 111,212.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALff'
5, 227, 337 and 342; Sculpture: Art 1 16,
5, 226, 335, and 111, 1 19 or 445; Art His-
y: Art 222, 223 and two advanced art his-
y courses. Art majors who minor in art his-
y must take two additional upper level
irses beyond the two required for the minor
mded for students who major in other dis-
lines (i.e., Art 222, 223 and four upper
el courses).
AWING I
Study of the human figure with gesture and
portion stressed. Student is made familiar
h different drawing techniques and media,
ne drawings from nature.
0-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN
The basic fundamentals found in the two-
lensional arts: line, shape, form, space,
pr, and composition are taught in relation-
) to the other two-dimensional arts,
xptual theories and their relationships to
It and why we see what we see in art are
mssed with each problem.
URE MODELING I
Understanding the figure will be approached
)ugh learning the basic structures and pro-
ions of the figure. The course is conceived
three-dimensional drawing class. At least
figure will be cast by each student.
lAMICSl
mphasis placed on pottery design as it
ites to function of vessels and the design
|imeters imposed by the characteristics of
The techniques of ceramics are taught to
fcurage expression rather than to dispense
ely a technical body of information.
l07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
212
COLOR THEORY
A study of the physical and emotional
aspects of color. Emphasis will be placed on
the study of color as an aesthetic agent for the
artist. The color theories of Johannes Itten
will form the base for this course with some
study of the theories of Albert Munsell, Faber
Birren, and Wilhelm Ostwald.
220
PAINTING I
An introduction of painting techniques and
materials. Coordination of color, value, and
design within the painting is taught. Some
painting from the figure. No limitations as to
painting media, subject matter, or style.
Prerequisite: ART J 15 or consent of instructor.
Ill
DRAWING II
Continued study of the human figure.
Emphasis is placed on realism and figure-
ground coordination with the use of value and
design. Prerequisite: ART 111.
Ill
SURVEY OF ART: ANCIENT,
MEDIEVAL, AND NON- WESTERN ART
A survey of the major developments in the
visual arts of the Ancient, Medieval, and Non-
western fields. Emphasis is on the interrelation
of form and content, the function and meaning
of the visual arts within their respective
cultures, and the importance of visual literacy.
223
SURVEY OF ART: FROM THE
RENAISSANCE THROUGH
THE MODERN AGE
A survey of Western architecture, sculp-
ture, and painting. Emphasis is on the
interrelation of form and content and on the
relatedness of the visual arts to their cultural
environment: 14th-20th centuries.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
225
SCULPTURE I
An introduction to the techniques, materi-
als, and ideas of" sculpture. Clay, plaster, wax,
wood, and other materials will be used. The
course will be concerned with ideas about
sculpture as expression, and with giving
material form to ideas.
226
FIGURE MODELING II
Will exploit the structures and understand-
ings learned in Figure Modeling I to produce
larger, more complex figurative works. There
will be a requirement to cast one of the works
in plaster. Prerequisite: ART J 16 and consent
of instructor.
227
PHOTOGRAPHY I
Objectives of the course are to develop
technical skills in the use of photographic
equipment (cameras, films, darkroom,
printmaker) and to develop sensitivity in the
areas of composition, form, light, picture
quality, etc. Each student must own (or have
access to) a 35mm camera capable of full-
manual operation.
228
PRINTMAKING I
Introduction to the techniques of
silkscreen, intaglio, monotype and lithography
printing. One edition of at least six prints
must be completed in each area. Prerequisite:
ART 111 or 115; or consent of instructor.
229
CERAMICS II
Continuation of Ceramics I. Emphasis on
use of the wheel and technical aspects such as
glaze making and kiln firing. Prerequisite:
ART 119.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
310
HISTORY AND PRACTICE
OF ART EDUCATION
This course concerns the teaching of art,
from the distant past to the present. Topics
include Discipline-Based Art Education: its
philosophy, history, and context; lesson
planning; and teaching methods. Course woi|
includes observation of art classes in elemen'
tary and secondary schools in the greater
Williamsport area. Required of art majors in
the K-12 certification program.
330
PAINTING II
Continuation of Painting I (ART 220).
Emphasis is placed on individual style and
technique. Artists and movements in art are
studied. No limitations as to painting media,!
subject matter, or style. Prerequisite: ART 22CJ
331
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN ART
Recent developments, taking into account
global issues, historical reference, and news
media.
333
19TH CENTURY EUROPEAN
AND AMERICAN ART I
The art of Western Europe and the Uniteqj
States from 1780-1900, with emphasis on
painting in France. Those artists to be
studied include David, Goya, Delacroix,
Courbet, the Impressionists, Turner, Homer.j
Cole and Eakins.
334
ART OF THE RENAISSANCE
The art of Italy and Northern Europe fron
1300 to 1530, with emphasis on the painters
Giotto, Masaccio, Leonardo da Vinci,
Raphael, Titian, Van Eyck, and Durer, the
sculptors Ghiberti, Donatello and Mich-
elangelo, and the architects Brunelleschi and
Alberti.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC
ULPTURE II
A continuation of Sculpture I (ART 225).
iphasis is on advanced technical process,
sting of bronze and aluminum sculpture
11 be done in the school foundry. Prerequi-
ART 225.
T OF THE BAROQUE
Seventeenth-century painting and sculp-
in Italy and The Netherlands with
phasis on Bernini, Poussin, Rubens, and
nbrandt, with special attention given to the
(ressive, narrative, and painterly styles
sent in their art.
OTOGRAPHY II
To extend the skills developed in Photog-
hy I (ART 227) by continued growth in
inical expertise including instruction in
)to art processes such as collage, multiple
ges, hand-coloring and/or toning. Empha-
is placed on conceptual and aesthetic
ects of photography. Prerequisite: ART
[NTMAKING II
Continuation of Printmaking I (ART 228).
phasis on multi-plate and viscosity
iting. Prerequisite: ART 228.
)MEN IN ART
\ survey of women artists from a variety
iewpoints — aesthetic, historical, social,
tical and economic — which seeks to
erstand and integrate the contributions of
nen artists into the mainstream of the
ory of art.
W ACADEMIC CATALOG
342
PHOTOGRAPHY III
Study of aesthetics and compositional
strategies using medium and large format
cameras and advanced printing techniques for
black and white photography. Emphasis is
placed on developing a comprehensive and
conceptual portfolio. Prerequisites: ART
227, 337, and either ART 11 1 or 115; or
consent of instructor.
343
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER ART
Use of computers as an artist's and
designer's tool. Concentrated, hands-on
study of image manipulation, illustration and
layout programs. Content of course includes
fundamentals of vector and raster imaging,
typography, design, layout, color separation,
and manipulating computer images obtained
from scanners, video sources, and the
students' own original production using
computer paint software. Prerequisites: ART
227 and either ART 111 or 1 15; or consent of
instructor.
344
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
FOR ELECTRONIC MEDIA
Use of the computer as a tool to create,
manipulate and edit video for artistic and
commercial purposes. Content of course
includes computer animation, multi-media
program production and computer interfaced
video production. Prerequisite: ART 343 or
consent of instructor.
430
INTERACTIVE MULTI-MEDIA
AND WEB DESIGN
This course is a concentrated, hands-on
study of interactive media for CD-ROM and
the World Wide Web. It includes study of the
history and design principles of interactive
art, creation of 2-D computer animation.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
digital sound editing, Web design and CD-
ROM production. Prerequisite: ART 343 or
consent of instructor.
431
ADVANCED DIGITAL IMAGING
Study of techniques and aesthetics ot" color
and digital photography and fine art digital
printing. Students will produce a portfolio
that demonstrates mastery of advanced digital
imaging and printing techniques and compe-
tence in the concepts and aesthetics of digital
and color photography. This course will serve
as the capstone course for digital photogra-
phers in the Photography/Electronic Art track.
Prerequisites: ART 337, 343; or consent of
instructor.
432
PHOTOGRAPHY IV
This is a course dedicated to the creation
of a professional portfolio. The students will
devise projects that will further development
in the areas that interest them most. Work
from this class may be incorporated in the
senior group exhibition. This course will
serve as the capstone course for the traditional
photographers in the Photography/Electronic
Art Track. Prerequisite: ART 342.
440
PAINTING III
Advanced study of painting techniques and
materials. A personal painting direction is
expected. There is some experimentation with
new painting techniques. Prerequisite: ART
330.
441
DRAWING III
Continued study of the human figure,
individual style, and professional control of
drawing techniques and media are empha-
sized. Prerequisite: ART 221
LYCOMING COLLEGE
442
SPECIAL PROJECT IN J
COMMERCIAL DESIGN
Concentrated research, preparation and
execution of a series of projects in commer-
cial design utilizing computer graphics, pag
layout programs and paint, draw and image
manipulation software that simulate tradi-
tional airbrush, water-based mediums,
markers, colored pencils and ink pens. The
following skills are involved: illustration,
photography, design, typesetting, lettering,
layout, overlays, scanning color separation,
matching and proofing and preparation of
files for a service bureau or printer. Prereqi
site: ART 343 or consent of instructor.
445
SCULPTURE III
In Sculpture III the student is expected tai
produce a series of sculptures that follow a
conceptual and technical line of developmen
Prerequisites: ART 116, 225, and 335.
446
STUDIO RESEARCH
Independent research and creation of nev
artwork in an elective studio area, conducte(
under the supervision of the appropriate
faculty member. Includes creation of work,
which may be incorporated in the senior gro
exhibition. This course will serve as the
capstone studio experience for Art majors ii|
the Painting, Printmaking and Sculpture
tracks.
447
ART HISTORY RESEARCH
Independent research, conducted under tl
supervision of the appropriate faculty
member, includes the research and writing c
a thesis, to be presented to a committee of fi
Department faculty. This course may be
repeated for credit.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAU i-
ART • ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
J8, 248, 348 and 448
RT COLLOQUIUM
A non-credit seminar in which faculty,
udents and invited professionals discuss and
itique specific art projects. Required of all
udents majoring in art. Taken each
mester. Meets 2-4 times each semester.
iss/Fail. Non-credit seminar.
\9
RT PRACTICUM
This course offers students internship
perience in commercial design or commer-
al photography with companies and
ganizations. Students work at least 10
»urs per week for a sponsoring company
d attend seminar sessions on issues
levant to their work assignments. Students
ust apply directly to the Art Department to
range job placement before pre-registration
be eligible for this course. Prerequisite:
IT 442 or consent of instructor.
0-479
TERNSHIP (See index)
This course offers students internship
perience in commercial design or commer-
il photography with companies and
ganizations. Prerequisite: ART 430 or
or consent of instructor. Students must
\ply directly to the Art Department to
range job placement before pre-registra-
n to be eligible for this course.
0-491
DEPENDENT STUDY FOR
EPARTMENTAL honors (See index)
l»-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ASTRONOMY
AND PHYSICS
Professor: Fisher
Associate Professors: Erickson (Chairperson),
Wolfe
Part-Time Instructor: Campbell
The department offers two majors. The
major in astronomy is specifically designed to
train students in the field of planetarium edu-
cation; it also may serve as a basis for earning
state certification as a secondary school teacher
of general science. The major in physics can
prepare students for graduate work in physics,
astronomy, engineering and other related
physical sciences, for state certification as
secondary school teachers of physics, or for
technical positions in government or industry.
ASTRONOMY (ASTR)
The major in astronomy requires courses in
astronomy, physics, chemistry and mathematics.
The required courses are ASTR 111, 448, and
five additional courses numbered ASTR 1 1 2 or
higher four of which must be numbered ASTR
230 or higher; PHYS 225-226; two courses in
chemistry to be selected from CHEM 110, 111,
330. 331, or 439; and MATH 128-129.
Astronomy majors are also required to register
for four semesters of ASTR 349 and 449 (non-
credit colloquia).
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
• II
The requirement tor taking ASTR 44S can
be satisfied by doing an individual studies or
honors project where the resuUs would be
pre-sented at a departmental colloquium. A
dt)uble major in astronomy and physics need
only take the course once. Students who have
successfully completed a summer REU, RUG,
or equivalent research experience may request
departmental approval to substitute that
experience plus an additional advanced
astronomy or physics course not already
required by the major in place of ASTR 448.
The following courses are recommended:
PHIL 223 and 333, PHYS 333, and ART 227.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 103.
The following course, when scheduled as a
W course, counts toward the writing intensive
requirement: ASTR 230.
Minor
A minor in astronomy consists of a grade
of C or better in both ASTR 1 1 1 and PHYS
225 plus any three additional courses selected
from PHYS 226 or ASTR courses numbered
200 or higher.
000
LABORATORY TEACHING METHODS
This course provides students with
practical experience in laboratory teaching.
Students in this course will be paired with a
faculty mentor and will help supervise labs,
deliver pre-lab lectures and assist in ordering
chemicals, supplies, and equipment, and in
preparing laboratory experiments. Students
will complete a project that integrates the
physical science education literature, class-
room instruction materials, laboratory safety
and proper storage and disposal of materials
and equipment used. In the appropriate
situation, a student may substitute plan-
etarium show preparation and presentation for
laboratory exercises. Open to junior physic s
and/or astronomy majors pursuinfi certifica-
tion in education, with consent of the instriic-
YCOMING COLl,EGE
tor. N cm-credit course. Cross-listed as
PHYS 000.
104
FIELD GEOLOGY
A methods course introducing the field
techniques needed to study the geology
of an area. May or summer term cmly.
107
OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY
A methods course providing the opportu-
nity to make a variety of astronomical
observations, both visually and photographic-
ally, with and without telescopes. The
planetarium is used to familiarize the student
with the sky at various times during the year
and from different locations on earth. May or
summer term only.
101
PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY
111
PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY
A summary of current concepts of the
universe from the solar system to distant
galaxies. Describes the techniques and
instruments used in astronomical research.
Presents not only what is reasonably well
known about the universe, but also considers
some of the major unsolved problems.
Credit may not be earned for both 101 and
III. Co requisite for 1 1 1 : MATH 1 27 or
consent of instructor.
102
PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY
112
PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY
A study of the surface processes and
internal structure of the planet Earth. Shows
how past events and lifeforms can be recon-
structed from preserved evidence to reveal
the geologic history of our planet from its
origin to the present. Describes the ways
geology influences our environment. Credit
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
{
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
nay not be earned for both 102 and 112.
'orequisite for 112: MATH 127 or consent of
nstructor. Alternate years.
20
4ANNED SPACE FLIGHT
Traces the development of space flight
apability from Sputnik (1957) through the
arly Space Race to achieve a manned landing
pon the surface of the Moon, the era of
pace stations, development of the Space
ransportation System (space shuttle), to
urrent U.S. and Russian space efforts.
Examination of scientific, engineering, and
olitical motivations. Extensive use of
[ASA video. May incorporate travel to
[ASA facilities. Offered only when possible
t May Term. Not for distribution.
30
PLANETARIUM TECHNIQUES
A methods course covering major aspects of
lanetarium programming, operation and
laintenance. Students are required to prepare
nd present a planetarium show. Upon
iiccessfully completing the course, students
re eligible to become planetarium assistants.
hree hours of lecture and demonstration and
iree hours of practical training per week.
Prerequisite: a grade ofCor better in ASTR
01 or 1 11. Alternate years.
43
LANETARY SCIENCE
A comparative survey of the various
iasses of natural objects that orbit the sun,
icluding the major planets, their satellites,
le minor planets, and comets. Topics
iclude meteorological processes in atmos-
lieies, geological processes that shape
irface features, internal structures, the role
I spacecraft in the exploration of the solar
stem, and clues to the origin and dynamic
solution of the solar system. Four hours of
dure per week. Prerequisites: a grade of C
■ better in ASTR 1 1 1 or 112, or PHYS 225.
Itcrnate years.
(".07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
344
RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY
A detailed presentation of the special
theory of relativity and an introduction to the
general theory. Topics include: observational
and experimental tests of relativity, four-
vectors, tensors, space-time curvature,
alternative cosmological models, and the
origin and future of the universe. Four hours
of lecture per week. Prerequisites: ASTR
1 11 and PHYS 225. Alternate years. Cross-
listed as PHYS 344.
445
STELLAR EVOLUTION
The physical principles governing the
internal structure and external appearance of
stars. Mechanisms of energy generation and
transport within stars. The evolution of stars
from initial formation to final stages. The
creation of chemical elements by nucleosyn-
thesis. Four hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: ASTR HI and PHYS 226.
Alternate years.
446
STELLAR DYNAMICS AND
GALACTIC STRUCTURE
The motion of objects in gravitational
fields. Introduction to the n-body problem.
The relation between stellar motions and the
galactic potential. The large-scale structure
of galaxies in general and of the Milky Way
Galaxy in particular. Four hours of lecture
per week. Prerequisites: ASTR 111 and
PHYS 225. Alternate years.
448
RESEARCH TOPICS
Students participate in a research project
under the guidance of a faculty member in the
department. In weekly meetings, they share
reports from the literature and report on their
own work. Topics will range from abstract
theoretical to selected practical experimental
investigations. Prerequisite: Permission of
the instructor Cross-listed as PHYS 448.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
May he taken a second time with departmental
approval.
349 & 449
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS COLLOQUI A
This non-credit but required course for
juniors and seniors majoring in astronomy
and physics offers students a chance to meet
and hear active scientists in astronomy,
physics, and related scientific areas talk about
their own research or professional activities.
In addition, majors in astronomy and physics
must present two lectures, one given during
the junior year and one given during the
senior year, on the results of a literature
survey or their individual research. Students
majoring in this department are required to
attend four semesters during the junior and
senior years. A letter grade will be given
when the student gives a lecture. Otherwise
the grade will be P/F. Non-credit course.
One hour per week. Cross-listed as PHYS
349 & 449.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Independent studies may be undertaken in
most areas of astronomy.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
PHYSICS (PHYS)
The B.A. Degree
The required courses for the B.A. in physics
are PHYS 225, 226, 331, 332, 448 and four
additional courses numbered PHYS 333 or
higher; two courses in chemistry to be
selected from CHEM 110, 1 1 1. 330, 331, or
439; and MATH 128-129. Physics majors are
LYCOMING COLLEGE
also required to register for four semesters of
PHYS 349 and 449 (non-credit colloquia).
The B.S. Degree
The required courses for the B.S. in physics
are PHYS 225, 226, 331, 332, 337. 439, 448,
and three additional courses numbered PHYS
333 or higher; two courses in chemistry to be
selected from CHEM 1 10, 1 1 1, 330, or 331;
MATH 128,129; and two additional courses
from MATH 130, 214, 231, 233, 238, 321,
332, 333; CPTR 125, 246; CHEM 330, 331,
333, or 443. Physics majors are also required
to register for four semesters of PHYS 349
and 449 (non-credit colloquia).
The requirement for taking PHYS 448 can
be satisfied by doing an individual studies or
honors project where the results would be
presented at a departmental colloquium. A
double major in astronomy and physics need
only take the course once. Students who
have successfully completed a summer REU,
RUG, or equivalent research experience may
request departmental approval to substitute
that experience plus an additional advanced
astronomy or physics course not already
required by the major in place of PHYS 448.
Up to two courses chosen from ASTR 1 1 1
1 12, 243, 445 and 446 may substitute for two
physics electives. The following courses are
recommended: MATH 231. 238; CPTR 125
(these are required or useful by many
internships and graduate schools), and PHIL
223, 333.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 103.
The following courses, when scheduled as
W courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: PHYS 338 and 447.
Minor
A minor in physics requires completion of
the following courses with a C grade or
better: PHYS 225-226, 331, 332, and one
additional course selected from PHYS
courses numbered 300 or higher.
[!
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOC
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
100
ABORATORY TEACHING METHODS
This course provides students with
)ractical experience in laboratory teaching.
Jtudents in this course will be paired with a
acuity mentor and will help supervise labs,
leliver pre-lab lectures and assist in ordering
hemicals, supplies, and equipment, and in
reparing laboratory experiments. Students
vill complete a project that integrates the
ihysical science education literature, class-
oom instruction materials, laboratory safety
nd proper storage and disposal of materials
nd equipment used. Open to junior physics
nd/or astronomy majors pursuing certification
■I education, with consent of the instructor.
Jon-credit course. Cross-listed as ASTR 000.
06
•NERGY ALTERNATIVES
A physicist' s definition of work, energy, and
ower. The various energy sources available
DT use, such as fossil fuels, nuclear fission and
usion, hydro, solar, wind, and geothermal. The
dvantages and disadvantages of each energy-
onversion method, including availability,
fficiency, and environmental effects. Present
reas of energy research and possible future
evelopments. Projections of possible future
nergy demands. Exercises and experiments in
nergy collection, conversion, and utilization.
iay or summer term only.
08
IREAT IDEAS OF THE
HYSICAL UNIVERSE
An introduction to several major concepts
f physics which have developed over the
ast several centuries, relating them to their
road implications. The emphasis is on a
escriptive rather than a mathematical
iscussion of topics which range from early
^reek concepts of science to present day
[lethods and techniques used to describe the
hysical universe. Many distinctions and
imilarities between science and other areas of
uman endeavor will be studied to demon-
)06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
strate the beauty, simplicity, harmony, and
grandeur of some of the basic laws which
govern the universe. Three hours of lecture
and two hours of laboratory per week. Alter-
nate years.
225
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS I
A mathematically rigorous introduction to
physics designed for majors in the natural
sciences and mathematics. Topics include
classical mechanics, thermodynamics, and
mechanical waves. Five hours of lecture and
recitation and one three-hour laboratory per
week. Co-requisite: MATH 128. This course
is intended for freshman and sophomore
majors in the natural sciences and students
intending to pursue health professions, and
any majors in the mathematical sciences.
226
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS II
A mathematically rigorous introduction to
physics designed for majors in the natural
sciences and mathematics. Topics include
electromagnetism, optics, and quantum
physics. Five hours of lecture and recitation
and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: PHYS 225 and MATH 128.
This course is intended for freshman and
sophomore majors in the natural sciences and
students intending to pursue health professions,
and any majors in the mathematical sciences.
331
CLASSICAL MECHANICS
An analytical approach to classical mechan-
ics. Topics include: kinematics and dynamics
of single particles and systems of particles,
gravitation and other central forces, moving
reference frames, and Lagrangian and Hamilto-
nian formulations of mechanics. Four hours of
lecture and three hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: MATH 129 and a grade ofC or
better in PHYS 225.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
332
ELECTROMAGNETISM
A theoretical treatment of classical electro-
magnetism. Topics include: electrostatics,
magnetostatics. electric and magnetic poten-
tials, electric and magnetic properties of matter.
Maxwell's equations, the electromagnetic
field, and the propagation of electromagnetic
radiation. Four hours of lecture and three hours
of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MATH
129 and a grade ofC or better in PHYS 226.
333
OPTICS
Geometrical optics, optical systems,
physical optics, interference, Fraunhofer
and Fresnel diffraction, and coherence and
lasers will be covered. Three hours of lecture
and three hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: PHYS 226 and MATH 128: or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
336
MATHEMATICAL METHODS OF PHYSICS
Solution of ordinary linear differential
equations using power series and Laplace
transforms, nonlinear differential and coupled
differential equations, Fourier analysis using
both trigonometric and complex exponential
functions, complex variables, eigenvalue
problems, infinite dimensional vector spaces,
partial differential equations, boundary value
problem solutions to the wave equation, heat
flow equation and Laplace's equation. Prereq-
uisites: MATH 231 and 238. Alternate years.
337
THERMODYNAMICS AND
STATISTICAL MECHANICS
Classical thermodynamics will be pre-
sented, showing that the macroscopic proper-
ties of a system can be specified without a
knowledge of the microscopic properties of
the constituents of the system. Then statisti-
cal mechanics will be developed, showing
that these same macroscopic properties are
LYCOMING COLLEGE
determined by the microscopic properties.
Four hours of lecture and recitation per
week. Prerequisites: PHYS 226 and MATH
129. Alternate years.
\
338
MODERN PHYSICS
Thorough investigation of changes in the
classical understanding of space and time
together with those of energy and matter that
led to the time development of relativistic ano
quantum mechanical theories. Topics
include: introduction to special relativity,
blackbody radiation, the postulation of the
photon and quantization, atomic spectra,
interactions of matter and energy, Bohr mode!,
of the atom, concepts of symmetry, and
development and applications of the
Schrodinger equation. Four hours of lecture ,
and one-three hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: MATH 129 and a grade of C
or better in PHYS 226.
339
CONDENSED MATTER PHYSICS
Structural topics include ordinary crystal-
line structures, liquid crystals, quasi-crystals,
and nanostructures. Property-related topics
include periodic potentials, band structure,
electromagnetic and thermal properties,
superconductivity, superfluidity, aspects of
surface physics, and aspects of polymer
physics. Four hours of lecture and three
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
PHYS 332 and MATH 129, or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
344
RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY
A detailed presentation of the special theory
of relativity and an introduction to the general
theory. Topics include: observational and
experimental tests of relativity, four vectors,
tensors, space-time curvature, alternative
cosmological models, and the origin and future
of the universe. Four hours of lecture per week,
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAL0(
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
Prerequisites: ASTR 111 andPHYS225.
Uternate years. Cross-listed as ASTR 344.
139
NTRODUCTION TO
QUANTUM MECHANICS
Introduction to the basic concepts and
irinciples of quantum theory. Solutions to
he free particle, the simple harmonic oscilla-
or, the hydrogen atom, and other central
0rce problems are presented using the
tchrodinger wave equation approach. Topics
Iso include operator formalism, eigenstates,
igenvalues, the uncertainty principles,
tationary states, representation of wave
Imctions by eigenstate expansions, and the
leisenberg matrix approach. Four hours of
ecture. Prerequisites: Either PHYS 226 or
HEM 331, and MATH 231. Cross-listed as
HEM 439.
47
JUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS
The course will consider properties of
uclei, nuclear models, radioactivity, nuclear
eactions (including fission and fusion), and
roperties of elementary particles. The
iteractions of nuclear particles with matter
nd the detection of nuclear particles will be
overed. It will be shown how observed
ihenomena lead to theories on the nature of
undamental interactions, how these forces
let at the smallest measurable distances, and
vhat is expected to occur at even smaller
istances. Four hours of lecture and recita-
ion and three hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: PHYS 226, MATH 129, and
ither PHYS 338 or CHEM 110. Alternate
ears.
148
lESEARCH TOPICS
Students participate in a research project
nder the guidance of a faculty member in the
lepartment. In weekly meetings, they share
eports from the literature and report on their
:006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
own work. Topics will range from abstract
theoretical to selected practical experimental
investigations. Prerequisite: Permission of
the instructor Cross-listed as ASTR 448.
May be taken a second time with departmen-
tal approval.
349 & 449
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
COLLOQUIA
This non-credit but required course for
juniors and seniors majoring in astronomy and
physics offers students a chance to meet and
hear active scientists in astronomy, physics and
related scientific areas talk about their own
research or professional activities. In addition,
majors in astronomy and physics must present
two lectures, one given during the junior year
and one given during the senior year, on the
results of a literature survey or their individual
research. Students majoring in this department
are required to attend four semesters during the
junior and senior years. A letter grade will be
given when the student gives a lecture. Other-
wise the grade will be P/F. Non-credit course.
One hour per week. Cross-listed as ASTR 349 &
449.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in physics work off campus under
the supervision of professional physicists
employed by local industries or hospitals.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Independent studies may be undertaken in
most areas of physics.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BIOLOGY (BIO)
Professor: Zimmerman
Associate Professor: Gabriel
Assistant Professors: Briggs (Chairperson),
Broussard, McGarvey, Morrison, Newman
Part-Time Instructor: Burke
The Department of Biology offers both
B.A. and B.S. degree programs, with minors
available in Biology and Environmental
Science. Consent of instructor may replace
BIO 110-111 as a prerequisite for all upper
level biology courses.
The B.A. Degree
To earn the B.A. degree students must
complete the 1 3 course major which consists of
BIO 1 10. 1 1 1, 222, 224, 225, 321, 323 and
one course in Biology numbered 328 or
higher (excluding BIO 400, 401 or 470); one
course from CHEM 215, 220, or 221 plus two
additional units of Chemistry; two units of
mathematical sciences chosen from CPTR
108, 125 and/or MATH 109, 123, 127, 128 or
above. In addition, juniors and seniors are
required to successfully complete BIO 349/449
(non-credit colloquium) for a maximum of four
semesters and complete the capstone experi-
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ences described below. Enrollment in studeni
teaching and/or other similar off-campus
academic experiences will be accepted by the
department in lieu of that semester's collo-
quium requirement. Only two courses
numbered below 22 1 may count toward the
major. Declared Biology majors may
substitute BIO 106-107 for BIO 1 10-1 1 1 witl
written consent of the department chair.
The B.S. Degree
To earn the B.S. degree students must
complete the 1 3 course major described for
the B.A., meet the colloquium requirement,
complete the capstone experiences described
below, and pass three courses chosen in any
combination from the following: BIO 328 or
above (including BIO 400, 401 and/or 470).
CHEM 200 or above, PHYS 200 or above, o
MATH 1 27 or above.
Cooperative Programs
Certain specific exceptions to the B.A. am
B.S. degrees will be made for students in
accelerated programs. The requirements for
accelerated programs in Optometry, Forestry
or Environmental Studies, Medical Technol-
ogy, and Podiatry can be found in the Aca-
demic Program section of the catalog.
2()()6-()7 ACADEMIC CATALO
idents interested in these programs should
ntact the program director before finahzing
;ir individual programs.
riting Intensive Courses
The following courses, when scheduled as
courses, count toward the writing intensive
luirement: BIO 200, 222 and 224.
pstone Experiences for Biology Majors
In order to graduate, all biology majors
ist demonstrate to the Department their
nmand of biology by meeting the foUow-
; three criteria.
. Practical Experience: All students must
complete at least one of the experiences
in the following list: Internship,
Practicum, Relevant Summer Experi-
ence, Independent Studies, Honors,
Medical Technology Internship, Teach-
ing Semester, Biology Laboratory
Assistant, Biology-related volunteer
work. (Summer experiences. Biology-
related volunteer work, or working as a
lab assistant must be approved by the
Department in order to be used to meet
this requirement.)
. Research & Presentation Component:
All junior and senior majors are
required to successfully complete
Biology Colloquia (BIO 349 and 449)
during all their semesters on campus.
During their final year, students will
research a biological topic and make an
oral presentation at the Biology Collo-
quium. This will provide the student
with the basic level of information
literacy in the biological science.
. Assessment: All majors are required to
take at least one of the exams listed
below or pass a Biology Department Exit
Exam. GRE - Bio subject exam, MCAT,
OAT, DAT, VCAT, or the Praxis. By the
end of their first semester of their senior
year, students must provide the Depart-
ment official documentation of the scores
they have earned on one of these exams.
i-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
If one or more of these requirements
have not been met by the end of their
first semester of their senior year, the
student must submit a plan signed by
their advisor showing when and how
these requirements will be completed.
Certification in Secondary Education
A Biology major interested in becoming
certified at the secondary level to teach
Biology and/or General Science should, as
early as possible, consult the current Depart-
ment of Education Teacher Education
Handbook and should make their plans known
to their advisor and the Chair of the Education
Department so the required courses can be
scheduled before the Professional Semester.
a) To obtain certification in Secondary
Biology a student must successfully
complete a Biology major, EDUC 200,
PSY 138, EDUC 338, EDUC 339, the
Pre-Student Teaching Participation, and
the Professional Semester (EDUC 446,
447 and 449). Students may choose
EDUC 232 as an Education elective.
b) Students interested in obtaining General
Science/Biology certification must com-
plete all the requirements for secondary
Biology listed in (a) as well as PHYS 108
or 225 and any two courses from ASTR
1 1 1, 1 12 or 243. ASTR 230 is strongly
recommended as an additional course.
Minors
The Department of Biology offers two
minors: Biology and Environmental Science.
A minor in biology requires the comple-
tion of four courses numbered 200 or higher,
with their appropriate prerequisites (i.e., two
introductory biology courses). At least two of
these must be from the series of courses BIO
222, 224, 225, 321, or 323.
A minor in Environmental Science
consists of two introductory biology courses
(one of which must be BIO 220), BIO 224,
two additional courses numbered 200 or
higher, one course in economics (recom-
mended ECON 225), and ASTR 102.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Biology majors who minor in Environ-
mental Science must complete all require-
ments of the biology major. In addition, they
need to complete BIO 220, BIO 401, ECON
225, ASTR 1 1 2, and one course selected from
either ECON 240. SOC 229. or an advanced
biology course (32K or higher).
Clean Water Institute
This institute is designed to provide a
forum for the natural resource heritage of
North Central Pennsylvania, the Susquehanna
River and its major tributaries (Pine,
Loyalsock. Lycoming, and Muncy Creeks).
The institute provides a service not only to
Lycoming College students, through coordi-
nation of Environmental internships, practica
(BIO 401) and independent study/honors
projects, but also the community. This may
include seminars or workshops on environ-
mental issues as well as monitoring assistance
to watershed groups.
000
SEMINAR IN BIOLOGICAL EDUCATION
Each student planning to teach Biology in
secondary schools will attend a series of
seven seminars, conducted prior to student
teaching, during the spring semester of the
junior year. These seminars will be con-
ducted by members of the biology faculty. In
addition to pertinent teaching issues, students
will also be exposed to procedures for
laboratory set up and maintenance, and safety
procedures for students and materials in a
laboratory. Special arrangements will be
made for non-degree students. Non-credit
course.
106
CELLS. GENES AND SOCIETY
This course investigates the roles cellular
phenomena, genes and biotechnology play in
everyday life. The primary goal of this course
is to improve recognition and understanding
of the implications of biology in health care.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
agriculture, law, bioethics, and business.
Credit may not be earned for both BIO 106
and 110. BIO 106 is not a prerequisite for
BIO 107. Three hours of lecture and one-
three hour Uib per week.
107
ANATOMY FOR HEALTH
CARE CONSUMERS
This course is a brief survey of human
anatomy and physiology, which includes
study of the complementary nature of form
and function, as well as study of the levels o
biological organization within the body. The
objective is to provide students with a back-
ground which will allow them to read,
comprehend, and appreciate current articles
on this subject in the popular press. Studeni
learn the names, structure, and general
functions of the major organs of the body.
Animal dissection is optional. Credit may m
be earned for both BIO 107 and 111. BIO
106 is not a pre-requisite for BIO 107. Thre
hours of lecture and one-three hour labora-
tory per week.
110
INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY I
An introduction to the study of biology
designed for students planning to major in tH
sciences. Major topics considered include a
survey of biochemistry, cell biology, genetic
development, and evolution. Credit may not
be earned for both BIO 106 and 110. Three
hours of lecture and one three-hour labora-
tory per week.
Ill
INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY II
An introduction to the study of biology
designed for students planning to major in the
sciences. Major topics considered include a
survey of eukaryotic diversity mammalian
anatomy and physiology, animal behavior,
ecology, and evolution. Prior completion of
BIO 1 10 is recommended, but not required.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO
redit may not be earned for both BIO 107
id 111. Three hours of lecture and one
ree-hour laboratory per week.
)0
HE 4™ AND 5™ KINGDOMS
While food, oxygen and medicines are all
jcessary for human existence, the impor-
nce of plants and fungi are often ignored by
ir society. Plants and fungi play an essential
le in our planet's ecology and are central in
iman cultural evolution. Topics covered by
is course include the ways plants and fungi
ork, how humans have used plant and
ngal products for their benefit and pleasure
rough out history, and how different
lytochemicals can influence human health.
'e will also examine human impacts on
ant and fungal biodiversity, how we have
tered the environment in our quest for food
id the perfect American lawn, and the
ipacts of genetic engineering. Three hours
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per
eek. This course does not count towards the
ology major.
m
NVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY
This course provides an introduction to eco-
gical principles and concepts with an
Lamination of the biological basis of contem-
?rary environmental problems. The effects of
(iman population on earth's resources are
ddied against a background of biological and
;alth sciences. This course is designed
^marily for students not planning to major in
e biological sciences. Three hours of lecture
id one three-hour laboratory per week,
rerequisite: BIO 1 10. This course is not a
ibstitutefor BIO III for majors.
S2
ENETICS
A general consideration of the principles
)verning inheritance, including treatment of
assical, molecular, cytological, physiology.
06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
microbial, human, and population genetics.
Three hours of lecture and two two-hour
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites:
BIO IIO-III.
224
ECOLOGY
The study of the principles of ecology with
emphasis on the role of chemical, physical,
and biological factors affecting the distribu-
tion and succession of plant and animal
populations and communities. Included will
be field studies of local habitats as well as
laboratory experimentation. Three hours of
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: BIO 1 lO-l 1 1.
225
PLANT SCIENCES
A survey of the structure, development,
function, classification, and use of plants and
related organisms. The study will comprise
four general topic areas: form, including
morphology and anatomy of plants in growth
and reproduction; function, concentrating on
nutrition and metabolism peculiar to photo-
synthetic organisms; classification systems
and plant identification, and human uses of
plants. Three hours of lecture and one three
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
BIO 110-111.
226
MICROBIOLOGY FOR
THE HEALTH SCIENCES
A study of microorganisms with emphasis
given to their taxonomy and their role in various
aspects of human infectious disease. Mecha-
nisms for treating and preventing infectious
diseases will be presented. Laboratory to
include diagnostic culture procedures, antibiotic
sensitivity testing, serology, anaerobic tech-
niques and a study of hemolytic reactions. Three
hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: One year of introductory
LYCOMING COLLEGE
level hioloiiy, one yeai of chemistry or consent of
instructor. Not open to students who have
received credit f)r BIO 32 1 .
321
MICROBIOLOGY
A study (it" microorganisms. Emphasis is
given to the identification and physiology of
microorganisms as well as to their role in
disease, their economic importance, and
industrial applications. Three hours of lecture
and two two-hour laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites: BIO J 1 0-1 J I. Not open to
students who have received credit for BIO 226.
323
HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY
The mechanisms and functions of systems,
including the autonomic, endocrine, digestive,
cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, nervous,
and reproductive systems. Three hours of
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: BIO IIO-H 1.
328
AQUATIC BIOLOGY
A field-oriented course dealing with
freshwater ecosystems. Studies will include a
survey of the plankton, benthos, and fish — as
well as the physical and chemical characteris-
tics of water that intluence their distribution.
Several local field trips and an extended field
trip to a field station will familiarize students
with the diversity of habitats and techniques
of limnologists. Alternate years. Prerequi-
sites: BIO 110-111.
329
TROPICAL MARINE BIOLOGY
A field-oriented course where students
study the creatures of the fringing reefs,
barrier reefs, lagoons, turtlegrass beds and
mangrove swamps at a tropical marine
laboratory. Studies will include survey of
plankton, invertebrates, and fish as well as the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
78
physical and chemical characteristics that
influence their distribution. Prerequisites:
BIO 110-111. Alternate May terms.
333
MEDICINAL AND POISONOUS PLANTS
An overview of plants that produce
physiologically active substances that are
important to humans and animals. Major
themes include: Mechanisms and symptom
of poisoning, and plant chemicals with usef
physiological effects. Laboratory topics
include plant classification and techniques f
compound identification. Three hours of
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10-1 1 1, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
334
INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Comparative study of the invertebrate
phyla with emphasis on phylogeny, physiol-
ogy, moiphology, and ecology. Two three-
hour lecture/lcdjoratory periods per week.
Prerequisites: BIO 110-111. Alternate year
338
HUMAN ANATOMY
An upper-division elective course which
uses a combined organ-system and regional
approach to the study of human anatomy. T
course includes lecture, laboratory and
individual and/or group mini-projects.
Computer simulated dissection software
packages are used extensively. Video presei
tations of cadaver dissections and a video di
of cross-sectional anatomy are available for
study. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10 and 1 1 1.
340
PLANT ANIMAL INTERACTIONS
An investigation of different herbivorous
animals, plant defenses, and how herbivores
influence plants. Topics include evolution o
herbivores and plants, effects of herbivory o;
individuals and communities, and types of
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC
lant defenses. We will also discuss how
nimals deal with plant defenses, the advan-
ces and disadvantages of monophagous and
olyphagous lifestyles, different types of
erbivores and herbivore damage, and
Siutualisms between plants and their herbi-
ores. Three hows of lecture and one three-
our laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
10 1 10-111, or consent of instructor
Alternate years.
41
ERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY
A study of the development of vertebrates
om fertilization to the fully formed fetus,
articular attention is given to the chick and
jman as representative organisms. Two
\ree-hour lecture/laboratory periods per
eek. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111. Alter-
2te years.
42
NIMAL BEHAVIOR
A study of causation, function, evolution,
jrjid biological significance of animal behav-
irs in their normal environment and social
)ntexts. Three hours of lecture and one
ur-hour laboratory each week. Prerequi-
tes: BIO 1 10-111. Alternate years.
#6
IROLOGY
An introduction to the study of viruses,
he course will cover virus anatomy and
,e [production, diseases caused by viruses,
ji lOdern treatments of viral infections and viral
iccines produced by recombinant DNA and
her technologies. Course content will also
elude a description of how viruses are used
; tools for genetic engineering and for
udying cellular processes like membrane
gnal transduction, regulation of genetic
^pression and oncogenesis (cancer). Four
\)urs of lecture per week. Prerequisites: BIO
W-1 11 or consent of instructor. Alternate
'ars.
^
D6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
347
IMMUNOLOGY
The course introduces concepts concerning
how pathogens cause disease and host defense
mechanisms against infectious diseases.
Characterization of and relationships between
antigens, haptens, and antibodies are presented.
Serological assays will include: agglutination,
precipitations, immunofluorescence,
immunoeletrophoresis, and complement
fixation. Other topics are: immediate and
delayed hypersensitivities (i.e. allergies such as
hay fever and poison ivy), immunological renal
diseases, immunohematology (blood groups,
etc), hybridome technology, the chemistry and
function of complement, autoimmunity, and
organ graft rejection phenomena. Three hours
of lecture, one three-hour laboratory, and one
hour of arranged work per week. Prerequi-
sites: BIO 110-111. Alternate years.
348
ENDOCRINOLOGY
This course begins with a survey of the
role of the endocrine hormones in the
integration of body functions. This is
followed by a study of the control of hormone
synthesis and release, and a consideration of
the mechanisms by which hormones accom-
plish their effects on target organs. Two
three-hour lecture/laboratoty periods per
week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111. Alter-
nate years.
400
BIOLOGY PRACTICUM
A work-oriented experience for junior or
senior biology majors jointly sponsored by
the Department and a public or private
agency. The practicum is designed to
integrate classroom theory with field or
laboratory practice. In addition to attendance
at a weekly seminar, students will spend 10-
1 2 hours per week at the sponsoring agency.
Academic work will include, but is not
limited to: a log, readings, recitation and an
LYCOMING COLLEGE
assigned research paper related to the specific
agency's activities. May be repeated once for
credit with conscsnt of instructor.
401
ENVIRONMENTAL PRACTICUM
A work-oriented experience for junior or
senior students interested in environmental
science. Students work on projects jointly
sponsored by the Clean Water Institute and a
public or private agency. The practicum is
designed to integrate classroom theory with
field and/or laboratory practice. In addition to
attendance at a weekly seminar, students
spend 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring
agency or project. Academic work includes,
but is not limited to a log, readings, recitation
and an assigned research paper related to the
specific agency or project activity. May be
repeated once for credit with consent of
instructor.
430
COMPARATIVE ANATOMY
OF VERTEBRATES
Detailed examination of the origins,
structure, and functions of the principal
organs of the vertebrates. Special attention is
given to the progressive modification of
organs from lower to higher vertebrates.
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10-
111. Alternate years.
431
HISTOLOGY
A study of the basic body tissues and the
microscopic anatomy of the organs and
structures of the body which are formed from
them. Focus is on normal human histology.
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO
110-111. Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
435
CELL BIOLOGY
An intensive study of the cell as the basic
unit of life. Topics will include: origins of
cellular life, biochemistry of the cell, enzymatic
reactions, cellular membranes, intracellular
communication, the cell cycle, the cytoskeleton
and cell motility, protein sorting, distribution
and secretion. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10-1 1 1 ant
one .semester of organic chemistty. Alternate
years.
436
EVOLUTION
The study of the origin and modification (
life on earth. Topics discussed include
molecular evolution, population genetics,
gene flow, natural selection, sexual selection
kin selection, neutral theory, extinction, co-
evolution, and the evolution of man. Four
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites:
BIO 110-111, or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
437
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY \
An in-depth analysis of fundamental
cellular information flow processes with
particular emphasis on how these processes
have been harnessed in the laboratory,
resulting in technologies such as DNA clonir
and sequencing, the Polymerase Chain
Reaction (PCR), genetic testing, gene therapj
genetic engineering, DNA forensics, and
construction of gene libraries. Two hours of
lecture, a one-hour lab and a three-hour lab
per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111 and
one semester of organic chemistry.
439
MEDICAL GENETICS
This course is concerned with the relation
ships of heredity to disease. Discussions wil
focus on topics such as chromosomal abnor-
malities, metabolic variation and disease,
somatic cell genetics, genetic screening, and
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO
Timunogenetics. Laboratory exercises will
ffer practical experiences in genetic diagnos-
c techniques. Prerequisites: BIO 1 lO-l 1 1.
lay term only.
40
ARASITOLOGY AND
lEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY
The biology of parasites and parasitism,
tudies on the major groups of animal para-
tes and anthropod vectors of disease will
ivolve taxonomy and life cycles. Emphasis
'ill be made on parasites of medical and
terinary importance. Three hours of lecture
nd one three-hour laboratory per week,
rerequisites: BIO 110-111. Alternate years.
44
lOCHEMISTRY
Emphasis is given to the metabolism of
Irbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins,
id nucleic acids; integration of metabolism;
id biochemical control mechanisms,
icluding allosteric control, induction,
spression, signal transduction as well as the
arious types of inhibitive control mecha-
isms. Three hours of lecture, one three-hour
boratory and one hour of arranged work
?r week. Prerequisite: CHEM 221, or
msent of instructor. Cross-listed as CHEM
i4. Alternate years.
45
ADIATION BIOLOGY
A study of the effects of ionizing and non-
(nizing radiations on cells, tissues and
"ganisms. Consideration will be given to
[pair mechanisms and how repair deficien-
es elucidate the nature of radiation damage.
hree hours of lecture and one three-hour
boratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO
1 0-111, one year of chemistry. Alternate
ars.
.
:.ANT PHYSIOLOGICAL ECOLOGY
A study of plant resource acquisition in the
ce of competing neighbors and the quickly
06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
changing global environment. The course
will focus on how differences in the environ-
ment affect plant water use, carbon dioxide
acquisition, light capture and nutrient uptake.
Three hours of lecture and one three-hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO
110-111 and 225. Alternate years.
349 & 449
BIOLOGY COLLOQUIUM
This course offers the student a chance to
become familiar with research in the biologi-
cal sciences using techniques such as meeting
and talking with active researchers, reading
and critically analyzing the current literature,
and discussing the ideas and methods shaping
biology. Students will be required to read and
analyze specific papers, actively participate in
discussions. Biology majors with junior and
senior standing are required to successfully
complete colloquim during all semesters on
campus except for semesters when student
teaching. The grade will be P/F. Non-credit
course. One hour per week. Prerequisite:
biology majors with junior or senior class
standing.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Recent samples of internships in the
department include ones with the Department
of Environmental Resources, nuclear medi-
cine or rehabilitative therapies at a local
hospital.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Departmental studies are experimentally-
oriented and may entail either lab or field
work.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
Examples of recent honors projects have
involved stream analysis, gypsy moth
research, drug synthesis and testing.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION
(BUS)
Associate Professor: Sterngold, Weaver
(Chairperson)
Assistant Professors: Boyd, Kolb
Part-time Instructors: Larrabee, Remoff
This major is designed to educate students
about business and management functions in
both commercial and non-commercial
organizations. The program provides a well-
balanced preparation for a wide variety of
professions and careers, including banking,
financial services, small business manage-
ment, marketing, sales, advertising, retailing,
general management, supervision, invest-
ments, human resources management, and
management information systems. The major
is also appropriate for students who plan to
attend graduate school in business or related
fields, such as law or public administration.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
The Department of Business Administi a
tion is a member of the Institute for Manage
ment Studies. See page 125.
All students majoring in Business Admii'
istration must complete the core courses and
at least one of the four tracks listed below.
Core courses required of all majors:
ACCT 110, 130 or 223; BUS 128,210,211,
223, 235, 244, 338, 441 ; ECON 110 and 1 1 ]
Statistics is also required. It is recommende
that students complete most of the core
courses (except BUS 441 ) before starting
their track requirements.
Track requirements:
1. General Management:
Three courses from BUS 330, 344, 345, o;
449
2. Financial Management:
BUS 339; two courses from BUS 345,
410, or ECON 220
3. Marketing Management:
BUS 342. 429: and either BUS 319 or 332
4. International Business Management
BUS 319, 330; and two higher-numbered
language courses beyond those used to
meet the distribution requirement. Major
in the International Management track an
encouraged to minor in a foreign language.
Minor
A minor in Business Administration
consists of ACCT 1 10; BUS 128, 244, 338;
and one course from BUS 330, 339, or 429.
Internships
Through BUS 439, Business Practicum,
the department facilitates a wide variety of
internships with businesses, government
agencies and nonprofit organizations. In
addition, the department is a member of the
Institute for Management Studies, which als(
facilitates internships, including full-time
internships during the summer.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Hversity and Writing Intensive Courses
The following courses satisfy the cukural
iversity requirement: BUS 244 and 319.
ij'he following courses, when scheduled as W
ourses, count toward the writing intensive
quirement: BUS 244, 342, 344, 410 and
41.
28
je|lARKETING PRINCIPLES
A study of the methods used by business
nd nonprofit organizations to design, price,
romote and distribute their products and
^rvices. Topics include new product
evelopment, advertising, retailing, consumer
ehavior, marketing strategy, ethical issues in
ojiarketing and others.
10
[UMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
A study of the recruitment, selection,
evelopment, compensation, retention,
valuation, and promotion of personnel
ithin an organization. Emphasis is on
nderstanding these major activities
erformed by Human Resource Management
i4rofessionals as organizations deal with
icreased laws and regulations, the
roliferation of lawsuits related to Human
esources, changes in work force
haracteristics, and an increasingly
ampetitive work environment. One-half unit
{credit.
11
lANAGEMENT INFORMATION
YSTEMS
A study of computer information systems
nd digital networks from the perspective of
usiness managers and other end-users.
!opics include the components and functions
ils( f management information systems, personal
roductivity applications, distributed networks
bd communication systems (including the
[iternet and World Wide Web), database
06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
management, electronic commerce and other
emerging technologies and business
applications. One-half unit of credit.
223
QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS ANALYSIS
A study of the quantitative approach to
managerial decision-making. Using deci-
sional models, students explore quantitative
applications to quality control, resource
allocation, inventory control, decisional
analysis, network scheduling, forecasting, and
other topics. Prerequisite: Statistics, or
consent of instructor.
235
LEGAL PRINCIPLES I
Lectures and analyses of cases on the
nature, sources, and fundamentals of the law
in general, and particularly as relating to
contracts, agency, and negotiable instruments.
236
LEGAL PRINCIPLES II
Lectures on the fundamentals and history
of the law relating to legal association, real
property, wills, and estates.
244
MANAGEMENT AND
ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR
A study of the complex character of
organizational life and the discipline and
process of management. Topics include the
evolution and scope of organizations and
management, planning, organizing, leading,
and controlling. Emphasis is placed on the
importance of managing in a global environ-
ment, understanding the ethical implications
of managerial decisions, and appreciating
work place diversity.
319
INTERNATIONAL MARKETING
An investigation of the challenges of
marketing products in an increasingly global
environment. Special emphasis is placed on
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
the cultLiral and social diversity of interna-
tional markets. Examines the marketing
strategies of global firms, and the challenges
of international pricing, distribution, promo-
tion and product development. Prerequisite:
BUS 12H or consent of instructor.
330
INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT
A study of the dynamic process of applying
management concepts and techniques in a
multinational environment. Topics include
global strategy and competitiveness, the
cultural context, intercultural communica-
tions, organizational behavior and human
resource management, and ethics and social
responsibility. Special emphasis is placed on
managing organizational cultures and
diversity and the environment for interna-
tional management. Prerequisite: BUS 244
or consent of instructor.
332
ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION
How businesses and other institutions
promote their products to consumers. The
role of advertising and promotion in the
marketing strategy of the firm is investigated,
and the effects of different promotional tools
and advertising techniques is discussed.
Prerequisite: BUS 128 or consent of instruc-
tor.
338
FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT
A study of the fundamental theory, tools,
and methods of financial management.
Topics include the mathematics of finance,
working capital management, capital budget-
ing, and analysis of financial statements.
Prerequisites: ACCT 110 and statistics, or
consent of instructor.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
339
INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT
An intensive study of issues and applica-
tions of financial management. Topics
covered include international finance, ethics,
capital structures, cost of capital, financial
analysis and forecasting. Extensive use of
directed and non-directed cases. Prerequisiti
BUS 338 or consent of instructor.
342
MARKETING RESEARCH
This is a study of the principles and
practices of marketing research. The focus i;
on the development and application of
marketing research methods. Topics coverec
include selection of a research design, data
collection, analysis and report writing. Both
quantitative and qualitative methods will be
covered. The class will focus on an applied
project. Prerequisites: BUS J 28 or consent
of instructor.
345
FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS
Deals with the analysis of financial state-
ments as an aid to decision making. The them
of the course is understanding the financial
data which are analyzed as well as the method
by which they are analyzed and interpreted.
This course should prove of value to all who
need a thorough understanding of the uses to
which financial statements are put as well as u
those who must know how to use them
intelligently and effectively. This includes
accountants, security analysts, lending
officers, credit analysts, managers, and all
others who make decisions on the basis of
financial data. Prerequisite: ACCT 110.
410
INVESTMENTS
An introduction to the financial sector of
the economy and the structure and functions ,
of financial markets and the agencies
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO(
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
nvolved; brokerage houses and stock
;xchanges; the various types of investments
ivailable. Techniques used to evaluate
inancial securities. Also covered are recent
levelopments in investment theory.
Prerequisite: BUS 338 or consent of instructor.
29
/lARKETING STRATEGY
A study of the methods used by business
nd nonprofit organizations to analyze and
elect target markets, and then to develop
trategies for gaining and maintaining these
ustomers. Topics include competitive
trategy. market segmentation, product
ositioning, promotional design and market-
ig-related financial analysis. Case studies,
nd the development of a detailed marketing
Ian are covered. Prerequisite: BUS 128 or
onsent of instructor.
39
lUSINESS PRACTICUM
This course provides students with
ractical work experience with local compa-
ies and organizations. Students work 10-12
ours per week for their sponsor organiza-
pns, in addition to attending a weekly
minar on management topics relevant to
i(j|ieir work assignments. Since enrollment is
mited by the available number of positions,
tudents must apply directly to the business
epartment before preregistration to be
[(jigible for the course. Prerequisite: Con-
fnt of instructor.
ki
TRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
An intensive study using case analysis of
ie planning and control of business enter-
rises designed to build students' skills in
onducting strategic analysis in a variety of
idustries and competitive situations,
hrough case studies, research, presentations.
106-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
and discussions, students examine industry
structure, functional strategies, competitive
challenges of a global marketplace, and
sources of sustainable competitive advantage.
This course is designed to integrate the
knowledge and skills gained from previous
coursework in business and related fields.
Prerequisites: All core courses or consent of
instructor. Seniors only.
449
SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP
This course provides the student with the
information needed to develop a business plan
for starting and operating a small business
enterprise. The course focuses on the key
elements of planning and the essential charac-
teristics of small businesses. The discussion
and analysis of small business cases and the
problems/opportunities facing small businesses
are used to reveal trends in the small business
community and the role of government.
Prerequisite: BUS 244.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
CHEMISTRY (chem)
Professor: McDonald
Associate Professor: Bendorf (Chairperson)
Assistant Professor: Mahler, Ramsey
Part-time Assistant Professor: Berkheimer
Part-Time Instructor: Tom
The Department of Chemistry offers both
B.A. and B.S. degree programs, and is
approved by the American Chemical Society
(ACS) to certify those students whose
programs meet or exceed requirements
established by the ACS. Students who
complete the ACS certified degree are also
eligible for admission to the American
Chemical Society following graduation.
For students planning on graduate study in
chemistry, German is the preferred foreign
language option, and additional courses in
advanced mathematics and computer science
are also recommended.
The following courses, when scheduled as
W courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: CHEM 330, 331, and 332.
The B.A. degree
To earn the B.A. degree a student must
complete CHEM 110-111, 220-22 1 , 330-33 1 .
LYCOMING COLLEGE
332, 333; PHYS 225-226; MATH 128-129;
and, as a Capstone experience, one of the
following: CHEM 449, 470, 490 or the
Professional Semester (EDUC 446, 447, 449).
The B.S. degree
To earn the B.S. degree a student must
complete the thirteen course major described
above as well as three unit courses in chemis
try at the 400-level. One unit course from thef
following list may be substituted for one 400-
level chemistry course: PHYS 331 or above;
BIO 222 or above; MATH 123, 130, 214, 216
231.238, 332; or CPTR 125.
ACS Certification
To earn ACS certification, a student must
complete the requirements described above
under the B.A. degree as well as CHEM 443,
444, and one additional course from CHEM
440, 442 or 446. Students completing this
program of study may elect to receive either
the B.A. or the B.S. degree.
Certification in Secondary Education
A Chemistry major interested in becoming
certified in secondary education in Chemistiy
and/or General Science/Chemistry should, as
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG »
arly as possible, consult the current Depart-
nent of Education Teacher Education Hand-
ook and make their plans known to their
dvisor and the Chair of the Education
)epartment so the required courses can be
cheduled for the Professional Semester. A
hemistry major who successfully completes
le Professional Semester (EDUC 446, 447,
[49 ) has also satisfied the Chemistry Capstone
xperience.
a) To be certified in secondary education
in chemistry a student must: complete
a chemistry major; pass CHEM 000, two
biology courses numbered 1 10 or higher,
PSY 1 10 and 138, EDUC 200. 338 and
339; complete the Pre-Student Teaching
Participation and pass the Professional
Semester (EDUC 446, 447, 449). The
student may choose EDUC 232 as an
additional Education elective.
b) A student interested in obtaining
General Science/Chemistry certification
must complete all the requirements for
j secondary certification in chemistry shown
in (a) and must also pass any two units
from ASTR 1 1 1, 1 12 or 243. ASTR 230 is
strongly recommended as an additional
course.
linor
A minor in chemistry requires completion
if CHEM 110-111, 220-22 1 , and two CHEM
)urses numbered 300 or higher.
)0
Laboratory teaching methods
This course provides students with
radical experience in laboratory teaching,
tudents in this course will be paired with a
iculty mentor and will help supervise labs,
eliver prelab lectures and assist in ordering
hemicals and prepping laboratory experi-
lents. Students will complete a project that
itegrates the chemical education literature,
lassroom instruction materials, laboratory
afety and chemical procurement, storage and
isposal. Open to junior chemistry majors
ursuing certification in education, with
onsent of the instructor. Non-credit course.
(06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
100
chemistry in context
A science distribution course for the non-
science major. The course will explore real-
world societal issues that have important
chemical components. Topics covered may
include air and water quality, the ozone layer,
global warming, energy, acid rain, nuclear
power, pharmaceuticals and nutrition. The
chemistry knowledge associated with the
issues is built on a need-to-know basis. Three
hours of lecture and one two-hour laboratory
period each week. Not open for credit to stu-
dents who have received credit for CHEM 110.
110
GENERAL CHEMISTRY I
A quantitative introduction to the concepts
and models of chemistry. Topics include
stoichiometry, atomic and molecular structure,
nomenclature, bonding, thermochemistry,
gases, solutions, and chemical reactions. The
laboratory introduces the student to methods of
separation, purification, and identification of
compounds according to their physical
properties. This course is designed for
students who plan to major in one of the
sciences. Three hours lecture, one hour of
discussion and one three-hour laboratory
period each week. Prerequisite: MATH 100
or consent of department.
Ill
GENERAL CHEMISTRY II
A continuation of CHEM 1 10, with emphasis
placed on the foundations of analytical, inor-
ganic, and physical chemistry. Topics include
kinetics, general and ionic equilibria, acid-base
theory, electrochemistry, thermodynamics,
nuclear chemistry, coordination chemistry, and
descriptive inorganic chemistry of selected
elements. The laboratory treats aspects of
quantitative and qualitative inorganic analysis.
Three hours of lecture, one hour of discus-
sion, and one three-hour laboratory period
each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 110 or
consent of department .
LYCOMING COLLEGE
215
ORGANIC AND BIOLOGICAL
CHEMISTRY
A descriptive study of the compounds of
carbon. This course will illustrate the
principles of organic chemistry with material
rele\ ant to students in biology. Topics
include nomenclature, mechanism, alkanes,
arenes. amino acids, proteins, carbohydrates
and other naturally occurring compounds.
This course is designed for students who
require only one semester of organic
chemistry, and is not intended for students
planning to enroll in chemistry courses
numbered 220 or above. Three hours of
lecture, one hour of discussion, and one
three-hour laboratory period each week.
Prerequisite: CHEM 1 11. Not open for
credit to students who have received credit
for CHEM 220.
220-221
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
A systematic study of the compounds of
carbon, including both aliphatic and aromatic
series. The laboratory work introduces the
student to simple fundamental methods of
organic synthesis, isolation, and analysis.
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour
laboratory period each week. Prerequisite for
CHEM 220: CHEM 111. Prerequisite for
CHEM 221: A grade ofC- or better in CHEM
220.
330-331
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
A study of energy, time and structure in
chemistry and its reactions, including in-depth
gas laws, thermodynamics, pha.ses, equilib-
rium, electrochemistry, kinetics, quantum
mechanics and statistical mechanics. The
laboratory work includes techniques in
physiochemical measurements. Three hours
of lecture and one four-hour laboratory
period each week. Prerequisites: CHEM 111.
MATH 129, PHYS 225-226: or consent of
instructor.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
332
ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
A study of the fundamental methods of
gravimetric, volumetric and elementary
instrumental analysis together with practice in
laboratory techniques and calculations of these
methods. Three hours of lecture and two
three-hour laboratory periods each week.
Prerequisite: CHEM 111 or consent of instructor.
333
ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
A study of modem theories of atomic and
molecular structure and their relationship to
the chemistry of selected elements and their
compounds. Three hours of lecture and one
four-hour laboratory period each week. Pre-
requisites: CHEM 330, MATH 129, and one
year of physics; or consent of instructor.
439
INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM
MECHANICS
Introduction to the basic concepts and
principles of quantum theory. Solutions to the
free particle, the simple harmonic oscillator,
the hydrogen atom, and other central force
problems are presented using the Schrodinger
wave equation approach. Topics also include
operator formalism, eigenstates, eigenvalues,
the uncertainty principles, stationary states,
representation of wave functions by eigenstate
expansions, and the Heisenberg matrix
approach. Four hours of lecture. Prerequi-
sites: Either PHYS 226 or CHEM 331, and
MATH 231. Cross-listed as PHYS 439.
440
ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Theory and application of modern synthetic
organic chemistry. Topics may include
oxidation-reduction processes, carbon-carbon
bond forming reactions, functional group
transformations, and multi-step syntheses of
natural products (antibiotics, antitumor agents,
and antiviral agents). Three hours of lecture
and one four-hour laboratory period. Pre-
requisite: CHEM 221.
2()()6-07 ACADEMIC CATAD
oc
M
PECTROSCOPY AND
[OLECULAR STRUCTURE
Theory and application of the identification of
ganic compounds. Special emphasis will be
aced on the utilization of spectroscopic
chniques (H-NMR, C-NMR, IR, UV-VIS.
id MS). Three of hours lecture and one four -
lur laboratory period each week. Prerequisite:
HEM 221.
J3
DVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
A study of advanced analytical methods
ith emphasis on chromatographic, electro-
lemical, and spectroscopic methods of
strumental analysis. Three hours lecture
id one four-hour laboratory period each
eek. Prerequisites: CHEM 331 and 332, or
msent of instructor.
14
lOCHEMISTRY
Emphasis is given to the metabolism of
irbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins,
id nucleic acids; integration of metabolism;
id biochemical control mechanisms, includ-
g allosteric control, induction, repression,
»nal transduction as well as the various types
inhibitive control mechanisms. Three
Durs of lecture, one three-hour laboratory
id one hour of arranged work per week.
!'erequisite: CHEM 221, or consent of
structor. Cross-listed as BIO 444.
<i6
RGANOMETALLIC CHEMISTRY
An introduction to the chemistry of
mpounds containing metal-carbon bonds,
pics include structure and bonding, reac-
i)ns and mechanisms, spectroscopy, and
plications to organic synthesis. The use of
[ganometallic compounds as catalysts in
dustrial processes will be emphasized. Three
mrs of lecture and one four-hour laboratory
riod each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 221.
18 & 448
HEMISTRY COLLOQUIUM
A seminar in which faculty, students and
vited professional chemists discuss their own
36-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
research activities or those of others which
have appeared in recent chemical literature.
Prerequisite: Three semesters of non-credit
Chemistry Colloquium taken during the junior
and senior years.
449
CHEMISTRY RESEARCH METHODS
This course focuses on the nature and
practice of chemistry. Students will conduct
research into a particular chemical problem
with a faculty research advisor, and will
explore different aspects of chemistry and
discuss their research in a weekly seminar. A
report on the research will be written. Majors
are strongly encouraged to enroll in this course
in either their junior or senior year. Eight to
ten hours of laboratory work and one hour
seminar each week. Prerequisites: CHEM
221 and consent of instructor; Corequisite:
CHEM 330.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
The student will ordinarily work under
supervision in an industrial laboratory and
submit a written report on the project. To
satisfy the Chemistry Capstone requirement,
participation in the seminar portion of CHEM
449 is required.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
The student will ordinarily work on a
laboratory research project and will write a
thesis on the work.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
The student will ordinarily work on a
laboratory research project with emphasis on
showing initiative and making a scholarly
contribution. A thesis will be written. To
satisfy the Chemistry Capstone requirement,
participation in the seminar portion of CHEM
449 is required.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
COMMUNICATION
COMMUNICATION
Assistant Professors: Koehn ,
Wild (Chairperson)
Visiting Instructor: Knapp
Part-time Instructors: Ogurcak, Van Auken
The major in Communication seeks to
provide a foundation in communication
theory and media criticism as well as exper-
tise in a particular area of communication.
All students majoring in Communication
must complete the five courses listed in the
Core and eight additional courses in one of
the four areas of concentration listed below:
four required courses and four elective
courses.
Sophomores, juniors, and seniors who
have declared a major in Communication are
required to enroll in and successfully com-
plete the non-credit Media Arts Colloquium
during each semester they are on campus or
until they have successfully completed at least
four semesters of this noncredit course. All
students in this major should consider
electing an internship before graduation.
The major in Communication enables
students to pursue employment and/or
graduate studies in a variety of fields includ-
ing corporate communication, public rela-
tions, audio and video production, print and
broadcast journalism, professional media
writing, and media research and analysis.
All majors in Communication are encour-
aged to take advanced courses in a foreign
language and to consider the following liberal
arts electives: MATH 123 and/or courses in
Computer Science; ART 222 and 223;
courses in contemporary American and/or
international history, economics, and political
science; and courses in literature from the
Departments of Theatre, English, and Foreign
Languages and Literatures.
The following courses, when scheduled as
W courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: COMM 211, 326, 332 and 440.
Minor
A minor in Communication consists of am
five courses offered by the Communication
Department (courses offered by other depart-
ments count only toward the major in Com-
munication, not toward the minor). One of
these five courses must be selected from
COMM 326, COMM 348, or COMM 440.
CORE COURSES REQUIRED OF
ALL MAJORS
COMM 110 Communication Principles
and Ethics
COMM 21 1 Public Speaking: Research,
Principles, and Practice
COMM 326 Media Criticism and Cultural
Studies: Literature, Film, and
Television
COMM 440 Communicaton Research
Methodology
Media Arts Colloquium
COMM 246,
346, 446
THEA212
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Multicultural America on
Screen
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO
COMMUNICATION
iajors must concentrate in one of the
)llowing four areas of study.
. Corporate Communication
equired for all students in this concentration:
OMM 2 1 2 Group Communication and
Conflict Resolution
OMM 235 Writing and Speaking in
Business and the Professions
OMM 324 Public Relations Cases and
Problem-Solving
SCI 436 Mass Media Law and Regula
tion
Elective choices for students in this
ncentration must include at least one
[dditional course in Communication as well as
e course at the 300-level or above. Students
ay elect to take as many additional commu-
cation courses as they choose. Elective
urses offered by other departments that may
so be used to fulfill elective requirements in
lis concentration include the following:
RT 227 Photography I
RT 343 Introduction to Computer Art
US 128 Marketing Principles
US 244 Management and Organizational
Behavior
NGL 2 1 8 Classical and Modem Rhetoric
NGL322 Advanced Writing: The
Creative Essay
1ST 220 Women in History
1ST 230 African American History
SCI 210 Communication and Society
SCI 316 Public Opinion and Polling
SY 225 Industrial and Organizational
Psychology
SY 324 Social Psychology
OC 220 Sociology of Family
OC 33 1 Sociology of Gender
HEA 1 14 Film Art: Motion Picture
Masterpieces
HEA 335 Modern Drama
HEA 4 1 Theatre and Culture
Electronic Media
equired for all students in this concentration:
OMM 218 Digital Audio Production
OMM 223 Basic Digital Video Production
OMM 348 Advanced Digital Video
Production
l|06-07 academic CATALOG
THEA 1 14 Film Art: Motion Picture
Masterpieces
Elective choices for students in this
concentration must include at least one
additional course in Communication as well as
one course at the 300-level or above. Students
may elect to take as many additional commu-
nication courses as they choose. Elective
courses offered by other departments that may
also be used to fulfill elective requirements in
this concentration include the following:
ART 227 Photography I
ART 343 Introduction to Computer Art
ART 344 Computer Graphics for
Electronic Media
BUS 128 Marketing Principles
BUS 244 Management and
Organizational Behavior
ENGL 2 1 8 Classical and Modern Rhetoric
ENGL 322 Advanced Writing: The
Creative Essay
HIST 220 Women in History
HIST 230 African American History
PSCI 210 Communication and Society
PSCI 3 1 6 Public Opinion and Polling
PSY 225 Industrial and Organizational
Psychology
PSY 324 Social Psychology
SOC 220 Sociology of Family
SOC 331 Sociology of Gender
THEA 335 Modern Drama
THEA 410 Theatre and Culture
3. Media Writing and Culture
Required for all students in this concentration:
COMM 217 Print Journalism
COMM321 Screenwriting
COMM 323 Feature Writing for Special
Audiences
COMM 329 Broadcast Journalism
Elective choices for students in this
concentration must include at least one
additional course in Communication as well as
one course at the 300-level or above. Students
may elect to take as many additional commu-
nication courses as they choose. Elective
courses offered by other departments that may
be used to fuUfill elective requirements in this
concentration include the following:
LYCOMING COLLEGE
COMMUNICATION
ART 227 Photography I
ART 343 Introduction to Computer Art
BUS 128 Marketing Principles
BUS 244 Management and Organizational
Behavior
ENGL 218 Classical and Modern Rhetoric
ENGL 322 Advanced Writing: The Creative
Essay
HIST 220 Women in History
HIST 230 African American History
PSCI 210 Communication and Society
PSCI 316 Public Opinion and Polling
PSY 225 Industrial and Organizational
Psychology
PSY 324 Social Psychology
SOC 220 Sociology of Family
SOC 33 1 Sociology of Gender
THEA 1 14 Film Arts: Motion Picture
Masterpieces
THEA 335 Modern Drama
THEA 410 Theatre and Culture
4. General Communication
Required for all students in the concentration:
l.One course from Corporate Communica-
tion:
COMM 212 Group Communication and
Conflict Resolution
COMM 235 Writing and Speaking in Business
and the Professions
COMM 324 Public Relations Cases and
Problem Solving
PSCI 436 Mass Media Law and Regulation
2. One Course from Electronic Media:
COMM 218 Digital Audio Production
COMM 223 Basic Digital Video Production
COMM 348 Advanced Digital Video Produc
tion
THEA 1 14 Film Art: Motion Picture Master
pieces
3. One Course from Media Writing and
Culture:
COMM 217 Print Journalism
COMM 321 Screenwriting
LYCOMING COLLEGE
COMM 323 Feature Writing for Special
Audiences
COMM 329 Broadcast Journalism
4. One course from:
COMM 312 Leadership Communication
COMM 332 Topics in Communication
COMM 335 Media History and Theory
COMM 340 Acting and Directing for the
Camera
5. Elective courses
Elective courses for students in this
concentration must include at least one
additional course in Communication as well
as one course at the 300-level or above.
Students may elect to take as many additions
communication courses as they choose.
Elective courses offered by other department
may also be used to fulfill elective
requirements in this concentration include th
following:
Photography I
Introduction to Computer Art
Computer Graphics for Elec
tronic Media
Marketing Principles
Management and Organizationa
Behavior
Classical and Modern Rhetoric
Advanced Writing: The Creativ
Essay
Women in History
African American History
Communication and Society
Public Opinion and Polling
Industrial and Organizational
Psychology
Social Psychology
Sociology of Family
Sociology of Gender
Modern Drama
Theatre and Culture
ART 227
ART 343
ART 344
BUS 128
BUS 244
ENGL 218
ENGL 322
HIST 220
HIST 230
PSCI 210
PSCI 316
PSY 225
PSY 324
SOC 220
SOC 331
THEA 335
THEA 410
110
COMMUNICATION PRINCIPLES
AND ETHICS
Introduction to the basic theories and
principles of communication as they apply to
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO
COMMUNICATION
e process of sending messages among
dividuals, small groups, and mass audi-
ices. Consideration of the ethical issues
volved in the communication process.
ctive learning through readings, case studies,
mulations, oral reporting, and library
search.
10
JTERPERSONAL AND
JTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION
This is a workshop course in the theory and
actice of communication between individuals
both formal as well as informal situations
ith particulai- attention given to the impact of
Iture upon communication between individu-
5 in international situations. Open to freshmen
sophomores only. Alternate years.
1
JBLIC SPEAKING: RESEARCH,
ilNCIPLES, AND PRACTICE
Speaking extemporaneously in a variety of
uations to general as well as targeted
diences. Emphasis on researching and
Iving problems having to do with persua-
)n and informative speaking. Training in
ing rhetorical theory to prepare, deliver, and
aluate the student's own speeches. Prereq-
iite: ENGL 106 or 107.
^OUP COMMUNICATION
vlD CONFLICT RESOLUTION
Readings, case studies, simulations, and
ictice in the methods of working in groups
d in resolving conflicts within and between
3ups in various contexts, including educa-
n, industry, and professional situations,
ntemporary theory and methods for
itivating and maintaining the productivity
groups will be examined in some detail.
erequisites: ENGL 106 or 107 and one
ler course in Communication (211 recom-
nded), Psychology, Education, or Business.
7
INT JOURNALISM
This course studies and applies practical
3erience in the newsgathering process for
>07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
print media. Emphasis is on beat reporting,
copy editing, interviewing, reporting and
writing as applied to a variety of forms for
both news and persuasive print media formats
as well as on the ethical issues concerning
reporting for the print media. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107.
218
DIGITAL AUDIO PRODUCTION
This course studies the principles and
techniques of audio production using both
analog and digital technologies. Various
program formats and the use of sound as an
art form are also considered.
223
BASIC DIGITAL VIDEO PRODUCTION
This course trains students in the funda-
mentals of pre-production, production, and
postproduction for video using digital and
analog formats. Emphasis is on mastering the
basic styles of video production from concept
to completion within as well as outside the
studio.
230
DESKTOP PUBLISHING AND
PHOTOJOURNALISM
This interactive course teaches students to
design, layout, and produce print media using
electronic desktop publishing tools. Students
will develop approaches that will be applied
in this course. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or
107
235
WRITING AND SPEAKING IN BUSINESS
AND THE PROFESSIONS
Study of communication theory as applied
to business and professional settings. Using
writing, speaking, research, and the electronic
media to solve a variety of communication
problems that frequently occur in the world
LYCOMING COLLEGE
COMMUNICATION
of work. Prerequisite: COMM 21 1.
312
LEADERSHIP COMMUNICATION
The theory and practice of leadership
communication in diverse settings and
contexts. Classical leadership styles will be
examined and researched in regard to how
these relate to goal-setting and motivating
individuals and groups. Field work on- and
off-campus is a major component of this
course. Prerequisites: ENGL 106 or 107: at
least one of these: COMM 211, 212, or 235:
or consent of instructor Alternate years.
321
SCREENWRITING
This course trains students to analyze and
write scripts for radio, film, and television.
The development of the original screenplay is
emphasized. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or
107. or consent of instructor.
323
FEATURE WRITING FOR SPECIAL
AUDIENCES
Practice in writing a variety of feature
stories and editorials for different media and
audiences. Study of the ways in which feature
writing for magazines compares and contrasts
with feature writing for newspapers and
feature stories for television. Readings, peer
review, and training in how to develop ideas
using primary and secondary research.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107.
324
PUBLIC RELATIONS CASES AND
PROBLEM SOLVING
Training in methods of public relations
research, program planning and evaluation,
working with the media, writing for public
relations and advertising, and conducting a
public relations campaign to solve a problem
or crisis. Emphasis on writing, speaking, and
electronic communication. Prerequisites:
ENGL 106 or 107 and COMM 235: or
consent of instructor.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
326
MEDIA CRITICISM AND CULTURAL
STUDIES: LITERATURE. FILM. AND
TELEVISION
Introduction to methods of analyzing
popular culture and the arts using one or moi
of these approaches: textual criticism, conter
analysis, semiotics, auteur criticism, historic;
criticism, frame theory, and structural
analysis. Comparison of the ways in which
different media create values and portray
individuals, social conflicts, and human
aspirations. Prerequisite: One course from:
THEA 212, ENGL 217 or 331: or consent of\
instructor.
329
BROADCAST JOURNALISM
This course provides practical experience
in the newsgathering process for electronic
media with an emphasis on covering the Iocs
story from the small-station perspective.
Students in the course are responsible for
writing, producing, editing, and broadcasting
newscasts for radio as well as television.
Major emphasis is placed on the ethical issue
concerning reporting for the broadcast media
Prerequisite: COMM 217 or 323. Alternate
years.
332
TOPICS IN COMMUNICATION
Study of communication theory as applied
to a special area or style of communication ii
readings, discussions, and applications.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or above
May be repeated for credit with change of
topic.
335
MEDIA HISTORY AND THEORY
This course reviews the recent history of
the media with a major emphasis on the
cultural theories that have been used to
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC
COMMUNrCATION
scribe and critique the media and its
Huence upon audiences. Prerequisite:
phomore standing or above.
:ting and directing
)r the camera
This workshop course analyzes, rehearses,
rects, and shoots scripted scenes for fihn
d television. The course studies classic
een acting and directing styles. All
idents act as well as direct. Prerequisites:
le course from COMM 223, THEA 114 or
lEA 145: or consent of instructor. Alter-
te years.
8
)VANCED DIGITAL
DEO PRODUCTION
Advanced production of documentary,
Tative and experimental video. Explora-
n of a variety of approaches to motivating
nt and directing for the camera. Prerequi-
zs: COMM 223 and THEA 114, or
vanced course work in acting and direct-
', or consent of instructor.
S, 346, and 446
iDIA ARTS COLLOQUIUM
A seminar in which students are expected
work in the field of communication on a
ular basis. The areas of work can relate to
npus media, campus public relations,
nissions, non-profit organizations, and
er communication-based organizations
)roved by the supervising faculty member,
dents enrolled in the colloquium are required
iceep a log and to work for a minimum of
je hours each week in their approved work
lation. Open only to majors. Non-credit
i Pass/Fail. Once the major is declared,
dents are required to enroll in the seminar
h semester until they graduate or until
y have successfully completed four
testers, whichever comes first. Only one
1-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
colloquium may be taken per semester.
400
PRACTICUM
An elective for junior and senior majors
who wish to acquire additional experience in
working with practicing professionals. Open
only to majors and minors.
440
COMMUNICATION RESEARCH
METHODOLOGY
This course trains students in quantitative
and qualitative communication research
methodology. Students do intensive reading
in an area related to their track and produce a
research project which involves written as
well as oral presentation. Prerequisites:
COMM 326 and Senior standing, or consent
of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns usually work off-campus in a field
related to their area of study. Prerequisite:
junior or senior standing.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Studies involve research related to the area
of study of the student.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
COMPUTER
SCIENCE
(see Mathematical Sciences)
CRIMINAL
JUSTICE (cj)
Associate Professor: Carter (Chairperson)
Visiting Instructor: Guttendorf
Instructor: Kurtz
Part-time Instructors: Anderson. Bluth. Robbins
Criminal Justice is an interdisciplinary
social science program. Course work leading
to this baccalaureate degree will provide
students with strong communication and
analytical skills. This is accomplished through a
critical and in-depth interdisciplinary analysis
of the causes of crime, formal and informal
efforts at preventing and controlling crime.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
and treatment of the field of criminal justice
an applied social science where students are
taught to integrate theory construction with
practical application. The Criminal Justice
program offers opportunities for internship
and practicum experiences in the field, and
prepares students for careers in law enforce-
ment, court services, institutional and commi
nity-based corrections, treatment and counse
ing services, and for further education at the
graduate level. The Criminal Justice prograr
also prepares students for activist and leader-
ship roles in their communities by exploring
core issues related to quality of life, security
and freedom.
The major in Criminal Justice consists of 1
courses, distributed as follows:
A. Criminal Justice core courses (four
courses):
CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice
CJ 201 Policing and Society
CJ 203 Correctional Systems
CJ 447 Research Methods in Criminal Justic
B. Courses in tiie social, psychological,
philosophical, and political dimension
of crime, law and justice (six courses):
PHIL 218 Issues in Criminal Justice
PSY116 Abnormal Psychology
SOC 300 Criminology
Two courses from:
PSCI 33 1 Civil Rights and Liberties
PSCI 332 Courts and the Criminal Justice
System
PSCI 335 Law and Society
One course from:
CJ 204 Youth, Deviance and Social
Control
SOC 222 Introduction to Human Services)
SOC 331 Sociology of Gender
SOC 334 Racial and Cultural Minorities
C. Criminal Justice Practicum (strongly
recommended, but not required for the
major) Majors should seek advice
concerning course selection from their
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAL(
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
advisors or the criminal justice coordina-
tor, and should note course prerequisites
in planning their programs.
[inor in Criminal Justice
A minor in criminal justice consists of five
.urses: CJ 100, CJ 201, CJ 203, PSCI 332,
d SOC 300. A student may substitute another
levant course for one of the required courses
th consent of the criminal justice coordinator.
riting Intensive Courses
The following courses, when scheduled as
courses, count towards the writing inten-
/e requirement: CJ 447, PHIL 218, and
)C331.
to
TRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE
This course explores the role of law
forcement, courts and corrections in the
ministration of justice; the development of
lice, courts and corrections; the scope and
ture of crime in America; introduction to
; studies, literature and research in criminal
>tice; basic criminological theories; and
reers in criminal justice.
1
)LICING AND SOCIETY
Who are the police and what is policing?
ploration of these questions provides a
ntext for critical inquiry of contemporary
V enforcement in the United States,
tention is given to law enforcement
rposes and strategies, the work force and
)rk environment, and why sworn officers do
lat they do. Emphasis is also placed on
ing policed and policing the police,
satment of these issues enables exploration
basic and applied questions about the
ejection of state power in community
ations, including those related to homeland
purity. Prerequisite: CJ 100.
)-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
203
CORRECTIONAL SYSTEMS
This course presents an overview of
offenders, punishment, correctional ideolo-
gies, and societal reaction to crime. The
historical and philosophical development of
the correctional system is examined. The
primary emphasis is on critical analysis of
contemporary correctional programming for
adult and juvenile offenders in the United
States. Other social issues and structures
directly related to corrections are explored.
Prerequisite: CJ 100.
204
YOUTH, DEVIANCE AND
SOCIAL CONTROL
This course is designed to provide the
student with a general understanding of
juvenile deviance and state processes
intended to interrupt youth deviance and
juvenile delinquency, particularly in the
juvenile justice system. Students will explore
historical perspectives, deviant juvenile
subculture, underlying philosophies, the
formal processes and organization of juvenile
justice systems, promising prevention/
treatment approaches and juvenile probation
practices. Students will be asked to think
critically and offer solutions or strategies to a
range of dilemmas confronting the juvenile
justice system, including the transfer of
juveniles to adult status and the movement to
privatize juvenile justice services. Prerequi-
site: CJ 100 or consent of instructor.
340
PROBATION AND PAROLE
This course provides an in-depth study of
community-based corrections programs and
their impact on the offender, the criminal
justice system, and society. Particular
attention is given to offender diagnostics and
classification, treatment and supervision
needs, pre-sentence and pre-parole investiga-
tions, casework planning, applicable laws,
and corrections policies. Prerequisite: CJ
100 or consent of instructor.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
341
CRIME PREVENTION
Students examine crime prevention and
control policies, programs, and procedures to
determine what works and why. The focus is
on social, situational, and environmental
sources of crime. Crime prevention measures
focus on reducing crime by re-creating
physical design, by empowering citizen
organizations, through programs that build
safe communities, and through programs in
place among "at risk" populations in schools,
neighborhoods, and homes. Prerequisite: CJ
J 00 or consent of instructor.
342
ORGANIZATIONAL CRIME
Three major areas of organizational crimes
are covered, including traditional organized
crime, crimes of the corporate world, and
crimes committed under auspices of the
government. Examples of topics include
international organized crime cabals, drug
trafficking and money laundering by the CIA,
political bribe taking, government brutality
and physical/economic coercion, civil rights
violations, and crimes situated in the manu-
facturing, pharmaceutical, and service trades.
Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of instructor.
345
SPECIAL TOPICS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE
This is a seminar for advanced students
offered in response to student request and
faculty interest. This course may he repeated
for additional credit with approval of the
criminal justice coordinator, but only when
course content dijfers. Sample topics include
the death penalty, hate crimes, civil liability
in criminal justice, justice in the media,
environmental crime, etc. Prerequisite: CJ
100 or consent of instructor.
347
CRIMINAL JUSTICE FORENSICS
This course is an exploration of the history
and application of forensic sciences that
provides a wide overview of the many
LYCOMING COLLEGE
subfields within this discipline. Specifically,
this course provides the student with an
understanding of key definitions, theoretical
frameworks, and forensic science's role
within the contemporary law enforcement
environment. In addition, the course
addresses the impact that this developing fiel
has had on society as a whole. Prerequisite:
CJ 100 or consent of instructor.
447
RESEARCH METHODS
IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Students learn social science methods,
research design and implementation, and
evaluation of contemporary research in
criminal justice. Topics covered include the
logic of causal order, sampling theory,
qualitative and quantitative design, data
collection, and proper analysis of data. This
course is a how-to-do research course that
requires students to conduct original research
projects under supervision. Students actively
engage in content analysis, behavioral
observation, survey and interview-based
research, and limited quasi-experimental
design studies. Emphasis is placed on
conducting field research and communicating
research in writing. Each student prepares a
literature review and written research pro-
posal that can be carried out while placed
with a criminal justice agency on practicum
(CJ 448). Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 201, and
CJ 203, or consent of instructor.
448-449
CRIMINAL JUSTICE PRACTICUM
Students are placed with criminal justice
agencies, providing opportunities to apply
classroom knowledge in an organizational
setting, encouraging development of profes-
sional skills, helping students identify and
clarify career interests, and providing oppor-
tunities to conduct hands-on field research.
Each student completes an original research
project under supervision of the instructor
with input from the on-site agency representa
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO<
CRIMINAL JUSTICE -ECONOMICS
tive. Students will prepare a comprehensive,
formal, written research paper on an appropri-
ate topic. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of
criminal justice coordinator.
470
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Students desiring an internship in criminal
justice must get considerably advanced
approval by the criminal justice coordinator.
Criminal justice internships normally will not
be approved for semesters during which
practicums are also available. Internships are
intended as a four-credit-only course. How-
ever, under unusual circumstances, up to 12
credits may be approved by the criminal
justice coordinator. An example of an appro-
priate 12-credit internship is the FBI Honors
Internship Program, which requires relocation
to Washington, D.C., and participation in a
full-time program that mns the duration of the
summer. Prerequisite: CJ 100.
N80
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
This course represents an opportunity to
pursue specific interests and topics not usually
covered in regular courses. Through a
program of readings and tutorials, the student
will have the opportunity to pursue these
interests and topics in greater depth than is
usually possible in a regular course. Prerequi-
site: CJ 100 and consent of criminal justice
coordinator.
N90
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ECONOMICS (EcoN)
Professor: Madresehee
Associate Professor: Sprunger (Chairperson)
Assistant Professor : Gandhi
The Department of Economics offers three
tracks. Track I (General Economics) is de-
signed to provide a broad understanding of
economic, social, and business problems. In
addition to preparing students for a career in
business or government, this track provides an
excellent background for graduate or profes-
sional studies. Track II (Managerial Econom-
ics) develops students' capacity to analyze the
economic environment in which an organiza-
tion operates and to apply economic reasoning
to an organization's internal decision making.
These courses have more of a managerial
emphasis than traditional economics courses.
Track III (Quantitative Economics) focuses
study on the more quantitative and analytical
courses in the department. In addition to a
broad coverage of economic theory and
applications, these courses especially prepare
students for statistical analysis and research of
economics issues. This is also an excellent
track for students interested in graduate school.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Track I - General Economics requires ECON
1 1 0. 1 I 1 . 33 1 , 440. and 44 1 , and three other
courses in economics. Depending on their
academic and career interests, students are
encouraged to select a minor in another
department such as poHtical science, philoso-
phy, or history.
Track II - Managerial Economics requires
ECON 1 1 0, 11 1 , 220, 332 and 44 1 ; ACCT
1 10 and either BUS 223 or any accounting
course numbered 130 or higher; BUS 338;
and two other economics courses numbered
200 or above, excluding ECON 349.
Track III - Quantitative Economics requires
ECON 1 1 0, 1 1 1 , 230, 44 1 ; either 227 or 33 1 ;
MATH 128 or 109; MATH 2 14 or 332 and
either three other economics courses or two
other economics courses and one extra math
course numbered 1 29 or higher.
In addition, the department recommends that
majors in Track I and Track II take MATH 123.
Track I and Track III majors are encouraged to
take ACCT 1 10. Students interested in
graduate school should consult with members
of the economics department faculty for
recommendations on additional coursework.
The following courses, when scheduled as
W courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: ECON 236, 337, and 440.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 103.
Minor
The department offers two minors in econom-
ics. The General Economics minor requires the
completion of ECON 1 10, 1 1 1 and three other
economics courses numbered 200 or above, or
any four economics courses numbered 200 or
above. The Quantitative Economics minor
requires five courses including ECON 1 10 and
111; and three courses from MATH 2 1 4 or 332
(not both), ECON 227, 230, 33 1 , or 441 .
The Department of Economics is a member of
the Institute for Management Studies. See page
125.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
102
CONSUMER ECONOMICS
A course in " family" or "practical"
economics, designed to teach students how
they and their families can be intelligent
consumers; that is, how they can spend, save,
and borrow so as to maximize the value they
receive for the income they have. Treats
subjects such as intelligent shopping; the uses
and abuses of credit; investing, savings,
buying insurance, automobiles and houses;
medical care costs; estates and wills, etc.
no
PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS
Macroeconomics deals with problems of the*
economic system as a whole. What influences
the level of national income and employment?
What is inflation and why do we have it? What
is the role of government in a modern capitalis-
tic system? How does business organize to
produce the goods and services we demand?
How are the American financial and banking
systems organized? What is the nature of
American unionism? What are the elements of
government finance and fiscal policy?
Ill
PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS
This course focuses upon microeconomics
and selected current economic problems. It
deals with the relatively small units of the
economy such as the firm and the family.
Analyzes demand and supply. Discusses how
business firms decide what and how much to
produce and how goods and services are
priced in different types of markets. Also
considers such problems as economic growth,
international trade, poverty, discrimination,
ecology, and alternative economic systems.
220
MONEY AND BANKING
Covers business fluctuations and monetary
and fiscal policy; the financial organization of
society; the banking system; credit institu-
tions; capital markets, and international
financial relations. Prerequisite: ECON 1 10.
224
URBAN PROBLEMS
The application of economic theory to the
study of significant social, political, and
economic problems associated with urbaniza-
tion, including poverty, employment, educa-
tion, crime, health, housing, land use and the
! environment, transportation, and public
{finance. Analysis of solutions offered.
; Prerequisite: ECON 110 or 111, or consent of
\ instructor. Alternate years.
■225
ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS
j A study of the relationship between
environmental decay and economic growth,
with particular reference to failures of the
price and property-rights systems; application
I of cost/benefit analysis, measures aimed at the
creation of an ecologically viable economy.
227
GAME THEORY
An introduction to the field of game theory.
The focus of study is on how people behave in
strategic situations. Applications include
pricing, bargaining, negotiating, and voting.
Prerequisite: ECON HI or consent of the
instructor. Alternate years.
230
ECONOMETRICS
Econometric models provide one of the
most useful and necessary sets of tools for
decision-making. By using a variety of
modern statistical methods, econometrics
helps us to estimate economic relationships,
test different economic behaviors, and forecast
different economic variables. Prerequisites:
MATH 123. ECON 110 and 111; or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
236
AMERICAN ECONOMIC HISTORY
I This course examines topics in American
■ Economic History from the post-Civil War era
through World War II. Topics covered
include the causes of the rise of big business
as the dominant means of production, the
emergence of the union movement, the growth
12006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
of the U.S. economy to the largest in the
world, and the changing role of government in
the economic system.
240
ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY
An introduction to the theory and practice
of economic geography with emphasis upon
the historical dynamics of local, regional, and
global organization. This course considers the
forces reshaping global economic geography
including the factors that determine the com-
petitive advantage of nations. These factors
include resources such as food, energy, materi-
als, and changing patterns of world population.
Also included will be theoretical literature
reparding locational decisions and choice, as
well as the rapidly changing global economy
in the context of trade theory and the shifting
focus of international economics activity.
327
PUBLIC CHOICE
This course focuses on the application of
economics to the political processes of voting
and bureaucratic behavior. A major theme will
be the study of problems that can occur within
the democratic process because the incentives
given to public servants do not always match
society's best interests. Policies and institu-
tions that can improve such problems will be
explored. U.S. elections and campaigns will
provide many of the applications for the class.
Prerequisite: ECON 1 10 or 111, or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
330
INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
An advanced analysis of contemporary
theory regarding consumer demand, production
costs and theory, profit maximization, market
structures, and the determinants of returns to
the factors of production. Prerequisite: ECON
110. Alternate years. m
331
INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
An advanced analysis of contemporary
theory and practice with regard to business
fluctuation, national income accounting, the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ECONOMICS
determination of income and employment levels,
and the use of monetary and fiscal policy.
Prerequisite: EC ON 110. Alternate years.
332
GOVERNMENT AND THE ECONOMY
An analytical survey of government's
efforts to maintain competition through
antitrust legislation to supervise acceptable
cases of private monopoly, through public
utility regulation and via means of regulatory
commissions, and to encourage or restrain
various types of private economic activities.
Prerequisites: ECON 110 and 111, or
consent of instructor.
335
LABOR PROBLEMS
The history of organized labor in the
United States, including the structure of
unions, employers' opposition to unions, the
role of government in labor-management
relations and the economic impact of unions.
Alternate years. Prerequisite: ECON 110 or
111, or consent of instructor.
337
PUBLIC FINANCE
An analysis of the fiscal economics of the
public sector, including the development,
concepts, and theories of public expenditures,
taxation, and debt at all levels of American
government. Also includes the use of fiscal
policy as an economic control device.
Prerequisites: ECON 1 10 and 111, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
343
INTERNATIONAL TRADE
A study of the principles, theories, develop-
ment, and policies concerning international
economic relations, with particular reference
to the United States. Subjects covered include:
U.S. commercial policy and its development,
international trade theory, tariffs and other
protectionist devices, international monetary
system and its problems, balance of payments
issues. Alternate years. Prerequisites: ECON
110 and 111.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
102
349
MANAGEMENT PRACTICUM
An apprentice-level work experience for
junior or senior economics majors jointly
sponsored by the department and a public or
private agency (or a subdivision of the college
itself) designed to better integrate classroom
theory and workplace practice. In addition to
attendance at a weekly seminar, students will
spend 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring
agency per unit of credit. At least one-half of
the effort expended will consist of academic
work related to agency activities.
440
HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT
A discussion of the origins, development,
and significance of the economic ideas
embodied in the works of Smith. Marx,
Schumpeter, Keynes, and others. Prerequisite
ECON 1 10 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years.
441
MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
The application of economic theory and
methodology to the solution of business
problems. Subjects include: optimizing
techniques, risk analysis, demand theory,
production theory, cost theory, linear pro-
gramming, capital budgeting, market struc-
tures, and the theory of pricing. Prerequisites:
ECON 1 10 and 111.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Typically off-campus in business, banking
or government, supervised by assigned
employee of sponsoring organization.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Superior students may select independent
study in various courses, particularly in
preparation for graduate school.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO(
EDUCATION (EDuc)
\ssistant Professors: Chamberlain,
CjListafson, Hungerford (Chairperson)
Visiting Instructor: Postal
Part-time Instructors: Furman, Johnson,
Rhinehart, Salvatori
Student Placement Coordinator: Curry
The Education department offers
Pennsylvania-approved teacher certification
programs in elementary, secondary. Art (K-
12), Foreign Language (K-12), Music (K-12),
ind Special Education (Cognitive, Behavior
and Physical/Health Disabilities). Education
IS not a major at Lycoming College. All
students wishing to be certified in
Elementary, Secondary Education areas, K-12
areas, or Special Education must choose a
major from any offered by the College.
All students seeking teacher certification
must complete EDUC 200 with at least a B-
3r consent of the department within the five
years before applying for the professional
semester. All students must complete a
minimum of 30 hours of observations and
participation with the assigned cooperating
006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
teacher during the semester prior to their
professional semester.
Elementary Teacher Certification
Students seeking elementary teacher
certification must complete PSY138,
EDUCOOO, 340, 341, 342, 343, and 344 prior
to being accepted to the professional semester.
Secondary Teacher Certification
Students seeking secondary teacher
certification must complete PSY 138, EDUC
338 and 339 prior to being accepted into the
professional semester as well as the necessary
subject area courses. (See exception below for
students seeking K-12 certifications.)
Students may earn one or more of the
following certifications:
Biology
Chemistry
Citizenship (economics, history, political
science)
English
General science (astronomy, physics,
biology, chemistry)
Mathematics
Physics
Social sciences (psychology, sociology-
anthropology)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Social studies (economics, history,
philosophy, political science, psychology,
sociology-anthropology)
Students seeking certification in secondary
math must also complete EDUC 345 before
acceptance into the professional semester.
Students seeking certification in any of the
secondary science area (biology, chemistry,
physics) and general science (astronomy,
physics, biology, chemistry) must also
complete the required safety and maintenance
workshop in their content area. These
workshops will address safety issues
(laboratory instruction, regulations for use of
chemicals, materials and specialized
equipment) and general lab behavior. Students
will also be taught how to actually set up and
maintain a laboratory (in their particular
science field) in a middle/secondary school.
K-12 Teacher Certification
Students seeking K-12 certification must
complete PSY 138 and EDUC 339 and the
necessary subject area courses including the
methods course appropriate to their discipline
and offered by that department prior to being
accepted to the professional semester. EDUC
338 is not required for K-12 certification.
Students may earn K- 1 2 certification in one
or more of the following areas:
Art
Music
French
German
Spanish
Special Education Teacher Certification
Students seeking Special Education
certification must complete PSY 138, PSY
216, EDUC (300, 230, 330, 331, 332, 344, and
430 prior to being accepted to the profes-
sional semester.
Students interested in the teacher education
program should refer to the Teacher Educa-
tion Handbook, which specifies the current
requirements for certification. Early consulta-
tion with a member of the Education Depart-
ment is strongly recommended. Application
for the professional semester must be made
LYCOMING COLLEGE
during the fall semester of the junior year.
The Department of Education admits to th(
professional semester applicants who have
(a) completed the participation requirements
(b) paid the student teaching fee, (c) obtainec
a recommendation from the student's major
department, (d) passed a screening and
interview conducted by the Education Depar
ment, (e) passed the PPST Reading. Writing,
and Math portions of the NTE exam, and
(f) achieved an overall grade point average o
3.00 or better. Major departments have
different criteria for their recommendations; :
therefore, the student should consult with the
chairperson of the major department about
those requirements. The Pennsylvania state
requirements override any contractual agree-
ment the student teacher has with the college
via the catalog under which they were admit-
ted.
Additional teacher intern program infor-
mation can be found on page 50.
The following course will satisfy the
cultural diversity requirement: EDUC 338.
The following courses, when scheduled a
W courses, count toward the writing intensi\
requirement: EDUC 338, 339, 343, 344. and 44'
000
SEMINAR IN ART, MUSIC, PHYSICAL
EDUCATION, AND MATH ACTIVITIES
Each elementary student teacher attends ;
series of 24 seminars, conducted prior to
student teaching, during the fall semester of I
the senior year. These seminars, conducted
by certified public school personnel, empha-i
size activities and knowledge which are
helpful in the self-contained elementary
classroom. Non-credit course.
200
INTRODUCTION TO THE
STUDY OF EDUCATION
A study of teaching as a profession with
emphasis on the economic, social, political,
and religious conditions which intluence
American schools and teachers. Considers in
is given to the school environment, the
curriculum, and the children with the intentic
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALm
EDUCATION
that students will examine more rationally
aej their own motives for entering the profession.
230
INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL
EDUCATION
This course covers historical, philosophi-
cal, and legal perspectives related to excep-
tional students. All major areas of exception-
ality are covered including those who are
categorized as "gifted." A study of typical
and atypical development of children pro-
vides the basis for an in-depth study of the
characteristics and classifications of excep-
tional students. An emphasis is placed upon
the ethical and professional behaviors of
teachers of students with disabilities in
special education and/or regular classrooms
settings including multi-cultural and multilin-
gual situations. Prerequisite: EDUC 200 or
consent of department.
232
INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA
AND COMMUNICATIONS
A study of the value, design, construction,
and application of the visual and auditory aids
to learning. Practical experience in the
handling of audio-visual equipment and
materials is provided. Application of audio-
visual techniques. Application of the visual
and auditory aids to learning. Students will
plan and carry out actual teaching assign-
ments utilizing various A-V devices.
330
READING FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS:
ASSESSMENT AND INSTRUCTION
This course provides students seeking
certification in Special Education with a
course that addresses the assessment tools and
the teaching strategies for evaluating reading
needs, skills, and strengths and with specific
teaching strategies to help special needs
students accomplish reading success. Prereq-
uisite: EDUC 344 or consent of department.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
331
CURRICULUM AND ASSESSMENT FOR
STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES
This course provides information and
experiences in assessment strategies, curricu-
lum requirements, and planning for students
with disabilities. Legal and ethical issues are
covered. Curriculum for early intervention,
elementary and secondary education, and
transition planning for adult life are included.
Prerequisite: EDUC 230.
333
PROGRAMS AND SERVICES FOR
INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES
This course investigates community based-
services, professional organizations, support
programs for parents and students, assistive
technologies, and related services such as
occupational therapy and counseling. Theo-
retical perspectives of emotional and behav-
ioral disorders and educational approaches to
behavioral issues are discussed. Group
processes and communication are studied.
Significant field experiences are required.
Prerequisite or co-requisite: EDUC 331.
338
LITERACY FOR
MIDDLE/SECONDARY SCHOOLS
This course is designed to teach the
strategies necessary to implementing literacy
skills in the middle/secondary content areas.
Reading, writing, speaking, listening and
media interpretation in content areas will be
the focus. Developmental stages for
adolescents and critical reading strategies will
be addressed in addition to strategies for using
young adult literature in the content areas.
Prerequisite: EDUC 200 or consent of
instructor.
339
MIDDLE AND SECONDARY SCHOOL
CURRICLUM AND INSTRUCTION
An examination of the various curricula of
the public schools and their relationship to
current practices. Special attention will be
given to development of the curriculum, state
LYCOMING COLLEGE
and national curriculum standards, and
criteria for the evaluation of curricula and
student progress. A particular emphasis will
be placed upon emerging issues and technol-
ogy as they relate to curriculum. Emphasis
will be placed upon the curriculum work
within the teaching field of each individual.
Prerequisites: PSY 138 and EDUC 200, or
consent of instructor.
340
TEACHING MATHEMATICS IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
This course is intended for prospective
elementary and middle school teachers and is
required for all those seeking elementary
certification. Topics include number systems,
computational algorithms, measurement,
geometry, and children's development of
mathematical concepts. Includes an emphasis
on adapting instruction for diverse learners.
Prerequisites: PSY 138, EDUC 200, and tM'o
courses in mathematics; or consent of instruc-
tor.
341
TEACHING THE SOCIAL STUDIES IN
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Studies and experiences to develop a basic
understanding of the structure, concepts, and
processes of anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science, and
sociology as they relate to the elementary
school social science curriculum. Practical
applications, demonstrations of methods, and
the development of integrated teaching units
using tests, reference books, films, and other
teaching materials. Observation and
participation in Lycoming County elementary
schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 200 and PSY
138, or consent of instructor.
342
TEACHING SCIENCE IN
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Science methods and materials interpreting
children's science experiences and guiding the
development of the scientific concepts. A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Study of the science content of the curriculum,
its material and use. Observation and partici-
pation in Lycoming County elementary
schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 200 and PSY
138, or consent of instructor.
343
TEACHING LANGUAGE ARTS AND
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
A course designed to consider means of
communication, oral and written, including
both practical and creative uses. Attention
will be given to listening, speaking, written
expression, linguistics and grammar, and
spelling. Stress will be placed upon the
interrelatedness of the language arts. Chil-
dren's literature will be explored as a vehicle
for developing creative characteristics in
children and for ensuring an appreciation of
the creative writing of others. Observation
and participation in Lycoming County
elementary schools. Prerequisites: EDUC
200 and PSY 138, or consent of instructor.
344
TEACHING READING IN
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
A basic course in the philosophy and
rationale for the implementation of an
elementary reading program from kindergar-
ten through sixth grade. Emphasis is upon
designing a reading instructional program
which reflects the nature of the learning
process and recognizes principles of child
development through examination of the
principles, problems, methods, and materials
used in elementary reading programs.
Prerequisite: EDUC 200 or PSY 138, or
consent of instructor.
345
CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN
MIDDLE/SECONDARY MATHEMATICS
This is a basic course in the theory and
pedagogy needed for the instruction of
mathematics in the Middle/Secondary
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO<
EDUCATION
chools. It is designed to examine and
nplement curriculum, teaching strategies,
nd required standards in math in the middle
nd secondary schools. The needs and
evelopmental stages of middle/secondary
dolescents will also be addressed.
Prerequisite: EDUC 200 and two courses in
lathematics; or consent of instructor.
Che Professional Semester
Students are considered full time when
nrolled in the Professional Semester. Those
|tudents needing an additional course must
omply with the standards stated in the
College catalog.
'he Elementary Professional Semester
The following courses comprise the
ilementary Professional Semester:
:DUC 445 Methods of Teaching
in the Elementary School
iDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary
American Education
iDUC 448 Student Teaching in the
Elementary School
45
METHODS OF TEACHING IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF THE
'ROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
The course emphasizes the relationship
etween the theoretical studies of physical,
ocial and cognitive development and the
lenientary classroom environment. Particu-
\r consideration will be given to the appro-
•riate age and developmental level of the
tudents with an emphasis upon selection
nd utilization of methods in all the elemen-
ary subject areas, including art and music.
Specific attention is given to the development
if strategies for structuring lesson plans, for
naintaining classroom control, and for
iverall classroom management. Direct
pplication is made to the individual student
eaching experience. Prerequisites: EDUC
W, 340, 341, 342, 343, and 344, and pre-
tudent teaching participation.
,0()fv07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
447
PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF THE
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Seminar on the issues, problems, and
challenges encountered by teachers in the
American public schools, especially those
related to the student teaching experience.
448
STUDENT TEACHING IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Professional experience under the supervi-
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in an
elementary school. Student teachers are
required to follow the calendar of the school
district to which they are assigned. Two units
maximum.
The Secondary Professional Semester
The following courses comprise the
Secondary Professional Semester:
EDUC 446 Methods of Teaching in the
Middle Level and Secondary
Schools
EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary
American Education
EDUC 449 Student Teaching in the
Secondary School
The K-12 Professional Semester
The following courses comprise the K-12
Professional Semester:
EDUC 445 Elementary or
or 446 Secondary Methods
EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary
American Education
EDUC 448 Student Teaching in the
Elementary Schools
(4 semester hours/6 weeks)
EDUC 449 Student Teaching in the
Secondary Schools
(4 semester hours/6 weeks)
446
METHODS OF TEACHING IN MIDDLE
LEVEL AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS
(PART OF THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
A study of materials, methods, and
techniques with emphasis on the student's
LYCOMING COLLEGE
major. Specific attention is given to structur-
ing unit and lesson plans, maintaining
classroom discipline, and to overall classroom
management. Stress is placed on the selection
and utilization of a variety of strategies,
materials, and technologies to support
learning for a diverse student population.
Students teach demonstration lessons in the
presence of the instructor and members of the
class and observe superior teachers in
Lycoming County middle and secondary
schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 200, PSY 138,
and pre-student teaching participation.
447
PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF THE
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Seminar on the issues, problems, and
challenges encountered by teachers in the
American public schools, especially those
related to the student teaching experience.
449
STUDENT TEACHING IN THE
SECONDARY SCHOOL (PART OF
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Professional laboratory experience under
the supervision of a selected cooperating
teacher in a secondary school. Student
teachers are required to follow the calendar of
the school district to which they are assigned.
Two units maximum.
The Special Education Professional Semester
The following courses comprise the Special
Education Professional Semester:
EDUC 430 Methods of Teaching
Students with Special Needs
EDUC 431 Current Issues in Special
Education
EDUC 432 Student Teaching in the
Elementary School
(4 semester hours/7 weeks)
EDUC 433 Student Teaching in the
Secondary School
(4 semester hours/7 weeks)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
430
METHODS OF TEACHING STUDENTS
WITH SPECIAL NEEDS (PART OF THE
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
This course addresses planning and
methods for teaching students with disabil
ties in all content areas. Integration of
content and skill areas, least restrictive
environment strategies including inclusion
and resource room settings, and technolog;
are stressed. Prerequisites or co-requisite
EDUC 330, 331, 333, and 344.
431
CURRENT ISSUES IN SPECIAL EDUC AT] [T
(PART OF THE PROFESSIONAL SEMEST^
This capstone course for Special Educat
requires students to reflect upon their cour
of study, field experiences, and student
teaching; to research and analyze current
issues in the field; and to complete their
professional portfolios. The content of the
course will vary according to the needs of
students, current events, and issues in Spec
Education.
432
STUDENT TEACHING IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL FOR
SPECIAL EDUCATION (PART OF
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Professional experience under the super i
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in ar
elementary school. Student teachers are
required to follow the calendar of the scho
district to which they are assigned.
433
STUDENT TEACHING IN THE
SECONDARY SCHOOL FOR
SPECIAL EDUCATION (PART OF THE
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Professional experience under the supei
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in a
secondary school. Student teachers are
required to follow the calendar of the scho
district to which they are assigned.
2(X)6-07 ACADEMIC CATA
./'^V
ENGLISH (ENGL)
'rofessors: Feinstein, Hawkes (Chairperson),
Moses
\ssociate Professors: Hafer, Lewes
Assistant Professors: Leiter, Preston
/isiting Instructor: Hansum
The department offers two programs
eading to the major in Enghsh:
''rack I - English Major in Literature
This track is designed for students who
:hoose Enghsh as a hberal arts major that pre-
pares them for a wide range of career options;
or students who choose Enghsh as their
ubject area for elementary certification or who
vish to earn secondary certification in Enghsh;
or students who wish to improve their verbal
ind analytic ability in preparation for a specific
:areer, such as technical writing, business, or
aw; and for students who intend to pursue
graduate study in British or American
iterature.
006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
A minimum often courses is required for
Track I. Required courses are ENGL 2 1 7; 220;
22 1 ; two courses selected from 222, 223, 229;
two from 31 1,312, 31 3, 314, and 315; one
from 335 and 336; two electives beyond
composition; and the Capstone Experience.
Students who wish to earn secondary teacher
certification must complete a minimum of
twelve courses in English. Required courses
are ENGL 217; 220; 221; 335; 336; 338; two
courses from 222, 223, 229; three courses from
311, 312, 313, 314, and 315; one elective
beyond composition; and the Capstone
Experience. Required courses outside English
are EDUC 200, 338, 339, 446, 447, and 449;
PSY llOand 138;andTHEA 100.
Students who intend to pursue graduate
study in British or American literature should
complete the twelve English courses specified
for secondary certification and, as part of that
sequence, take ENGL 449, Advanced Criti-
cism, as their English elective.
Track II - English Major in Creative Writing
This track is designed for students who
aspire to careers as professional writers, as
editors, and as publishers; for students who
plan to continue studies in an M.F.A. or M.A.
program; or for students who would like to
discover their creative potential while pursu-
ing a fundamental liberal arts education.
A minimum of ten courses is required for
Track II. Required courses are ENGL 240;
two courses selected from 220, 221, 222, 223,
225, and 229; two from 31 1, 312, 313, 314
and 315; one from 331 or 332; one from 335
and 336; two from 341, 342, 441, and 442
(note prerequisites); and one from 411 or 412.
Students who wish to earn secondary
teacher certification must complete a mini-
mum of twelve courses in English. Required
courses are ENGL 220, 240, 335, 336, 338;
one course selected from 221, 222, 223, 225,
and 229; two from 31 1, 312, 313, 314, and
315; one from 331 and 332; two from 341,
342, 441, 442 (note prerequisites); and one
LYCOMING COLLEGE
from 41 1 and 412; ENGL 217 recommended.
Required courses outside English are EDUC
200, 338, 339. 446. 447. and 449; PSY 1 10
and 138; and THE A 100.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: ENGL 229. 332. and
334. The following courses, when scheduled
as W courses, count toward the writing
intensive requirement: ENGL 218, 225, 311.
334, 336, and 338.
Capstone Experience
Seniors in the literature track must hand in
a portfolio of writing during the first week of
their final semester. The portfolio must
include four major papers from English
courses and a self-assessment essay. Seniors
in the creative writing track must successfully
complete either ENGL 41 1 or ENGL 412.
Minors
The department offers two minors in
English:
Literature: Five courses in literature at the
200 level or above, at least three of which
must be numbered 300 or above.
Writing: Five courses, four of which are
chosen from ENGL 217, 218, 240, 322, and
338; plus one writing-intensive course in
literature at the 300 level.
106
COMPOSITION
Extensive practice in analytical writing.
Special emphasis on developing the compos-
ing skills needed to articulate and defend a
position in various situations requiring the
use of written English. Credit may not be
earned for both 106 and 107.
107
HONORS COMPOSITION
Extensive practice in analytical writing.
Special emphasis on developing the writing
skills of students who have the potential to
benefit from advanced work. Placement by
examination only. Credit may not be earned
for both 106 and 107.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
215
SELECTED TOPICS IN LITERATURE
An introduction to a variety of literature
united by topic, which will vary according i
each instructor. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 o
107, or consent of the instructor.
217
CRITICAL WRITING SEMINAR
An introduction to writing critically aba
literary texts. Workshop setting offers
intensive practice in the writing and critiqu.
of papers. Designed for beginning students
literature. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107,
consent of instructor. Not open to juniors <
seniors except for newly declared majors o
with consent of instructor.
218
CLASSICAL AND MODERN RHETORIC
An exploration of the province, content,
strategies, and techniques comprising ancie^
and modern discourse, with particular
emphasis on written lines of argument.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or conseni
instructor.
220
BRITISH LITERATURE I
A survey of literary forms, dominant ideb
and major authors from the Anglo-Saxon
period through the 18* century. The course
includes a brief study of language
development to Chaucer and emphasizes
writers such as Chaucer, Shakespeare, Don
Milton, Swift, Pope, and Johnson. I
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consciu
the instructor.
221
BRITISH LITERATURE II
Literary movements and authors from the
beginnings of Romanticism to the end of the
1 9th century. Particular emphasis on such
writers as Wordsworth, Shelley, Keats,
Tennyson, Browning, Carlyle, Arnold, Hard
and Yeats. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107.
consent of instructor.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CA I \l
222
AMERICAN LITERATURE I
Survey of American literature from the
beginning to 1865, with major emphasis on the
writers of the Romantic period: Poe, Emerson,
rhoreau, Hawthorne, Melville, Dickinson, and
Whitman. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor.
223
/AMERICAN LITERATURE II
Survey of American literature from 1865
:o 1945, emphasizing such authors as Twain,
lames. Crane, Hemingway, Faulkner, Frost,
Eliot, Stevens, O'Neill, and Williams. Prereq-
dsite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
'nstructor.
225
:LASSICAL LITERATURE
A study, in translation, of Greek and
Roman works that have intluenced Western
ivriters. Literary forms studied include epic,
irama, satire, and love poetry. Writers studied
nclude Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles,
Euripides, Virgil, Juvenal, Horace, Lucretius,
md Ovid. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor.
229
\FRICAN AMERICAN LITERATURE
A survey of major works and authors of
African American literary history from slavery
:o the present, focusing on such authors as
Douglass, J. W. Johnson, Hurston, Hughes,
Wright, Ellison, and Morrison. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of the instructor.
240
[NTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE WRITING
Workshop discussions, structured exercises,
md readings in contemporary literature to
provide practice and basic instruction in the
writing and evaluation of poetry and fiction.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
instructor.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
311
MEDIEVAL LITERATURE
Readings in Old and Middle English
poetry and prose from Bede's Ecclesiastical
History to Malory's Arthurian romance.
Study of lyric, narrative, drama, and romance
with emphasis on the cultural context from
which these forms emerge. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
312
RENAISSANCE LITERATURE
An examination of themes and literary
forms of the Renaissance. Authors studied
will include Donne, Marlowe, More,
Shakespeare, Sidney, Spenser, and Surrey.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
313
RESTORATION AND
18TH-CENTURY LITERATURE
Consideration of selected themes, writers,
or modes of Restoration and 1 8th-century
literature (1660-1800) with emphasis on the
social, political, and intellectual life of that
era. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
314
ROMANTIC LITERATURE
Concentrated study in the writers, texts,
and themes of the Romantic period (1789-
1832) with emphasis on the social, political,
and intellectual life of that era. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
315
VICTORIAN LITERATURE
Concentrated study in the writers, texts,
and themes of the Victorian period (1832-
1901) with emphasis on the social, political,
and intellectual life of that era. Prerequisite:
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
322
ADVANCED WRITING:
THE CREATIVE ESSAY
A course in which students from all
disciplines learn to explore and define
themselves through the essay, a form used to
express the universal through the particular
and the personal. Readings will include
essayists from Montaigne to Gould.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent
of instructor. Alternate years.
331
MODERN AND CONTEMPORARY HCTION
Examination of the novels and short
fiction of such major writers as Conrad,
Woolf, Joyce, Faulkner, Fowles, and Na-
bokov, with special emphasis on the relation-
ship of their works to concepts of modernism.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent
of instructor.
332
MODERN AND CONTEMPORARY POETRY
Studies in the themes and visions of
modern and contemporary poets, beginning
with Yeats and the American Modernists,
covering a variety of central movements (such
as the Harlem Renaissance), and concluding
with a range of multi-cultural authors.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107 or consent of
instructor.
333
THE NOVEL
An examination primarily of British and
American works from the 1 8th century to the
present, focusing on the novel's ability —
since its explosive inception — to redefine its
own boundaries. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or
107, or consent of instructor. Alternate
years.
334
WOMEN AND LITERATURE
An examination — literary, social, and
historical — of literature by women represent-
ing diverse cultures. Each course will
examine a particular theme significant to
women writers from more than one cultural
background. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107.
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
335
CHAUCER
A study of representative work in the
context of Chaucer's life and times.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent c
the instructor. Alternate years.
336
SHAKESPEARE
A study of representative plays in the
context of Shakespeare's life and times.
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent
of instructor. Alternate years.
338
LINGUISTICS
An intensive look at the English language,
focusing on three grammatical systems
(traditional, structural, transformational) to
identify their strengths and weaknesses.
Attention is also given to larger issues,
including language change, the politics of
language, the creation of meaning, language
acquisition, and dialects. Prerequisite: ENGL
106 or 107, or consent of instructor. Alternatt
years.
341
POETRY WORKSHOP I
An intermediate workshop focusing on th<
writing of poetry and methods of analysis.
Prerequisite: Grade of B or better in ENGL
240, or consent of instructor.
342
FICTION WORKSHOP I
An intermediate course in the writing of
short fiction in a workshop environment,
where the student is trained to hear language a
work. Emphasis on characterization and story
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in ENGL
240, or consent of instructor.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO
(11
^ORM AND THEORY: POETRY
An advanced workshop in which students
vill be asked to write in various poetic forms,
,uch as the sonnet, villanelle, sestina, and
)antoum. Prerequisite: ENGL 341 or
•onseiit of instructor. Alternate years.
112
^ORM AND THEORY: FICTION
A course that examines philosophical and
lesthetic theories of fiction, and the resulting
iction based on those theories. Authors will
nost likely include Aristotle. Calvino.
jardner. Gass, and Nabokov. Prerequisite:
INGL 342 or consent of instructor. Alternate
ears.
[21
ADVANCED TOPICS IN LITERATURE
An upper-level literature course governed
ither by concept (such as a theme or
aovement) or author (one to three figures),
i'opics will vary according to each instructor.
herequisite: At least one English course
umbered 218 and above, or consent of the
nstructor. Alternate years. May be taken a
econd time for credit with departmental
pproval.
i'OETRY WORKSHOP II
j An advanced workshop in the writing of
oetry. Students will receive intensive anal-
sis of their own work and acquire experience
\ evaluating the work of their peers.
Prerequisite: ENGL 34 L
42
ICTION WORKSHOP II
An advanced course in the writing of short
ction. Emphasis on the complexities of
oice and tone. The student will be encour-
ged to develop and control his or her
idividual style and produce publishable
ction. Prerequisite: ENGL 342.
1)06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
449
ADVANCED CRITICISM
Reading and discussion in the theory and
history of criticism. Examination of both
traditional and contemporary ideas about the
value and nature of literary expression and its
place in human culture generally. Work in
the course includes practical as well as
theoretical use of the ideas and methods of
critical inquiry. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or
107, or consent of instructor. Alternate
years.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
The department provides internships in
editing, legal work, publishing, and technical
writing.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent studies include the role of Pennsyl-
vania in the fiction of John O'Hara; the
changing image of women in American art
and literature (1890-1945); the hard-boiled
detective novel; contemporary women
writers; and Milton's use of the Bible in
Paradise Lost.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
Recent projects include "The Function of
the Past in the Fiction of William Faulkner"
and "Illusion. Order, and Art in the Novels of
Virginia Woolf."
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
FOREIGN
LANGUAGES AND
LITERATURES
Professor: Buedel
Associate Professors: Heysel,
Kingery (Chairperson)
Assistant Professors: Cartal-Falk
Visiting Assistant Professor: Cagle
Visiting Instructor: McNerney
Study of foreign languages and literatures
offers opportunity to explore broadly the
varieties of human experience and thought. It
contributes both to personal and to interna-
tional understanding by providing competence
in a foreign language and a critical acquain-
tance with the literature and culture of foreign
peoples. A major can serve as a gateway to
careers in business, government, publishing,
education, journalism, social agencies,
LYCOMING COLLEGE
translating, and writing. It prepares for
graduate work in literature or linguistics and
the international fields of politics, business,
law, health, and area studies.
MAJOR FIELDS OF STUDY
French, German, and Spanish are offeree!
major fields of study. The major consists of
least 32 .semester hours of courses numbered
I I 1 and above. Students who intend to pursi
graduate study in a foreign language should
take additional 300- and 400-level courses.
Majors seeking teacher certification are
advised to begin the study of a second foreigi
language.
The department encourages students to
consider allied courses from related fields, a
second major, or an interdisciplinary major
such as International Studies.
STUDY ABROAD AND INTERNSHIPS
The department recommends that all
language majors study abroad in a Lycoming
College affiliate program or in a department-
approved program. Students seeking teacher
certification are required to study abroad for
minimum of eight weeks, although a semeste
length program is recommended. Lycoming
offers affiliate programs in France (Universit
de Grenoble), Spain (Tandem Escuela
Internacional or Estudio Sampere) and
Ecuador (Estudio Sampere). Approved
programs in Austria, Germany, and Switzer-
land include the Institute for International
Education, the Goethe Institute, and
Universitat Frieburg. Students who intend to
study abroad should begin planning with thei
major advisor by the first week of the semest
prior to departure. To qualify, students must
have sophomore standing or higher, an overa
GPA of 2.50, a GPA of 3.00 in language
courses, and recommendation from faculty in
the major. Overseas internships are offered
through approved programs. They typically
require substantial language skills and junii)r
or senior standing.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAl ( i
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
CAPSTONE EXPERIENCE
All foreign language majors are required to
jass two semesters of FLL 449 (Junior-Senior
I^olloquium). In addition, all majors must
complete at least two of the following six
)ptions: (1) appropriate study abroad for a
ninimum of 8 weeks; (2) an internship; (3)
lepartment-approved volunteer work in the
breign language; (4) FRN 418, GERM 418, or
>PAN 418 with a grade of C or better; (5)
lecondary teaching certification in French,
jerman, or Spanish; (6) a total of 12 credit
lours at the 400-level in French, German, or
Spanish.
If the colloquia and other two requirements
lave not been met by the end of the first
iemester of the senior year, the student must
iubmit to the chair of the department a plan
ligned by the advisor showing when and how
hese requirements will be completed.
rEACHER CERTIFICATION
Students interested in teacher certification
ihould refer to the Department of Education
)n page 103.
TOREIGN LANGUAGES AND
LITERATURES (FLL)
138
FOREIGN LANGUAGE:
SYSTEMS AND PROCESS
Study of basic linguistic concepts as a tool
or language learning and teaching. Discussion
ind application of language teaching techniques.
Deluding work in the language laboratory.
Designed for future teachers of one or more
anguages and normally taken in the junior year.
Jtudents should arrange through the Depart-
nent of Education to fulfill the requirements
)f a participation experience in area schools in
he same semester. Prerequisite: Consent of
nstructor. Taught in English. Does not
■ount toward majors in French, German, and
Spanish.
149
UNIOR-SENIOR COLLOQUIUM
This colloquium offers French, German,
md Spanish majors the opportunity to meet
egularly with peers, professors, and invited
1006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
guest speakers to discuss linguistic, literary,
cultural, and pedagogical topics. Each student
enrolled in 449 is required to deliver at least
one oral presentation of approximately 20
minutes in a language other than English in
their second semester. Prerequisite: junior
standing. The department recommends that,
when possible, students take one semester of
449 during their junior year and another
semester during their senior year. Taught in
English. The Colloquium will meet a minimum
of 6 times during the semester for 1 hour each
session. After successful completion of two
semesters of the Colloquium, a student may
enroll for additional semesters on a pass-fail
basis and no oral presentation will be required.
Non- credit course.
FRENCH (FRN)
Major
A major consists of a minimum of 32
semester hours of FRN courses numbered 1 1 1
and above or approved courses from a Study
Abroad program, including at least eight
semester hours from the 400 level, not includ-
ing FLL 449. French majors must pass at least
two semesters of FLL 449 and complete two of
the additional requirements as explained under
Capstone Experience. Students who wish to be
certified for secondary teaching must complete
the major with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass
FRN 221-222, 228, 418, and FLL 338 (the
latter two courses with a grade of B or better).
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: FRN 221, 222 and FRN
311. The following courses, when scheduled as
a W course, counts toward the writing intensive
requirement: FRN 222 and FRN 412.
Minor
A minor in French consists of at least 16
semester hours of courses numbered 221 and
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 12 may be counted
towards the minor, but then the minor must
consist of at least 20 semester hours of
courses, 12 hours of which must be numbered
200 or above.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LI lERATURES
101-102
ELEMENTARY FRENCH
The aim of this sequence of courses is to
acquire the fundamentals of the language with
a view to using them. Regular practice in
speaking, understanding, and reading.
Pn'rcqitisite for 102: FRN lOI or equivalent.
111-112
INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Review and development of the fundamen-
tals of the language for immediate use in
speaking, understanding, and reading, with a
view to building confidence in self-expres-
sion. Prerequisite for 111: FRN 102 or
equivalent: for 1 12: FRN 111 or equivalent.
221-222
CONVERSATION, REVIEW,
AND COMPOSITION
Intensive discussion and writing on a
variety of subjects in conjunction with
contemporary readings. Focus on phonetics,
pronunciation and in-depth grammar review
including the study of French stylistics,
semantics and syntax. Designed to provide
greater breadth and fluency in spoken and
written French. Prerequisite for FRN 221:
FRN 1 12 or equivalent: for FRN 222: FRN
221.
311
MODERN FRANCE
A course designed to familiarize students
with social and political structures and cultural
attitudes in contemporary French and
Francophone societies. Material studied may
include such documents as newspaper articles,
interviews and sociological surveys, and
readings in history, religion, anthropology,
and the arts. Some attention to the changing
education system and the family and to events
and ideas which have shaped French-speaking
societies. Includes some comparative study of
France and the United States. Prerequisite:
FRN 221 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
315
INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH AND
FRANCOPHONE LITERATURES
Diverse readings in this course draw from
both French and Francophone literatures and
represent significant literary movements from
the Middle Ages to the present. The course is
designed to acquaint the student with literary
concepts and terms, genre study and the basic
skills of literary analysis. Prerequisite: FRN
222 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
321
SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS
IN LITERATURE
Examination of significant cultural or
literary topics concerning the French-speaking
world. Possible topics or genres include:
Francophone short stories; modem French
theatre; French-speaking women writers;
French and Francophone poetry; Paris and the
Avant-garde. Prerequisites: FRN 222, 31 1:
or consent of instructor. May be repeated for
credit with consent of instructor.
412
FRENCH LITERATURE OF
THE 19TH CENTURY |
The dimensions of the Romantic sensibil-
ity: Musset, Hugo, Madame de Stael, Vigny,
Balzac, Stendhal, Sand; realism and natural-
ism in the novels of Flaubert and Zola; and
reaction in the poetry of Baudelaire,
Desbordes-Valmore, Rimbaud, Verlaine, and
Mallarme. Prerequisite: At least one French
course from the 300 level. Alternate years.
418
ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Intensive practice for advanced students
who wish to improve further their spoken and
written French. Includes work in oral
comprehension, phonetics, pronunciation, oral
and written composition, and translation.
Prerequisites: Either two French 300 level
courses or one French 400 level course: or
consent of instructor.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
426
SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN FRENCH
AND FRANCOPHONE LITERATURE AND
CULTURE
Readings of important works and move-
ments in modern French and/or Francophone
literature and culture. Reading selections may
ifocus on a particular genre or they may be a
combination of drama, poetry and prose.
Possible topics include: 20th century poetry;
French cinema; children's literature; surreal-
ism and the avant-garde; the Francophone
novel; French literature and art between the
wars. Prerequisites: Either two French 300
level courses or one French 400 level course,
or consent of instructor. May be repeated for
credit with consent of instructor.
427
FRENCH LITERATURE OF
THE 20TH CENTURY
Representative poets and novelists of
modem France. Readings selected from the
works of authors such as Proust. Colette,
Gide, Aragon, Giono, Mauriac, Celine,
Malraux, Saint-Exupery. Camus, the "new
novelists" (Robbe-Grillet, Butor, Sanaute. Le
!lezio), Duras. and the poetry of Apollinaire,
Valery, the Sunealists (Breton, Reverdy,
Eluard, Char), Saint-John Perse, Supervielle.
Prevert, and others. Prerequisite: At least
one French course from the 300 level.
Alternate years.
170-479
[NTERNSHIP (See index)
'\80-N89
NDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Examples of recent studies in French include
ranslation. Existentialism, the classical period,
Milightenment literature, and Saint-Exupery.
*90.491
NDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
niK.O? ACADEMIC CATALOG
GERMAN (GERM)
Major
A major consists of a minimum of 32
semester hours of GERM courses numbered 1 1 1
and above or approved courses from a Study
Abroad program. GERM 426 or 44 1 is required
of all majors. German majors must pass at least
two semesters of FLL 449 and complete two of
the additional requirements as explained under
Capstone Experience on page 115.
Students who wish to be certified for
secondary teaching must complete the major
with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass GERM 221-
222, 323, 325, 418, and either 426 or 44 1 . In
addition to the 32 semester hours of courses for
the major, they must also pass FLL 338 and
GERM 418 with a grade of B or better. All
majors are urged to enroll in HIST 416, MUS
336, PSCI 221, and THEA 335.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: GERM 221 and 222.
The following course, when scheduled as a W
course, counts toward the writing intensive
requirement: GERM 321, 426.
Minor
A minor in German consists of at least 16
semester hours of courses numbered 22 1 and
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 12 may be counted
toward the minor, but then the minor must
consist of at least 20 semester hours of courses,
1 2 hours of which must be numbered 200 or
above. One unit of FLL 225 may be included
in the minor with permission.
101-102
ELEMENTARY GERMAN
The aim of this sequence of courses is to
acquire the fundamentals of the language with a
view to using them. Regular practice in
speaking, understanding, and reading. Prerequi-
site for 102: GERM 101 or equivalent.
111-112
INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
This sequence of courses reviews and
develops the fundamentals of the language for
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
immediate use in speaicing, understanding,
and reading with a view to building confi-
dence in self-expression. Prerequisite for
III: GERM 102 or equivalent; for 112:
GERM 111 or equivalent.
221-222
COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW
AND LANGUAGE PRACTICE
This sequence of courses is designed to
review and develop skills in speaking, listening,
writing and reading. Grammar and vocabulary
building are stressed with intensive review,
writing practice and some reading on contem-
porary issues in German-speaking countries.
Prerequisite for 221: GERM 1 12 or equiva-
lent; for 222: GERM 221.
321
SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS
IN LITERATURE
Examination of significant cultural or
literary topics concerning the German-speaking
world. Possible topics or genres include: the
German Novelle; modern German theatre; the
fairy tale; German poetry. Prerequisite:
GERM 222 or consent of instructor. May be
repeated for credit with consent of instructor.
323
SURVEY OF GERMAN
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION I
Designed to acquaint the student with
important periods of German literature,
representative authors, and major cultural
developments in Germany, Austria, and
Switzerland. The course deals with literature
and culture from the Early Middle Ages
through the 1 8th century. Prerequisite:
GERM 222 or consent of instructor.
325
SURVEY OF GERMAN
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION II
Designed to acquaint the student with
important periods of German literature,
representative authors, and major cultural
developments in Germany, Austria, and
Switzerland. The course deals with literature
LYCOMING COLLEGE
and culture from the 19th century through thi
196()'s. Prerequisite: GERM 222 or consciu
of instructor.
411
THE NOVELLE
The German Novelle as a genre relating u
various literary periods. Prerequisite: GER.\
323 or 325, or consent of instructor.
418
ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Intensive practice for advanced students i
who want to improve their spoken and writtej
German. Includes work in oral comprehen-
sion, phonetics, pronunciation, oral and
written composition, translation, and the
development of the language and its relatit^n
ship to English. Prerequisite: GERM 222 or
consent of instructor.
426
SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN GERMAN
LITERATURE AND CULTURE
The study of important works and move- |
ments in modem German literature and cultuie
Reading selections may focus on a particulai
genre or they may be a combination of drama,
poetry and prose. Possible topics include:
Goethe, East and West Germany, the Weimar
Republic. Prerequisite: One German 300 levt
course, or consent of instructor. May he
repeated for credit with consent of instructor.
441
CONTEMPORARY GERMAN
LITERATURE
Representative poets, novelists and
dramatists of contemporary Germany, Swit-
zerland and Austria covering the period froii
the 1960's to the present. Readings selected
from writers such as: Boll, Brecht, Frisch,
Diirrenmatt. Bichsel. Handke. Walser, Grass
Becker, and others. Prerequisite: GERM 31
or 325, or consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAI (
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Examples of recent studies in German
include Classicism, Germanic Mythology,
Hermann Hesse, the dramas of Frisch and
Diirrenmatt.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
GREEK (GRK) SEE RELIGION
HEBREW (HEBR) SEE RELIGION
LATIN (LAT) SEE RELIGION
SPANISH (SPAN)
Major
A major consists of 32 semester hours of
SPAN courses numbered 1 1 1 and above or
approved courses from a Study Abroad
iprogram. From courses numbered 315 or
higher, one course must focus on literature or
culture from Spain and one course must focus
on literature or culture from Latin America.
SPAN 3 1 5 and approved topics courses may
focus on Hispanic literatures with representa-
tive readings from both Spain and Latin
America. When this is the case, the course
may count toward either the Spanish or Latin
American requirement. Eight semester hours
must be at the 400 level, not including 449.
Spanish majors must pass at least two semes-
ters of FLL 449 and complete two of the
additional requirements as explained under the
Capstone Experience section. Recommended
course: HIST 120. Students who wish to be
certified for secondary teaching must complete
the major with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass
ISPAN 221, 222, 311, 418 and FLL 338 (the
Jiatter two with a grade of B or better).
■' The following courses satisfy the cultural
jdiversity requirement: SPAN 221, 222, and 311.
The following courses, when scheduled as W
courses, count toward the writing intensive
[requirement: SPAN 323, 418, 424, and 426.
|2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
L
Minor
A minor in Spanish consists of at least 16
semester hours of courses numbered 221 or
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 112 may be counted
toward the minor, but then the minor must
con-sist of at least 20 semester hours of
courses, 12 hours of which must be numbered
200 or above.
101-102
ELEMENTARY SPANISH
The aim of this sequence of courses is to
acquire the fundamentals of the language with
a view to using them. Regular practice in
speaking, understanding, and reading.
Prerequisite for 102: SPAN 101 or equiva-
lent.
111-112
INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
This sequence of courses reviews and
develops the fundamentals of the language for
immediate use in speaking, understanding,
reading and writing with a view to building
confidence in self-expression. Prerequisite
for HI: SPAN 102 or equivalent: for 112:
SPAN HI or equivalent.
221-222
CONVERSATION. REVIEW, AND
COMPOSITION
Intensive discussion and writing on a
variety of subjects in conjunction with
contemporary readings. Includes in-depth
grammar review. Designed to provide greater
breadth and fluency in spoken and written
Spanish. Prerequisite for 221: SPAN 112 or
equivalent; for 222: SPAN 221.
311
HISPANIC CULTURE
To introduce students to Spanish-speaking
peoples — their values, customs and institu-
tions, with reference to the geographic and
historical forces governing present-day Spain
and Spanish America. Prerequisite: SPAN
222 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
315
INTRODUCTION TO HISPANIC
LITERATURES
Diverse readings in this course include
both Spanish and Latin American Hteratures
designed to acquaint the student with signifi-
cant Hispanic authors and literary move-
ments. The course deals with genre study,
literary terms in Spanish, literary concepts
and forms, as well as the basic skills of
literary analysis. The course counts toward
the requirement in the major as either a
course in the literature of Spain or in the
literature of Latin America. Prerequisite:
SPAN 222 or consent of instructor.
321
SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS
IN LITERATURE
Examination of significant cultural or
literary topics concerning the Spanish-
speaking world. Possible topics or genres
include: Latin American short stories; modern
Spanish theatre; Latin American women writers;
Chicano literature. Prerequisite: SPAN 222
or consent of the instructor. May be repeated
for credit with consent of instructor.
323
SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
AND CIVILIZATION
Designed to acquaint the student with
important periods of Spanish literature,
representative authors, and major socio-
economic developments. The course deals
with the literature from the Middle Ages to
the present. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
325
SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION
Designed to acquaint the student with
important periods of Spanish-American
literature, representative authors, and major
socio-economic developments. The course
deals with the literature, especially the essay
LYCOMING COLLEGE
120
and poetry, from the 16th century to the
present. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or conseni
instructor. Alternate years.
418
ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Intensive practice for advanced students
who wish to improve their spoken and writtei
Spanish. Includes work in oral comprehen
sion. pronunciation, oral and written composi
tion. and translation. Prerequisite: One SPAi,
course at the 300 level or consent of instruc
tor. Alternate years.
424
SPANISH LITERATURE OF
THE GOLDEN AGE
A study of representative works and princips
literary figures in the poetry, prose, and drama
of the 16th and 17th centuries. Prerequisites:
SPAN 323 and 325, or consent of instructor.
426
SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN HISPANIC
LITERATURE AND CULTURE
Readings of important works in modem
Spanish and/or Latin American literature.
Reading selections may focus on a particular
genre or they may be a combination of drama
poetry and prose. Possible topics include:
Romanticism and realism in Spain and Latin
America; the Modernist movement in Latin
America; 20th century poetry; Lorca and the
avant-garde; the Latin American novel; the
literature of post-Franco Spain. Prerequisites,
two Spanish courses at the 300 level, or
consent of instructor. May be repeated for
credit with consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent studies include literary, linguistic,
and cultural topics and themes such as urban
problems as reflected in the modern novel.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC
HISTORY iHisT,
Professors: Larson. Morris, Piper,
Witwer (Chairperson)
Visiting Assistant Professor: Chandler
A major consists of 10 courses, including
HIST 115,116, and 449. At least seven courses
nust be taken in the department. The following
:ourses may be counted toward fulfilling the
major requirements: AMST 200, ECON 236,
PSCI 22 1 and 439, REL 226 and 328. Other
ippropriate courses outside the department may
36 counted upon departmental approval. For
listory majors who student teach in history, the
major consists of nine courses. In addition to
:he courses listed below, special courses, inde-
3endent study, and honors are available.
Special courses recently taught and anticipated
include a biographical study of European
Monarchs, the European Left, the Industrializa-
tion and Urbanization of Modern Europe,
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Utopian Movements in America , the Peace
Movement in America, The Vietnam War, and
American Legal History. History majors are
encouraged to participate in the internship
program.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 103.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: HIST 120, 140,220,
230 and 240. The following courses, when
scheduled as W courses, count toward the
writing intensive requirement: HIST 215, 218,
230, 247, 312, 328, 330, 332, 335, and 449.
Minor
Three minors are offered by the Department
of History. The following courses are required
to complete a minor in American history: HIST
125, 126, and three courses in American history
numbered 200 and above (HIST 120 and/or 220
may be substituted.) A minor in European
history requires the completion of HIST 1 15,
1 16 and three courses in European history
numbered 200 and above. To obtain a minor in
History (without national or geographical
designation), a student must complete six
courses in history, of which three must be
chosen from HIST 1 15, 1 16, 125, and 126 and
three must be history courses numbered 200 and
above.
115
WESTERN CIVILIZATION I
A survey of the major developments in the
history of Western Civilization from its roots
in the Ancient Near East to the era of the
Renaissance. The course will consider the
political, social and cultural aspects of
Mesopotamia, Egypt, the ancient Hebrews,
Greece, Rome, and Western Europe. Byzan-
tine and Islamic civilizations will be studied to
provide a wider scope for comparison.
116
WESTERN CIVILIZATION II
A survey of the major developments in the
history of Western Civilization from the era of
the Renaissance to the present. The course
LYCOMING COLLEGE
will focus on the political, economic, social,
intellectual, and cultural aspects of European
history and how Europe interacted with the
rest of the world.
120
LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of the native civilization,
the age of discovery and conquest, Spanish
colonial policy, the independence movements,
and the development of modern institutions
and governments in Latin America. Alternate
years.
125
UNITED STATES HISTORY 1601-1877
A study of the people, measures, and
movements which have been significant in the
development of the United States between
1 607 and 1 877. Attention is paid to the
problems of minority groups as well as to
majority and national influences.
126
UNITED STATES HISTORY 1877-
PRESENT
A study of people, measures, and movements
which have been significant in the develop-
ment of the United States since 1 877. Atten-
tion is paid to the problems of minority groups
as well as to majority and national influences.
140
SURVEY OF ASIAN HISTORY
A comprehensive overview of Asian
history with emphasis on those Pacific Rim
countries which have greatest current impact
on political and economic development in the
United States. Alternate Years.
210
ANCIENT HISTORY
A study of the ancient western world,
including the foundations of the western
tradition in Greece, the emergence and
expansion of the Roman state, its experience
as a republic, and its transformation into the
Empire. The course will focus on the social
LYCOMING COLLEGE
and intellectual life of Greece and Rome as wil
as political and economic changes. Alternate
years.
212
MEDIEVAL EUROPE AND ITS NEIGHBO! ^
The history of Europe from the dissolution
the Roman Empire to the mid- 1 5th century. T
course will deal with the growing estrangenie
of western Catholic Europe from Byzantium id
Islam, culminating in the Crusades; the rise ot
the Islamic Empire and its later fragmentation
the development and growth of feudalism; tin.
conflict of empire and papacy, and the rise o\ i
towns. Alternate years.
215
CONFLICT IN WESTERN CIVILIZATION
An in-depth study of the changing nature f
war and its relationship to the development (
Western Civilization since the end of the
Middle Ages. Particular emphasis will be
placed on the role of war in the developmeniit
the modern nation state and the origins and
nature of total war. Alternate years. j
218
EUROPE IN THE ERA OF THE WORLD W A S
An intensive study of the political, econon .
social, and cultural history of Europe from
1.900-1945. Topics include the rise of irratio
nalism, the origins of the First World War. ili
Communist and Fascist Revolutions, and the
attempts to preserve peace before 1939.
Prerequisite: HIST 1 16 or consent ofinstruc
tor. Alternate years.
219
CONTEMPORARY EUROPE
An intensive study of the political, eco-
nomic, social, and cultural history of Europe
since 1945. Topics include the post-war
economic recovery of Europe, the Sovietizaii i
of Eastern Europe, the origins of the Cold Wi
decolonization, and the flowering of the welfie
I
state. Prerequisite: HIST 1 16 or consent of j
instructor.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAI (
f
120
\VOMEN IN HISTORY
An examination of the social, political,
jconomic and intellectual experience of
vomen in the Western World from ancient
imes to the present.
126
:OLONIAL AMERICA AND
rHE REVOLUTIONARY ERA
The establishment of British settlements on
he American continent, their history as
;olonies, the causes and events of the Ameri-
;an Revolution, the critical period following
ndependence, and proposal and adoption of
he United States Constitution. Alternate
!ears.
•30
AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY
A study of the experiences and participa-
ion of African Americans in the United
jtates. The course includes historical
ixperiences such as slavery, abolition,
econstruction, and urbanization. It also
aises the issue of the development and
;rowth of white racism, and the effect of this
acism on contemporary Afro-American
ocial, intellectual, and political life. Alter-
late years.
!32
[HE RISE OF ISLAM
A survey of the history of Islam in the
vliddle East, illuminating the foundation of
he religion and its spread in the seventh and
;ighth centuries, the development of a high
:ivilization thereafter, and the subsequent
:hanges in political and social structures over
ime. Muslim interactions with Christian and
ews will be included, but the emphasis of the
;ourse will be to understand the history of
slamic civilization in its own right. The
;ourse ends with a consideration of recent
:rises in the Middle East and their roots in
nodern history.
!006-()7 ACADEMIC CATALOG
234
ORIGINS OF EUROPE
This course takes an in-depth look at the
formative period of European civilization
from the decline and fall of the Roman Empire
to the formation, around the year 1000, of
monarchies that resemble modern states.
Important issues covered include the develop-
ment and spread of early Christianity, the
assumption of rule over Roman tenitory by
barbarians, and the blending of Roman,
Christian, and Germanic barbarian traditions
into one European civilization.
236
CRUSADES: CONFLICT AND
ACCOMMODATION
An intensive consideration of interactions
between Muslims and Christians in the Middle
Ages. Hostile and fruitful relations in Spain,
warfare in the Holy Land, and the status of
religious minorities will be studied. In
addition to the often violent relations between
these major religious groups, this course
addresses their intellectual, artistic, and
literary developments as well as reciprocal
influences.
240
MODERN CHINA
This course will explore the social, political
and cultural changes in China since the early
19th Century. Particular attention will be
given to the Communist Revolution and the
developments in China since Mao's death.
Alternate years.
247
ORGANIZED CRIME IN AMERICA
A history of organized crime in America
from the Gilded Age to the present. This
course explores the rise of organized crime
and its ties to the urban political machines as
well as the segregated vice districts of Nine-
teenth Century America. Students study the
rise of the Mafia in the Twentieth Century
along with other ethnically based criminal
groups. Much of the course centers on the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
role that organized crime has played in
American society through such activities as
labor racketeering, organized gambling, and
smuggling. The course also explores differ-
ent law enforcement efforts mounted against
organized crime over time, culminating with
the most recent use of broad conspiracy laws.
Alternate years.
312
THE MIDDLE AGES IN MODERN EYES
An in-depth study of medieval history
by way of modern understandings of the
period. The course will focus on academic
interpretations, but will also consider the
Middle Ages in the popular imaginations,
such as in film. Examination of the
documents, literature, and art of the period
constitutes the second major area of
course assignments. Student work
culminates in a major research project
based on the study of translated primary
sources. Prerequisite: HIST 115 or 212, or
consent of instructor.
320
DIPLOMATIC HISTORY
OF EUROPE SINCE 1789
A survey of the development of the
European-states system and the relations
between the European states since the
beginning of the French Revolution. Pre-
requisite: HIST 116 or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
322
THE CRISIS OF LIBERALISM AND
NATIONALISM: EUROPE 1848-1870
An in-depth investigation of the crucial
"Middle Years" of 19th century Europe from
the revolutions of 1848 through the unifica-
tion of Germany. The course centers on the
struggles for power within the major states of
Europe at this time, and how the vehicle of
nationalism was used to bring about one type
of solution. Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
328
AGE OF JEFFERSON AND JACKSON
The theme of the course is the emergenci
of the political and social characteristics tha
shaped modern America. The personalities
Thomas Jefferson, John Marshall, John
Randolph, Aaron Burr, and Andrew Jacksor
receive special attention. Special consider-
ation is given to the first and second party
systems, the decline in community cohesive
ness, the westward movement, and the
growing importance of the family as a unit (
social organization. Prerequisite: HIST 12
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
330
FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEC
An analysis of the political, social, and
intellectual background of the French Revoh
tion. a survey of the course of revolutionary
development, and an estimate of the results c
the Napoleonic conquests and administratior
Prerequisite: HIST 1 15 or consent of instru
tor. Alternate years.
332
CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION
The problems and events leading to war, tl
political and military history of the war, and t
bitter aftermath to the Compromise of 1 877
335
U.S. SINCE 1945
A survey of the political, social, and
intellectual developments in America in the
years following World War II. The course
reviews both foreign policy developments ii
those years and the various social movemen
that swept across the country, including civi
rights, feminism, the counter-culture, and
conservatism. Prerequisite: HIST 126 or
consent of instructor.
340
20TH CENTURY UNITED STATES
RELIGION
The study of historical and cultural
developments in American society which
relate to religion or what is commonly callem
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAL !
HISTORY • INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES AND MANAGEMENT SCHOLARS PROGRAM
eligion. This involves consideration of the
[istitutional and intellectual development of
everal faith groups as well as discussion of
ertain problems, such as the persistence of
eligious bigotry and the changing modes of
hurch-state relationships. Alternate years.
16
IISTORY OF REFORMATION THOUGHT
A study of the ideas and systems of ideas
ropounded prior to the Reformation, but
/hich are historically related to its inception,
nd of the ideas and systems of ideas in-
olved in the formulation of the major
Reformation Protestant traditions, and in the
'atholic Reformation. Included are the ideas
if the humanists of the Reformation Era.
\lteniate years.
49
IISTORICAL METHODS
This course focuses on the nature and
(leaning of history. It will open to the student
lifferent historical approaches and will provide
tie opportunity to explore these approaches in
;rms of particular topics and periods. Majors
re required to enroll in this course in either
lieirjunior or senior year. Prerequisite: One
oiirsefrom HIST 328, 330, 335 or 416.
70-479
NTERNSHIP (See index)
' Typically, history interns work for local
.overnment agencies engaged in historical
'rejects or for the Lycoming County Histori-
al Museum.
m-NS9
NDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent topics include studies of the
emigration of American blacks, political
issension in the Weimer republic, Indian
-lations before the American Revolution, and
le history of Lycoming County.
90-491
NDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
)EPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
!X)6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
INSTITUTE FOR
MANAGEMENT
STUDIES (IMS) AND
MANAGEMENT
SCHOLARS
PROGRAM
Professor: Madresehee (Director)
The puipose of the Institute for Management
Studies is to enhance the educational opportunities
for students majoring or minoring in accounting,
business administration, or economics. It does this
by offering an expanded internship program,
special seminars on important management
topics, student involvement in faculty research
and professional projects, executive develop-
ment seminars, and a Management Scholars
program for academically talented students
(described below). In addition, the IMS hosts
guest speakers and conferences on cunent
management issues.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES AND MANAGEMENT SCHOLARS PROGRAM
The IMS also offers an exchange program
for business, accounting and economics
students with the Westminster Business
School (WBS) which is part of the University
of Westminster system located in London.
WBS is located in the heart of London on
Marylebone Road near Regents Park. Eligible
students who participate in the program will
spend one semester in London taking a full
schedule of classes in such areas as inter-
national business, management, accounting
and economics. The credits received will then
be transferred back to Lycoming College.
Eligible WBS students are also permitted to
study at Lycoming College for one semester.
All students who have a declared major or
minor in accounting, business administration,
or economics and who are in good academic
standing are automatically members of the
IMS. However, the IMS Director may invite or
permit other students to join the IMS who do
not meet the first criterion, such as freshmen
who have not yet declared a major or minor.
210
MANAGEMENT SCHOLAR SEMINAR
Team-taught interdisciplinary seminar
under the direction of the IMS faculty. A
different interdisciplinary topic relevant to
students in all three IMS departments is
offered at least once a year. Completion of
two semesters required by the Management
Scholars Program. One-quarter unit of
credit. Prerequisite: Membership in the
Management Scholars Program or consent of
IMS Director. May he repeated for credit.
340
MANAGEMENT INTERNSHIP STUDY
A practicum in which students work as
interns for businesses, government agencies
and nonprofit organizations in the
Williamsport area and locations in Pennsylva-
nia, New Jersey, New York, Washington,
D.C., and other places. Reading, writing and
research assignments vary by the credit value
of the experience. Enrollments are limited to
the numbers of available placements. Most
internships are full-time paid positions.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
although part-time and unpaid positions are
occasionally accepted. Four to eight semester
hours of credit. Prerequisite: Membership in
the Institute for Management Studies and
consent of the Director. May be repeated for
a maximum of 16 credits.
349
EUROPEAN BUSINESS EXPERIENCE
An extensive European business experi-
ence based in London that will study how and
why businesses go global with special
emphasis on financial, marketing and manage-
ment issues. In addition, the course will
explore how local business culture affects the
management of a company. The activities
include site visits to businesses, tours of
financial institutions, lectures and assigned
cultural activities. Assessment will include
preparatory reading before the start of class,
written reports while in Europe and a final
project that will focus on a particular topic of
interest. Research for this project will be
conducted during the trip with the paper due
after return. The class will take place in
London with side trips to Oxford in the UK
and Paris. After study in London, the course
will feature an extended trip to another
country such as Poland, Russia or Hungary.
IMS Scholars Program
The IMS sponsors a Management Scholar;
Program for academically talented students ir
the three IMS departments. To join the
Management Scholars Program, a student
must satisfy the following criteria:
a) Have a declared major or minor in one
or more of the IMS departments.
However, the IMS Director may invite
or permit other students to join the
Management Scholars Program who
do not meet this criterion, such as
freshmen who have not yet declared a
major or minor.
b) Have an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher,
or exhibit strong academic potential if
the student is a first-semester freshman.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO
INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES • INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
h»i**rt«i» \ ;« « :ww
o graduate as a Management Scholar, a
tudent must meet the following criteria:
a) Successfully complete two semester-
hours of Management Scholar Seminars.
b) Successfully complete a major or minor
in one of the three IMS departments.
c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.25 or higher
in both overall college work, and
within an IMS major and/or minor.
d) Successfully complete an appropriate
internship, practicum or independent
study, or complete a special project
approved by the IMS Director.
At least one Management Scholar Seminar
. taught per academic year on an interdisci-
hnary topic of relevance to students in all
jiree IMS departments. The seminars are
ormally offered as one semester-hour
3urses and do not result in overload charges
)r full-time students.
Students who are currently Lycoming
ollege Scholars may also become Manage-
lent Scholars and participate in both programs.
06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
INTERNATIONAL
STUDIES (INST)
Professor: Larson (Coordinator)
The major is designed to integrate an
understanding of the changing social, politi-
cal, and historical environment of Europe
today with study of Europe in its relations to
the rest of the world, particularly the United
States. It stresses the international relations
of the North Atlantic community and offers
the student opportunity to emphasize either
European studies or international relations.
The program provides multiple perspectives
on the cultural traits that shape popular
attitudes and institutions. Study of a single
country is included as a data-base for compari-
sons, and study of its language as a basis for
direct communication with its people.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
The program is intended to prepare a student
either for graduate study or for careers which
have an international component. Interna-
tional obligations are increasingly assumed by
government agencies and a wide range of
business, social, religious, and educational
organizations. Opportunities are found in the
fields of journalism, publishing, communica-
tions, trade, bank-ing. advertising, manage-
ment, and tourism. The program also offers
flexible career preparation in a variety of
essential skills, such as research, data analysis,
report writing, language skills, and the
awareness necessary for dealing with people
and institutions of another culture. Prepara-
tion for related careers can be obtained
through the guided selection of courses
outside the major in the areas of business,
economics, foreign languages and literatures,
government, history, and international
relations or through a second major. Students
should design their programs in consultation
with members of the Committee on Interna-
tional Studies.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 103. By completing a major in the
foreign languages (five or more courses) and
the education program, students can be certified
to teach that language.
The International Studies program also
encourages participation in study abroad
programs such as the affiliate programs in
England, France and Spain on page 51, as well
as the Washington and United Nations
semesters.
The following course, when scheduled as a
W course, counts toward the writing intensive
requirement: INST 449.
The major consists of 1 1 courses including
INST 449 plus the following:
International Relations Courses - Four or
two courses (if two, then four must be taken
from Area Courses). Courses within this
group are designed to provide a basic under-
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Standing of the international system and of
Europe's relations with the rest of the world.
PSCI 225 is required.
PSCI 225 International Relations
ECON 343 International Trade
HIST 320 European Diplomatic History
PSCI 439 American Foreign Policy
Area Courses - Four or two courses (if two,
then four must be taken from International
Relations Courses). Courses within this grou
are designed to provide a basic understanding
of the European political, social, and econom
environment. HIST 1 16 and ECON 240 are
required.
HIST 1 16 Western Civilization II
ECON 240 Economic Geography
PSCI 221 Comparative Politics and
Geography
HIST 2 1 8 Europe in the Era of the
World Wars
HIST 219 Contemporary Europe
National Courses
Language - Two courses in one language.
FRN 22 1 , plus one course numbered 222
or above (except 311)
GERM 221, plus one course numbered 222
or above
SPAN 221, plus one course numbered 222 or
above (except 311)
Country - One course. The student must
select, according to his or her language
preparation, one European country which wil
serve as a social interest area throughout the
program. The country selected will serve as
the base for individual projects in the major
courses wherever possible.
France FRN 3 1 1 Modern France
Germany HIST N80 Topics in
German History
Spain SPAN 311 Hispanic Culture
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES • LITERATURE
LITERATURE
(LIT)
Elective Course - One course which should
involve further study of some aspect of the
iDrogram. Appropriate courses are any area or
nternational relations courses not yet taken;
-IIST 1 15, 215; PSCI 327; related foreign
iterature courses counting toward the fine arts
equirement and internships.
149
SENIOR SEMINAR
I A one-semester seminar, taken in the
■;enior year, in which students and several
acuity members will pursue an integrative
opic in the field of international studies.
Undents will work to some extent indepen-
iently. Guest speakers will be invited. The
eminar will be open to qualified persons from
mtside the major and the College. Prereqiii-
ite: Consent of instructor.
This major recognizes literature as a
distinct discipline beyond national boundaries
and combines the study of any two literatures
in the areas of English, French, German, and
Spanish. Students can thus explore two
literatures widely and intensively at the upper
levels of course offerings within each of the
respective departments while developing and
applying skills in foreign languages. The
major prepares students for graduate study in
either of the two literatures studied or in
comparative literature.
The major requires at least six literature
courses, equally divided between the two
literatures concerned. The six must be at the
advanced level as determined in consultation
with advisors (normally courses numbered 200
and above in English and 400 and above in
foreign languages). In general, two of
the advanced courses in each literature should
be period courses. The third course, taken
either as a regular course or an independent
study, may have as its subject another period, a
particular author, genre, or literary theme, or
some other unifying approach or idea. Beyond
these six, the major must include at least two
additional courses from among those counting
toward a major in the departments involved.
Any prerequisite courses in the respective
departments (for example: ENGL 106, FRN
221-222 or 31 1, GERM 221-222, SPAN 221-
222) should be taken during the freshman year.
Students should design their programs in
consultation with a faculty member from each
of the literatures concerned. Programs for the
major must be approved by the departments
involved.
1)06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
MATHEMATICAL
SCIENCES
Associate Professors: Haley,
Peluso (Chairperson). Sprechini
Assistant Professors: deSilva, Yin
Part-time Assistant Professor: Wilcox
Part-time Instructors: Abercrombie, Collins,
Davis, Fagnano
The Department of Mathematical Sciences
offers major and minor programs in computer
science and mathematics.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
(CPTR)
The B. A. Degree
The B.A. degree in computer science consists
of 13 courses: MATH 216; either MATH 109 or
128 (or exemption by examination from 128);
one from MATH 112, 129, or 130; CPTR 125,
246, 247, 248, 346, 445, 448, and three other
computer science courses numbered 220 or
above including approved internships, or
MATH 338.
The B.S. Degree
The B.S. degree in computer science consists
of 17 courses: MATH 128 (or exemption by
examination from 128), 129, 216 and either
214 or 332; CPTR 125, 246, 247, 248, 346,
445, 448; three other computer science courses
numbered 220 or above; one of the sequences
BIO 110-111, CHEM 110-lll,orPHYS225-
226; and one additional course from the
following list of courses: Biology course
LYCOMING COLLEGE
numbered 1 10 or above, Chemistry course
numbered 1 10 or above. Physics course
numbered 225 or above, or MATH 130, 214
231, 233, 234, 238, 332, 333.
Students considering graduate work in
computer science should take MATH 128, 12
and 1 30. Recommended extra-departmental
course: PHIL 225. In addition to the regular
courses listed below, special courses are
occasionally available.
The following courses, when scheduled as\
courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: CPTR 246, 247, 346, and 448.
Minor
A minor in computer science consists of
MATH 216. CPTR 125, 246. 247, and two other
computer science courses numbered 220 or abo\ e
101
MICROCOMPUTER FILE MANAGEMEN
An introduction to a file-management
system, i.e. a database system that uses a siiiL
file, in the Windows environment. One-half
unit of credit. This course may not be used tt
meet distribution requirements.
108
COMPUTING ESSENTIALS
An introduction to the use of computers ir
problem solving and programming. Includcc
are uses of spreadsheets, databases, and
programming. The course teaches the use of
simple techniques in areas such as number
theory, algebra, geometry, statistics, and the
mathematics of business and finance. The
programming component of the course is
currently based on the Visual Basic program-
ming language. Emphasis is given to the
processes involved in mathematical modelin;
and problem solving. Laboratory experience^i
included using current software. Prerequisite
Credit for or exemption from MATH 100.
125
INTRODUCTION TO
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Introduction to the discipline of compulei
science with emphasis on programming utili
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAl (
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
zing a block-structured high-level programming
language. Topics include algorithms, program
structure, and computer configuration. Labora-
tory experience is included. Prerequisite: Credit
for or exemption from MATH 100.
246
PRINCIPLES OF ADVANCED
PROGRAMMING
Principles of effective programming,
including structured and object oriented
programming, stepwise refinement, assertion
proving, style, debugging, control structures,
decision tables, finite state machines, recur-
sion, and encoding. Prerequisite: A grade of
C- or better in CPTR 125.
247
DATA STRUCTURES
I Representation of data and analysis of
algorithms associated with data structures.
Topics include representation of lists, trees,
graphs and strings, algorithms for searching
and sorting. Prerequisite: A grade of C- or
better in CPTR 246, or consent of instructor.
Corequisite: MATH 216.
M8
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE DESIGN
Study of modem programming language
jlesign and implementation. Paradigms studied
nclude procedural, functional, logic, and object-
)riented. Topics include syntax, semantics, data
ypes, data structures, storage management,
ind control structures. Laboratory experience
s included. Prerequisite: CPTR 247.
$21
I NTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL
ANALYSIS
Topics from the theory of interpolation;
( iiumerical approaches to approximation of
II cots and functions, integration, systems of
lifferen-tial equations, linear systems, matrix
nversion, and the eigenvalue problem.
Prerequisites: CPTR 125 and MATH 129;
4ATH 130 strongly recommended. Cross-
'stedasMATH 321.
»X)6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
324
AUTOMATA, FORMAL LANGUAGES,
AND COMPUTABILITY
The study of finite state machines, push-
down stacks, and Turing machines along with
their equivalent formal language counterparts.
Topics covered include results on computabil-
ity, including results regarding the limits of
computers and specific problems that cannot be
solved. Prerequisite: MATH 216 or 234.
Cross-listed as MATH 324. Alternate years.
331
COMPUTER NETWORKS
This course introduces the following
computer networking concepts: LAN, WAN,
FTP, TCP/IP, HTTP, network topologies,
Ethernet, OSI model, routers, switches, and
wiring technologies. Students will set up a
LAN using a mix of available operating systems
and networking software. Prerequisite: CPTR 246.
342
WEB-BASED PROGRAMMING
Intermediate programming on the World Wide
Web. Topics covered include client/server issues
in Web publishing, Java Script, VB Script, Java,
Perl, and CGI. Prerequisite: CPTR 246 or
consent of instructor Alternate years.
345
INTRODUCTION TO
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
An introduction to graphics hardware and
software with emphasis on the mathematics
necessary to represent, transform, and display
images of two- and three-dimensional objects.
Subjects covered include but not limited to:
three dimensional modeling and viewing, color
models, and rendering. Prerequisites: CPTR 246
and either CPTR 247 or consent of instructor;
MATH 130 recommended. Alternate years.
346
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
AND MACHINE LANGUAGE
Principles of computer organization,
architecture, and machine language. Topics
include machine and assembly languages,
internal representation of data, processor data
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
path and control, pipelined processors,
memory hierarchies, and performance issues.
Laboratoiy experience is included. Pre-
requisite: A grade of C- or better in CPTR
246; CPTR 247 strongly recommended.
349
DATABASE SYSTEMS
An in-depth introduction to the relational
database model and SQL. Topics include but
are not limited to: relational algebra, relational
calculus, normalization, design theory of
relational databases, SQL standards, and query
optimization. Prerequisite: CPTR 247.
Alternate years.
441
INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL
INTELLIGENCE
Introduction to the theory, implementation
techniques, and applications of artificial
intelligence. Topics may include but are not
limited to knowledge representation, problem
solving, modeling, robotics, natural language
analysis, and computer vision. Prerequisite:
CPTR 247. Alternate years.
442
INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS
Designing, building and programming
mobile robots. Some advanced topics are
covered which may include control theory,
robotic paradigms, and vision. Teamwork is
essential in all projects. Prerequisite: CPTR 247.
445
OPERATING SYSTEMS
Detailed analysis of processes, scheduling,
multithreading, symmetric multiprocessing,
file management, real and virtual memory
management, file and memory addressing, and
distributed processing. Prerequisites: CPTR
247 and 346.
448
ADVANCED DESIGN AND
DEVELOPMENT
Individual or group research and implementa-
tion projects. Includes analysis, design,
development and documentation of a signifi-
LYCOMING COLLEGE
cant current, relevant problem and its com-
puter-based solution. Prerequisite: CPTR 247.
Alternate years.
470
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
MATHEMATICS (MATH)
A major in mathematics consists of CPTR
125, MATH 128 (or exemption by examina-
tion from 128), 129. 130, 234, 238, 432, 434.
and two other mathematics courses numberec
220 or above, one of which may be replaced
by MATH 1 12, 214 or 216. In addition, four
semesters of non-credit math Colloquium arc
required: two semesters each of MATH 339
and MATH 449 with at least two of the four
semesters for a letter grade, one of which
must be in MATH 449. All majors are
advised to elect PHIL 225, 333 and PHYS
225, 226.
The following course, when scheduled as
W course, counts toward the writing intensiv
requirement: MATH 234.
Students seeking secondary teacher
certification in mathematics are required to
complete MATH 330 as one of the two
mathematics elective courses, and are also
required to take a statistics course. The
statistics course requirement can be satisfied
by either taking one of MATH 214 or 332 as
the second mathematics elective course, or b
taking MATH 123 in addition to the second
mathematics elective course. PHIL 2 1 7 is
recommended. See the Education section
(page 103) for additional secondary
certification requirements.
Students who are interested in pursuing a
career in actuarial science should consider th
actuarial mathematics major.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC
132
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
!•-
Minor
} A minor in mathematics consists of MATH
: 128 (or exemption by examination from 128),
I 129, and either 2 1 6 or 234; 238; one additional
j course selected from 130, 214, or any course
numbered 200 or above; and two semesters of
^ MATH 339, Colloquium, one taken Pass/Fail,
j and one taken for a letter grade. The two
semesters of colloquium may be replaced by
any course numbered 220 or above.
100
INDIVIDUALIZED LABORATORY
j INSTRUCTION IN BASIC ALGEBRA
A computer-based program of instruction
in basic algebra including arithmetic and
'; decimals, fractions, the real number line,
I factoring, solutions to linear and quadratic
equations, graphs of linear and quadratic
functions, expressions with rational expo-
nents, algebraic functions, exponential
functions, and inequalities. This course is
limited to students placed therein by the
Mathematics Department. One-half unit of
i credit.
•106
COMBINATORICS
An introduction to the analysis of counting
problems. Topics include permutations,
combinations, binomial coefficients, inclu-
sion/exclusion principle, and partitions. The
nature of the subject allows questions to be
;posed in everyday language while still
developing sophisticated mathematical
'concepts. Prerequisite: Credit for or
exemption from MATH 100.
109
APPLIED ELEMENTARY CALCULUS
An intuitive approach to the calculus
concepts with applications to business,
ibiology, and social-science problems. Not
open to students who have completed MATH
128. Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption
from MATH 100.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
112
FINITE MATHEMATICS
FOR DECISION-MAKING
An introduction to some of the principal
mathematical models, not involving calculus,
which are used in business administration,
social sciences, and operations research. The
course will include both deterministic models
such as graphs, networks, linear programming
and voting models, and probabilistic models
such as Markov chains and games. Prerequi-
site: Credit for or exemption from MA TH 1 00.
123
INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS
Topics include tabular and graphical
descriptive statistics, discrete and continuous
probability distributions. Central Limit
Theorem, one- and two-sample hypotheses
tests, analysis of variance, chi-squared tests,
nonparametric tests, linear regression and
correlation. Other topics may include index
numbers, time series, sampling design, and
experimental design. Course also includes
some use of a microcomputer. Prerequisite:
Credit for or exemption from MATH 100.
Ill
PRECALCULUS MATHEMATICS
The study of polynomial, rational, exponen-
tial, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions,
their graphs and elementary properties. This
course is an intensive preparation for students
planning to take Calculus (MATH 128-129), or
those whose major specifically requires
Precalculus. Prerequisite: Credit for or
e.xemptionfrom MATH 100.
128-129
CALCULUS WITH ANALYTIC
GEOMETRY I - II
Differentiation and integration of algebraic
and trigonometric functions, conic sections
and their applications, graphing plane curves,
applications to related rate and external
problems, areas of plane regions, volumes of
solids of revolution, and other applications;
differentiation and integration of transcenden-
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
tal functions, parametric equations, polar
coordinates, infinite sequences and series, and
series expansions of functions. Prerequisite
for J 28: Exemption from or a grade ofC- or
better in MATH 127. Prerequisite for 129:
exemption from or a grade ofC- or better in
MATH 128.
130
INTRODUCTION TO MATRIX ALGEBRA
Systems of linear equations and matrix
arithmetic. Points and hyperplanes, infinite
dimensional geometries. Bases and linear
independence. Matrix representations of
linear mappings. The fixed point problem.
Special classes of matrices. Prerequisite:
MATH 127 or its equivalent.
214
MULTIVARIABLE STATISTICS
The study of statistical techniques involv-
ing several variables. Topics include multiple
regression and correlation, one-and two-way
analysis of variance, analysis of covariance,
analysis of two- and three-way contingency
tables, and discriminant analysis. Other topics
may include cluster analysis, factor analysis
and canonical correlations, repeated measure
designs, time series analysis, and nonparamet-
ric methods. Course also includes extensive
use of a statistical package (currently BMDP).
Prerequisite: A grade of C- or better in
MATH 123 or its equivalent, or a grade ofC-
or better in any mathematics course num-
bered 129 or above.
216
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
An introduction to discrete structures.
Topics include equivalence relations, parti-
tions and quotient sets, mathematical induc-
tion, recursive functions, elementary logic,
discrete number systems, elementary combina-
torial theory, and general algebraic structures
emphasizing semi-groups, lattices. Boolean
algebras, graphs, and trees. Prerequisite:
CPTR 125 or consent of instructor.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
231
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
A study of ordinary differential equations
and linear systems. Solution techniques
include: reduction of order, undetermined
coefficients, variation of parameters, Laplace
transforms, power series, and eigenvalues and
eigenvectors. A brief discussion of numerical
methods may also be included. Prerequisite:
grade ofC- or better in MATH 129; MATH 1
recommended.
233
COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, analytic functions,
complex integration, Cauchy's theorems and
their applications. Corequisite: MATH 238. ■
Alternate years.
234 I
FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Topics regularly included are the nature ol
mathematical systems, essentials of logical
reasoning, and axiomatic foundations of set i
theory. Other topics frequently included are '
approaches to the concepts of infinity and
continuity, and the construction of the real j
number system. The course serves as a bridgt'
from elementary calculus to advanced course^
in algebra and analysis. Prerequisite: A grade\
of C- or better in MA TH 129 or 130; both \
courses recommended.
238
MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS
Algebra, geometry, and calculus in multi-
dimensional Euclidean space; n-tuples,
matrices; lines, planes, curves, surfaces; vect
functions of a single variable, acceleration,
curvature; functions for several variables,
gradient; line integrals, vector fields, multipK
integrals, change of variable, areas, volumes;
Green's theorem. Prerequisites: A grade of
C- or better in MATH J 29, and either MATH
130 or 231.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC )
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
321
INTRODUCTION TO
NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
Topics from the theory of interpolation;
numerical approaches to approximating roots
and functions, integration, systems of differen-
tial equations, linear systems, matrix inver-
sion, and the eigenvalue problem. Prerequi-
sites: CPTR 125 and MATH 129: MATH 130
strongly recommended. Cross-listed as CPTR
321.
324
AUTOMATA, FORMAL LANGUAGES.
AND COMPUTABILITY
The study of finite state machines, push-
down stacks, and Turing machines along with
their equivalent formal language counterparts.
Topics covered include results on computabil-
ity, including results regarding the limits of
computers and specific problems that cannot
be solved. Prerequisite: MATH 216 or 234.
Cross- listed as CPTR 324. Alternate years.
330
TOPICS IN GEOMETRY
An axiomatic treatment of Euclidean
geometry with an historical perspective.
Prerequisite: MATH 234. Alternate years.
332-333
MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-II
A study of probability, discrete and
continuous random variables, expected values
and moments, sampling, point estimation,
sampling distributions, interval estimation,
test of hypotheses, regression and linear
hypotheses, experimental design models.
Corequisite: MATH 238. Alternate years.
338
OPERATIONS RESEARCH
[ Queuing theory, including simulations
techniques, optimization theory, including
linear programming, integer programming,
and dynamic programming; game theory,
including two-person zero-sum games, coopera-
live games, and multiperson games. Prerequi-
site: MATH 1 12 or 130. Alternate vears.
1-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
400
TOPICS IN ACTUARIAL MATHEMATICS
Study of topics selected from those
covered on the examinations administered by
the Society of Actuaries, with the exception
of the topics already covered in MATH 332-
333. Prerequisite: A grade ofC- or better in
both MATH 129 and 130. With consent of the
instructor, this course may be repeated for
credit.
432
REAL ANALYSIS
An introduction to the rigorous analysis of
the concepts of real variable calculus in the
setting of normed spaces. Topics from: topology of
the Euclidean plane, completeness, compact-
ness, the Heine-Borel theorem; functions on
Euclidean space, continuity, uniform continu-
ity, differentiability; series and convergence;
Riemann integral. Prerequisites: MATH 238
and a grade ofC- or better in MATH 234.
434
ABSTRACT ALGEBRA
An integrated approach to groups, rings,
fields, and vector spaces and functions which
preserve their structure. Prerequisites: MATH
130 and a grade ofC- or better in MATH 234.
438
SEMINAR
Topics in modem mathematics of current
interest to the instructor. A different topic is
selected each semester. This semester is
designed to provide junior and senior mathe-
matics majors and other qualified students with
more than the usual opportunity for concen-
trated and cooperative inquiry. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. One-half unit of credit.
This course may be repeated for credit.
339 & 449
MATH COLLOQUIUM
This required non-credit course for math-
ematics majors and minors and actuarial
mathematics majors offers students a chance
to hear presentations on topics related to, but
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • MILITARY SCIENCE
not directly covered in formal MATH
courses. Mathematics majors present two
lectures, one during the junior year and one
during the senior year. Actuarial mathematics
majors and mathematics minors present one
lecture during one of the semesters in which
they are enrolled. A letter grade will be given
in semesters in which the student gives a
presentation, otherwise the grade will be P/F.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of
instructor. One hour per week.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MILITARY
SCIENCE (MLsc)
The U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training
Corps (ROTC) program is offered to Lycoiii
ing College students in cooperation with
Bucknell University. Details of the ROTC
program can be found on page 42.
The following courses may be used to I
fulfill one semester of the Physical Activitic
Distribution Requirement: 01 1, 021, 031 or
041.
Oil i
INTRODUCTION TO ROTC
The course is designed to acquaint the
student with the ROTC program and with ih
Army as a potential employer after gradu-
ation. Students will learn about the Armys
history, organization, equipment, and role in
the nation. Students will also learn some
fundamental military skills, customs, and
traditions. No credit.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAli
MILITARY SCIENCE
012
INDIVIDUAL MILITARY SKILLS
The course expands upon the skills
learned in the previous semester. Several
i classes will be held at the rifle range to
i develop marksmanship skills. There will also
be training in radio communication and first
aid skills. No credit.
021
. LAND NAVIGATION
[ Students will learn how to use military
' topographic maps and reference systems. The
' course includes theory and practical exercises
in navigating using compass, map terrain
1 association. There will also be some instruc-
! tion and practice in military writing and
I briefing skills. No credit.
022
LEADERSHIP THEORY
The focus is on leading a small group of
individuals. The course examines the role of
the leader, military leadership concept,
personal character, decision-making, imple-
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
menting decisions, motivation and supervision.
The course also includes instruction and
practice on conducting performance-oriented
training. No credit.
031
APPLIED LEADERSHIP
The student serves as a small unit leader in
the ROTC organization. Student leadership is
evaluated and developed. The student has
some responsibilities to care for and train
younger cadets. Instruction on small (infan-
try) unit tactics is used as a vehicle to provide
students a variety of leadership challenges.
No credit.
032
SMALL UNIT TACTICS
The course requires planning and practic-
ing tactical operations at small unit level.
Students continue to apply/develop leadership
skills in increasingly complex situations.
Topics include preparation of orders, offense,
defense, reconnaissance, patrolling, fire
support, and airmobile operations. No credit.
041
MENTORING AND MANAGING
The student serves as a cadet officer in the
ROTC organization and plans and organizes
several major training activities. Course work
includes delegating and controlling, setting
objectives, making leadership assessments,
counseling, supervising, and evaluating. No
credit.
042
PROFESSIONALISM AND ETHICS
The student serves in a different leadership
position and continues to develop and apply
the skills learned in the previous semester.
The course also examines military officership
as a profession and the ethical behavior
expected of an officer. The course also serves
to prepare the student for an initial assignment
as an Army lieutenant. No credit.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MUSIC (Mus)
Professors: Boerckel (Chairperson), Thayer
Visiting Instructor: Ciabattari
Part-time Instructors: Adams, Anstey, Breon,
Councill, Ensinger, Fisher, Lakey, Masters,
McNear, Mianulli, Mitchell, Piastre,
Rammon, Savoy, Schmidt, Whyman
The student majoring in music is required
to take a balanced program of music theory,
history, applied music, and ensemble. A
minimum of eight courses (exclusive of all
ensemble, applied music and instrumental and
vocal methods courses) is required and must
include MUS 1 10, 11 1, 220, 221, 335, and
336. Each major must participate in an
ensemble (MUS 167, 168, and/or 169) and
take one hour of applied music per week for a
minimum of four semesters including the
entire period in which the individual is
registered as a music major (see MUS 160-
LYCOMING COLLEGE
169). All music majors must pass a piano
proficiency exam. The Department strongly
recommends that students begin applied stud
in piano and a major applied instrument or
voice as soon as possible, preferably in the
first semester of the freshman year. Anyone
declaring music as a second major must do s(
by the beginning of the junior year. Four
semesters of Music Colloquium are required
of all students majoring in music.
Music majors seeking teacher certification
in music education (K-12) must also take PS"*
1 10 and 138; EDUC 200, 239, the pre-studen
teaching participation, and the Professional
Semester; MUS 261-7. 333, 334, 340, 341.
and 446. Students who wish to obtain
certification in music education should consu
with the department as soon as possible,
preferably before scheduling classes for the
freshman year.
The Music Department recommends that
non-majors select courses from the followinii
list to meet distribution requirements: MUS
1 16, 1 17, 128, 135-138, 224, and 234.
Applied music and ensemble courses may alsi
be used to meet distribution requirements.
Student recitals offer opportunities to gain
experience in public performance. Music
majors and other students qualified in perfor-
mance may present formal recitals.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: MUS 116. 128. and
234. The following course, when scheduled
as a W course, counts toward the writing
intensive requirement: MUS 336.
110-111
MUSIC THEORY I AND II
A two-semester course, intended for students
who have some music-reading ability, which
examines the fundamental components and
theoretical concepts of music. Students develof
musicianship through application of applied
skills. Prerequisite to MUS 111: MUS 110.
2()()6-()7 ACADEMIC CATAL( )<
116
INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC
i A basic course in the materials and tech-
jniques of music. Examples drawn from various
periods of western and non-western styles are
[designed to enhance perception and apprecia-
jtion through careful and informed listening.
117
SURVEY OF WESTERN MUSIC
A chronological survey of music in
Western civilization from Middle Ages to the
present. Composers and musical styles are
considered in the context of the broader
culture of each major era.
128
lAMERICAN MUSIC
j An introductory survey of all types of
JAmerican music from pre-Revolutionary days to
ithe present. Categories to be covered are folk
imusic of different origins, the development of
show music into Broadway musicals, serious
concert music for large and small ensembles,
jazz, and various popular musics from "Tin Pan
[Alley" to Rock to New Wave. Alternate years.
135-136
INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II
: An introduction to the techniques of basic
jmovement and interpretation in ballet, jazz,
jand modem dance. Classes include improvisa-
!tion and choreography. Prerequisite for MUS
J 36: MUS J 35 or consent of instructor. One-
'uilf unit of credit each. Not open to students
who have received credit for THEA 135-136 or
THEA 235-236. Cross-listed as THEA 135-
136.
b?
HISTORY OF THE DANCE I
A survey of classical ballet from the Ballets
de cour of 1 7th century France to the present
with emphasis on the contributions of Petipa,
Fokien, Cecchetti, and Balanchine. One-half
unit of credit. Not open to students who have
received credit for THEA J 37. Cross-listed as
THEA 137.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
138
HISTORY OF THE DANCE II
A survey of the forms of dance, excluding
classical ballet, as independent works of art
and as they have reflected the history of
civilization. One-half unit of credit. Not open
to students who have received credit for
THEA 138. Cross-listed as THEA 138.
220-221
MUSIC THEORY III AND IV
A continuation of the integrated theory
course moving toward newer uses of music
materials. Prerequisite: MUS 111.
224
ELECTRONIC MUSIC I
A non-technical introduction to electronic
music and MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital
Interface) for the major and non-major alike.
The course traces the development of MIDI
from its origin to present-day digital synthesiz-
ers in combination with sequencing computers.
225
ELECTRONIC MUSIC II
Further consideration of recording tech-
niques. Use of microphones, multi-track
recording, mixing, special effects devices, and
synchronization will be introduced. Students
will take part in live recording of concerts and
rehearsals of a variety of ensembles. Student
projects will include complete recording
sessions and the production of electronic
music compositions utilizing classical studio
techniques and real-time networks. Prerequi-
site: MUS 224 or consent of instructor.
234
HISTORY OF JAZZ
A survey of jazz styles, composers, and
performers from 1 890 to the present: origins,
ragtime, blues. New Orleans, Chicago, swing,
bebop, cool, funky, free jazz, third stream, and
contemporary.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
235-236
INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II
Studies of the techniques of basic move-
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz and
modern dance at the intermediate level.
Classes include improvisation and choreogra-
phy. Prerequisite for MUS 235: MUSI 36 or
consent of instructor. Prerequisite for MUS
236: MUS 235 or consent of instructor. One-
half unit of credit each. Not open to students
who have received credit for THEA 135-136 or
THEA 235-236. Cross-listed as THEA 235-
236.
330
COMPOSITION I
An introductory course for majors and
non-majors who wish to explore their
composing abilities. Guided individual
projects in smaller instrumental and vocal
forms, together with identification and use of
techniques employed by the major composers
of the 20th and 21st centuries. Prerequisite:
MUS 111 or consent of instructor.
333
CHORAL CONDUCTING
A study of choral conducting with frequent
opportunity for practical experience. Empha-
sis will be placed upon technical development,
rehearsal technique, and stylistic integrity.
Prerequisites: MUS 110-111 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
334
INSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING
A study of instrumental conducting with an
emphasis on acquiring skills for self-analysis.
Topics include the physical skills and intellec-
tual preparation necessary for clear, expres-
sive, and informed conducting. Other areas
such as the development of rehearsal tech-
niques and improvement of aural skills will be
addressed on a continual basis. Prerequisites:
MUS 110-111 or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
335
HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC I
The development of musical styles and
forms from Gregorian chant through Mozart,
including composers from the medieval.
Renaissance, baroque, and early classical era
336
HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC II
The development of musical styles and
forms from Beethoven to the present, includ-
ing composers from the late classical, roman
tic. and modern eras. Prerequiste: MUS 335
or consent of instructor.
339
ORCHESTRATION
A study of modern orchestral instruments
and examination of their use by the great
masters with practical problems in instrumen
tation. The College Music Organizations
serve to make performance experience
possible. Prerequisites: MUS 110-1 1 1 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
340
TEACHING MUSIC IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Methods and materials of teaching music .
the elementary school with emphasis on con- ■
ceptual development through singing, moving^
listening, playing classroom instruments, and!
creating music. Course work will include peei
teaching demonstrations, practical use of the
recorder and autoharp, as well as observation
of music classes in elementary schools in the
Greater WiUiamsport area. Alternate years.
341
TEACHING MUSIC IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS
Methods and materials of teaching music
the secondary schools with emphasis on the
development of concepts and skills for
effective instruction in all aspects of music
learning. The teaching of general music and
music theory, as well as the organizing and
conducting of choral and instrumental en-
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO
lembles, will be examined. Course work will
nclude evaluation of instructional and
)erformance materials, practical use of the
recorder and guitar in middle school settings,
lis well as observation of music classes in
secondary schools in the Greater Williamsport
irea. Alternate years.
it40
pOMPOSITION II
For students interested in intensive work
emphasizing the development of a personal
!;tyle of composing. Guided individual
projects in larger instrumental and vocal
;orms, together with analysis of selected
Uorks from the 20th and 2 1 st century
epertory. Pre-reqitisite: MUS 330 or
^onsent of instructor.
145
3PECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC
I The intensive study of a selected area of
Tiusic literature, designed to develop research
echniques in music. The topic is announced
It the Spring pre-registration. Sample topics
nclude: Beethoven, Impressionism, Vienna
1900-1914. Prerequisite: MUS 116, 117 or
221 : or consent of instructor.
446
RECITAL
The preparation and presentation of a full-
ength public recital, normally during the
tudent's senior year. MUS 446 may substi-
ute for one hour of applied music (MUS 160-
166). Prerequisite: Approval by the depart-
nent. May be repeated for credit.
148, 248, 348, and 448
VIUSIC COLLOQUIUM
A non-credit seminar in which faculty,
itudents, and invited professionals attend
:oncerts and discuss topics related to musical
;omposition, performance, history and
pedagogy. Four semesters of Music Collo-
quium are required of all students majoring in
nusic. Meets 7-8 times per semester. Pass/
''ail. Non-credit seminar.
I
li006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
APPLIED MUSIC
AND ENSEMBLE
The study of performance in piano, harpsi-
chord, voice, organ, strings, guitar, brass,
woodwinds, and percussion is designed to
develop sound technique and a knowledge of
the appropriate literature for the instrument.
Student recitals offer opportunities to gain
experience in public performance.
Credit for applied music courses (private
lessons) and ensemble (choir, orchestra and
band) is earned on a fractional basis. One hour
lesson per week earns one hour credit. One
half- hour lesson per week earns one half-hour
credit. Ensemble credit totals one hour credit if
the student enrolls for one or two ensembles
(for more information, see course descriptions
below). When scheduling please note that an
applied course or ensemble should not be
substituted for an academic course, but should
be taken in addition to the normal four
academic courses.
Applied music courses are private lessons
given for 1 3 weeks: 1 60. Piano or Harpsi-
chord; 161, Voice; 162, Strings or Guitar; 163,
Organ; 164, Brass; 165, Woodwinds; and
166, Percussion. Extra fees apply. See
Additional Charges under Financial Matters
on page 13.
167
ORCHESTRA
The Williamsport Symphony Orchestra
allows students with significant instrumental
experience to become members of this
regional ensemble. Participation in the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
W.S.O. is contingent upon audition and the
availability of openings. Students are allowed
a maximum of one hour of Ensemble credit
per semester. A student who is enrolled in
orchestra only should register for MUS 167B
(one hour credit). A student may belong to
two ensembles, choosing either Choir or
Concert Band as the second group. Such a
student will then register for MUS 167 A (1/2
hour credit) plus either MUS 168 A (1/2 hour
credit) or MUS 169 A (1/2 hour credit).
168
CHOIR
The Lycoming College Choir is open to all
students who would like to sing in an en-
semble setting. Emphasis is on performing
quality choral literature while developing
good vocal technique. Students are allowed a
maximum of one hour of Ensemble credit per
semester. A student who is enrolled in Choir
only should register for MUS 168B (one hour
credit). A student may belong to two different
ensembles, choosing either Orchestra or Band
as the second ensemble. Such a student will
then register for MUS 168A (1/2 hour credit)
plus either MUS 167 A (Orchestra - 1/2 hour
credit) or MUS 169A (Band - 1/2 hour
credit). If a student has auditioned and been
selected for the Chamber Choir (no credit
available), he/she should register for MUS
168C in addition to registering for the
Lycoming College Choir.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
169
BAND
The College Concert Band allows student
with some instrumental experience to becom
acquainted with good band literature and
develop personal musicianship through
participation in group instrumental activity.
Participation in the Band is contingent upon
audition. Students are allowed a maximum (
one hour of Ensemble credit per semester. P
student who is enrolled in Band only should
register for MUS 169B (one hour credit). A
student may belong to two ensembles,
choosing either Orchestra or Choir as the
second group. Such a student will then
register for MUS 169 A (1/2 hour credit) plus
either MUS 167 A ( 1/2 hour credit) or MUS
1 68 A ( 1/2 hour credit). If a student has
auditioned and been selected for the wood-
wind or brass quintets (no credit available),
he/she should register for MUS 169C or
169D.
261-267
INSTRUMENTAL AND VOCAL
METHODS
Instrumental and vocal methods classes a
designed to provide students seeking certific
tion in music education with a basic under-
standing of all standard band and orchestral
instruments as well as a familiarity with
fundamental techniques of singing.
MUS 261 Brass Methods
(one hour credit)
MUS 262 Percussion Methods
(one hour credit)
MUS 263, 264 String Methods I and II
(one hour credit each)
MUS 265 Vocal Methods
(one hour credit)
MUS 266, 267 Woodwind Methods I and II
(one hour credit each)
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAl ( )
PHILOSOPHY
PHILOSOPHY
(PHIL)
Professors: Griffith, Whelan
Assistant Professor: Hemng (Chairperson)
Part-time Instructor: Chappen
The study of philosophy develops a critical
[Understanding of the basic concepts and
presuppositions around which we organize
our thought in morality, law, religion,
iicience, education, the arts and other human
jindeavors.
\ major in philosophy, together with other
appropriate courses, can provide an excellent
jpreparation for policy-making positions of
many kinds, for graduate study in several
fields, and for careers in education, law, and
the ministry.
The major in philosophy requires eight
!:ourses, including PHIL 223, 224, 225, 440,
ind at least three others numbered 300 or
jibove. PHIL 340 can be counted toward the
i|inajor only once except with departmental
•ipproval. With permission of the department,
iPHIL 105 and an additional 300-Ievel course
'-006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
may be substituted for PHIL 225. Majors
who demonstrate strong competence on a
departmental logic test may substitute an
additional 300-level course for PHIL 225.
The following courses, when scheduled as
W courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: PHIL 2 1 6, 2 1 7, 2 1 8, 2 1 9, 30 1 ,
332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 340.
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education
on page 103.
Minors
The Philosophy Department offers four
minors: (1) Philosophy — any four philoso-
phy courses numbered 220 or above, or any
five philosophy courses that include three
numbered 220 or above. (2) Philosophy and
Lflvv— four courses from PHIL 224, 225, 334,
335, 336, 337, 340, and independent studies.
(3) Philosophy & Science — four courses form
PHIL 223, 225, 333, 340, and independent
studies. (4) Ethics — four courses from PHIL
224, 335, 336, 340, and independent studies;
one of these may be replaced by two from
LYCOMING COLLEGE
IMIII OSOI'HY
114, 1 15, 216, 219. Since topics in PHIL 340
and independent studies vary, these courses
may count toward a minor only if they are
approved by the department.
105
PRINCIPLES OF CRITICAL THINKING
An introduction to the elements of critical
thinking centered on developing the skills
necessary to recognize, describe, and evaluate
arguments. Not open to juniors and seniors
except with consent of instructor.
114
PHILOSOPHY AND PERSONAL CHOICE
An introductory philosophical examination
of a number of contemporary moral issues
which call for personal decision. Topics often
investigated include: the "good" life, obliga-
tion to others, sexual ethics, abortion, suicide
and death, violence and pacifism, obedience to
the law, the relevance of personal beliefs to
morality. Discussion centers on some of the
suggestions philosophers have made about
how to make such decisions. Not open to
juniors and seniors except with consent of
instructor.
115
PHILOSOPHY AND PUBLIC POLICY
An introductory philosophical examination
of the moral and conceptual dimensions of
various contemporary public issues, such as
the relation of ethics to politics and the law,
the enforcement of morals, the problems of fair
distribution of goods and opportunities, the
legitimacy of restricting the use of natural
resources, and the application of ethics to busi-
ness practice. Discussion centers on some of
the suggestions philosophers have made about
how to deal with these issues. Not open to
juniors and seniors except with consent of
instructor.
140
CENTRAL PROBLEMS IN PHILOSOPHY
A study of several central philosophical
problems, such as the problem of free will and
determinism, the relationship between mind and
LYCOMING COLLEGE
144
body, the nature and limits of human knowl-
edge, arguments about the existence of God,
and the problem of personal identity. Not
open to juniors and seniors except with
consent of instructor.
215
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN
COMMUNICATION
An introduction to the foundations of
communication. Theories of truth and meaniiii
are illustrated by means of practical example
with special attention given to the issue of
objectivity and bias in communication. |
216
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN BUSINESS
A systematic and philosophically informcc
consideration of some typical moral problem:
faced by individuals in a business setting, aiu
a philosophical examination of some comnn)
moral criticisms of the American business system.
217
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN EDUCATION
An examination of the basic concepts
involved in thought about education, and a
consideration of the various methods for
justifying educational proposals. Typical of
the issues discussed are: Are education and
indoctrination different? What is a liberal
education? Are education and schooling
compatible? What do we need to learn? I
Alternate years. '
218
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
A philosophical examination of some
important controversies which arise in
connection with the American criminal justic
system. Typically included are controversies
about the nature and purpose of punishment,
the proper basis for sentencing, the correct
understanding of criminal responsibility, and
the rationale and extent of our basic human
rights with respect to the criminal law.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAI.(
PHILOSOPHY
219
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES
IN HEALTH CARE
An investigation of some of the philosophi-
cal issues which arise in therapy and in health
research and planning. Topics typically
include euthanasia, confidentiality, informed
consent, behavior control, experimentation on
humans and animals, abortion, genetic
engineering, population control, and distribu-
tion of health care resources.
223
HISTORY OF SCIENCE
AND METAPHYSICS
An historical survey of the attempt to
understand the physical universe. Particular
attention is paid to common origins of
philosophy and science in the works of the
ancient Greek philosophers, to the question of
how scientific and philosophical thinking
differs from mythological and technological
thinking, to the rationalism-empiricism
dispute in science and metaphysics, and to the
interaction between philosophy and science in
formulating fundamental questions about the
physical universe and in developing and
:riticizing concepts designed to answer them.
224
HISTORY OF SOCIAL AND
POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY
j An historical survey of the most important
[social and political philosophers from
Socrates to Marx. Special attention is paid to
!;he relationship between ethics and politics as
^een by Plato and Aristotle and to the social
contract theories of Hobbes, Locke, and
Rousseau.
225
SYMBOLIC LOGIC
A study of modern symbolic logic and its
kpplication to the analysis of arguments.
Included are truth-functional relations, the
jOgic of propositional functions, and deductive
iiystems. Attention is also given to
/arious topics in the philosophy of logic.
Mternate years.
'!006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
301
ANCIENT GREEK PHILOSOPHY
A critical examination of the ancient Greek
philosophers, with particular emphasis on
Plato and Aristotle. Prerequisite: Students
without previous study in philosophy must
have consent of instructor. Alternate years.
332
PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
A philosophical examination of religion.
Included are such topics as the nature of reli-
gious discourse, arguments for and against the
existence of God, and the relation between
reli-gion and science. Readings from
classical and contemporary sources. Pre-
requisite: Students without previous study in
philosophy must have consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
333
PHILOSOPHY OF NATURAL SCIENCE
A consideration of philosophically impor-
tant conceptual problems arising from
reflection about natural science, including
such topics as the nature of scientific laws and
theories, the character of explanation, the
importance of prediction, the existence of
"non-observable" theoretical entities such as
electrons and genes, the problem of justifying
induction, and various puzzles associated with
probability. Prerequisite: Students without
previous study in philosophy must have
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
334
CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL
PHILOSOPHY
A close reading of four or five defining
works of contemporary political philosophy,
beginning with the work of John Rawls.
Prerequisite: Students without previous study
in philosophy must have consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
335
ETHICAL THEORY
An inquiry about the grounds for distin-
guishing morally right from morally wrong
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PHILOSOPHY
actions. Central to this course is critical
consideration of important theories, such as
relativism, utilitarianism, and subjectivism, as
well as historically important theorists, such as
Aristotle, Mill, and Kant. Prerequisite:
Students without previous study in philosophy
must have consent of instructor. Alternate
years.
336
CONTEMPORARY MORAL PHILOSOPHY
A close reading of four or five centrally
important works of contemporary moral
philosophy. Prerequisite: Students without
previous study in philosophy must have
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
337
PHILOSOPHY OF LAW
An introduction to the philosophy of law
using both classical and contemporary
sources. General theories concerning the
nature of law, as well as philosophical issues
which arise primarily within a legal context,
will be discussed. Prerequisite: Students
without previous study in philosophy must
have consent of instructor. Alternate years.
340
SPECIAL TOPICS
Study of selected philosophical problems,
texts, writers, or movements. Recent topics
include ethical obligations to animals, lying
and lawbreaking, environmental ethics,
research on human subjects, and artificial
intelligence. Students without previous studi
in philosophy must have consent of instructo\
With consent of the instructor, this course
be repeated for credit.
440
PHILOSOPHICAL RESEARCH
AND WRITING
In-depth instruction in both the indepen-
dent and the cooperative aspects of philo-
sophical research and writing. Each student
undertakes an approved research project and
produces a substantial philosophical paper.
Open only to, cmd required of senior philoso
phy majors.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent independent studies in philosophy
include Nietzsche, moral education, Rawls'
theory of justice, existentialism, euthanasia,
Plato's ethics, and philosophical aesthetics.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
PHYSICS
(See Astronomy/Physics)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
Instructor: Holmes (Chairperson)
Part-time Instructor: Dill, Lindsay
PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES,
WELLNESS, AND COMMUNITY
SERVICE
This program is designed to promote
students' physical welfare, health awareness,
and encourage a sense of civic responsibility.
Students must successfully complete any
combination of two semesters of course work
selected from the following:
1. Designated Physical Activities courses,
2. Designated varsity athletics,
3. Designated wellness courses,
4. Designated community service projects,
5. Designated military science courses (Oil,
021,031,041).
PHYSICAL ACTIVITY
COURSES (PHED)
' 2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
102
PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES
This topics course satisfies one-half
semester of physical education. Coeduca-
tional classes meet twice a week with basic
instruction in fundamentals, knowledge, and
appreciation of various sports. Emphasis is
on the potential use of activities as recre-
ational and leisure time interests. A'o credit.
105
PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES
This topics course satisfies one semester of
physical education. Coeducational classes
meet twice a week with basic instruction in
fundamentals, knowledge, and appreciation of
various sports. Emphasis is on the potential
use of activities as recreational and leisure
time interests. No credit.
110-125
VARSITY ATHLETICS
Students who compete on a varsity sports
team may register for a semester of Physical
Activity during the semester listed. Two full
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
seasons must be completed to satisfy the
Physical Activity requirement. No credit. It is
the student's responsibility to withdraw
from the course should they not complete
the season.
110 -BASKETBALL
111 -CROSSCOUNTRY
112 -FOOTBALL
113 -GOLF
114 -SOCCER
115 -SOFTBALL
116 -SWIMMING
117 -TENNIS
118 -TRACK
119 - VOLLEYBALL
120 - WRESTLING
121 - LACROSSE
WELLNESS (WELL)
102
TOPICS IN WELLNESS
This topics course satisfies one-half
semester of wellness study. Wellness courses
meet two hours per week covering various
topics that may include Stress Management,
Preventing Communicable Diseases, Personal
Health and Wellness, and other current health
issues. These courses promote student
wellness during their stay at Lycoming as well
as their post graduate years. No credit. This
course may he repeated with the same topic
only with departmental consent.
105
TOPICS IN WELLNESS
This topics course satisfies one semester of
wellness study. Wellness courses meet two
hours per week covering various topics that
may include Stress Management, Preventing
Communicable Diseases, Personal Health and
Wellness, and other current health issues.
These courses promote student wellness
during their stay at Lycoming as well as their
post graduate years. No credit. This course
may he repeated with the same topic only with
departmental consent.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
148
106
FIRST AID/CPR
This course satisfies one semester of
wellness study. This course will prepare
students to recognize emergencies and make
appropriate decisions for first aid care. Also
included are an emphasis on safety and
assessment of personal habits to reduce risk
of injury and illness. American Red Cross
First Aid and CPR certifications are earned
upon successful completion of the course. No
credit.
COMMUNITY SERVICE (COMS)
These courses require 2-3 hours per week
in a combination of seminars and agency
placement. Child abuse and criminal back-
ground clearances may be required to work at
a particular agency. Students must meet with
the Community Service Director in the
Campus Ministry Center during the preregis-
tration process to obtain further information
and forms. Clearances must be obtained prio:
to the beginning of the semester in which the
student is registered for Community Service.
105
COMMUNITY SERVICE I
This course satisfies one semester of
community serxnce. An experiential learning
opportunity accomplished in conjunction wit!
local agencies or college departments. The
outcome of such service will promote
students" personal and social development as
well as civic responsibility. No credit. May
not be repeated.
106
COMMUNITY SERVICE II
This course satisfies one semester of
community service. Students may elect to
enroll in a second semester of community
service to satisfy the graduation requirement.
This will require the student to be engaged in
a somewhat more sophisticated level of
learning and service. No credit. Prerequi-
site: COMS 105.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POLITICAL
SCIENCE (psci)
Professor: Roskin
Assistant Professor: Williamson
(Chairperson)
Part-time Assistant Instructor: Wishard
Part-time Instructor: Clay
The major is designed to provide a systematic
understanding of government and politics at
the international, national, state, and local
levels. Majors are encouraged to develop their
skills to make independent, objective analyses
which can be applied to the broad spectrum of
the social sciences.
Although the political science major is not
designed as a vocational major, students with
such training may go directly into government
service, journalism, teaching, or private admin-
istrative agencies. A political science major
can provide the base for the study of law, or for
graduate studies leading to administrative work
in federal, state, or local governments, interna-
tional organizations, or college teaching.
Students seeking certification to teach second-
ary school social studies may major in political
science but should consult their advisors and the
education department.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Students interested in teacher certification
should refer to the Department of Education on
page 103.
A major in Political Science consists of ten
courses as follows: PSCI 106, 1 10, and 400;
two courses in American politics from PSCI
211, 212, 213, 214, 316, and 347; one course
in Legal Studies from PSCI 331, 332, 334,
335. and 436; two courses in World Politics
from PSCI 221, 225, 243, 327, and 439; and
two additional Political Science courses.
Prospective majors are encouraged to take
PSCI 106 in their freshman year. An exemp-
tion will be granted only if it strengthens the
student's program.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: PSCI 221, 327 and
347. The following courses, when scheduled
as W courses, count toward the writing
intensive requirement: PSCI 210, 334, 400,
and 439.
Minors
The department offers four minors:
1 ) Political Science — any four courses
numbered 200 or above excluding PSCI 2 1
and 400.
2) American Politics — PSCI 1 10 and four
courses selected from PSCI 21 1, 212, 213, 214,
316, or 347.
3 ) World Politics — four courses selected from
PSCI 22 1 , 225, 243, 327, or 439.
4) Legal Studies — four courses selected from
PSCI 33 1 , 332, 334, 335, or 436.
Students are encouraged to consult with
department members on the selection of a minor.
106
INTRODUCTION TO POLITICS
The U.S. political system in comparative
perspective. Basic concepts, vocabulary, and
examples to ground students in the objective
analysis of politics.
110
U.S. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
The ideologies, institutions, and processes
of American politics at the national level, with
attention to the internal workings of govern-
ment and the extra-governmental actors —
LYCOMING COLLEGE
POLITICAL SCIENCE
including voters, political parties, and interest
groups — that influence policy.
210
COMMUNICATION AND SOCIETY
Reviews and critiques the impact of the
mass media on American society. Consider-
ation of how the media form attitudes,
nominate and elect candidates, cover news,
and monitor governmental activities as well
as possible remedies to media-related
problems. Alternate years.
211
STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT
An examination of the general principles,
major problems, and political processes of the
states and their subdivisions, together with
their role in a federal type of government.
212
POLITICAL PARTIES
The role and impact of political parties in
America, focusing on theories of individual
partisan attitudes and behavior, party organi-
zations and activities, and partisan perfor-
mance in government. Alternate years.
213
CONGRESSIONAL POLITICS
Study of the U.S. Congress emphasizing
internal structure and operations, rules and
procedures, paity leadership, committee system,
external influences, incentives for congressional
behavior, and elections. Alternate years.
214
THE PRESIDENCY
The structure and behavior of the American
presidency, including elections, organization
of the office, and relation to other national
institutions. Alternate years.
221
COMPARATIVE POLITICS
AND GEOGRAPHY
The politics and geography of nations in
Europe, Asia, the Middle East, Africa, And
South American in a search for comparisons
and patterns. Includes history, institutions,
cultures, borders, regions, and map exercises.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
225
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
The basic factors and concepts of interna
tional relations, such as international system
national interest and security, wars, decolon
ization, nationalism, economic development
trade blocs, and international law and
organizations.
243
THE VIETNAM WAR
The background and context of the war, ho^
the United States got involved, the military
lessons, and the war's impact on U.S. society,
politics, and economy. Alternate years.
316
PUBLIC OPINION AND POLLING
A course dealing with the general topic an(
methodology of polling. Content includes
exploration of the processes by which people'
political opinions are formed, the manipulatior
of public opinion through the uses of propa-
ganda, and the American response to politic;
and political issues. Alternate years.
327
WAR AND PEACE IN THE MIDDLE EAS'
Why is the Middle East such a dangerous
region? The geography, history, religions, ar
politics that make its wars and its chances foi
peace. Alternate years.
331
CIVIL RIGHTS AND LIBERTIES
What are our rights and liberties as
Americans? What should they be? A frank
discussion of the nature and scope of the
constitutional guarantees. First Amendment
rights, the rights of criminal suspects and
defendants, racial and sexual equality, and
equal protection of the laws. Students will
read and brief the more important Supreme
Court decisions. Prerequisite: junior or
senior standing, or consent of instructor.
332
COURTS AND THE CRIMINAL
JUSTICE SYSTEM
The course consists of two components:
criminal law and criminal procedure. Crimi
nal procedure carefully explores constitu-
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC
tional law and procedural rules which
dominate court handling of criminal cases.
Criminal law explores concepts relating to
criminal responsibility and the establishment
of selected offenses. Emphasis is placed on
"hot button" issues in the field: balancing
protection of fundamental freedoms against
society's need to solve an prevent crime; plea
negotiations; the politicizing of the criminal
justice system; mandatory sentencing
schemes; management challenges to fast
handling of criminal cases; the changing line
between juvenile and adult criminal court;
wisdom of using criminal punishment in an
attempt to control some forms of behavior.
There will be two field trips to court proceed-
ings. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing,
or consent of instructor.
334
LEGAL RESEARCH AND WRITING
Students learn to perform legal research
with realistic problems in civil and criminal
cases drawing upon statutory, constitutional,
regulatory, procedural and common law.
They will write briefs and memoranda based
upon the research in the form expected of
legal interns and paralegal personnel. Some
classes may be held at the Lycoming County
Courthouse law library. Alternate years.
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing.
335
LAW AND SOCIETY
An examination of the nature, sources,
functions, and limits of law as an instrument
of political and social control. Included for
discussion are legal problems pertaining to
the family, crime, deviant behavior, poverty,
and minority groups. Prerequisite: junior or
senior standing, or consent of instructor.
347
WOMEN AND POLITICS
The historical, philosophical, and practical
context and conduct of women in a variety of
political roles. This course considers both
elective and nonelective activities, and
includes analyses of women's issues currently
06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
POLITICAL SCIENCE
on legislative and court agendas. Alternate
years.
400
POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Capstone course required of majors,
normally taken in their senior year, integrates
and deepens knowledge and methods of the
study of politics by means of empirical
political inquiry and quantitative techniques.
Open to non-majors with consent of instructor.
436
MASS MEDIA LAW AND REGULATION
An examination of the legal structure and
the system by which mass communication is
controlled in this society. The forces which
shape, influence, and make policy will be
considered. Prerequisite: junior or senior
standing, or consent of instructor.
439
AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
The U.S. role in the world in geographic,
strategic, historical, and ideological perspec-
tives, plus an examination of the domestic
forces shaping U.S. policy. Alternate years.
470-479
INTERNSHIPS (See index)
Students may receive academic credit for
serving as interns in structured learning
situations with a wide variety of public and
private agencies and organizations. Students
have served as interns with the Public
Defender's Office, the Lycoming County
Court Administrator, and the Williamsport
City government.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Current studies relate to elections — local,
state, and federal — while past studies have
included Soviet and world politics.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PSYCHOLCKiY
PSYCHOLOGY (psy)
Professors: Berthold, Ryan
Assistant Professors: Beery, Hill, Kelley,
Olsen (Chairperson)
Special Instructor: Williams
Part-time Instructors: Cimini, Mitchell
The major provides training in both
theoretical and applied psychology. It is
designed to meet the needs of students
seeking careers in psychology or other natural
or social sciences. It also meets the needs of
students seeking a better understanding of
human behavior as a means of furthering
individual and career goals in other areas.
Psychology majors and others are urged to
discuss course selections in psychology with
members of the department to help insure
appropriate course selection.
The B. A. degree
To earn the B.A. degree, students must
complete 32 semester hours in psychology
including PSY 1 10, 431, 432, and 436. ^
Statistics is also required.
The B.S. degree
To complete the B.S. degree, students mii
complete 32 semester hours in psychology ai
statistics as described for the B.A. and take tl
following additional courses:
• One additional lab course in
Psychology from PSY 324 or 333;
• Three of the following Natural
Science courses from at least two
departments: BIO 1 10. 1 1 1, 323,
338; CHEM 1 10, 1 1 1 ; PHYS 225,
226;
• One of the following computation
courses: CPTR 125; MATH 128,
214; ECON 230,441;
• An Individual Studies or Honors
Project in Psychology or, with
department permission, an Internship
or the Practicum in Psychology.
Students are also recommended to take on
of the following: PHIL 223, 225, or 333.
Students interested in teacher certificatioi
should refer to the Department of Educati(^n
on page 103.
The following course satisfies the cultura
diversity requirement: PSY 341. The
following courses, when scheduled as W
courses, count toward the writing intensive
requirement: PSY 225, 324, 431, 432,
and 436.
Minor
A minor in psychology consists of 20
semester hours in psychology including PS^
1 10. two courses numbered 200 or higher,
and one course from PSY 324, 431, 432. or
433.
101 !
TOPICS
Exploration of a specific basic or applied
topic in psychology. Different topics will he
explored different semesters. Potential topic
include the psychology of disasters, applied
behavioral psychology, and organizational
psychology. The course is open to elemental
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAI
PSYCHOLOGY
and advanced undergraduates. One-half unit
■ of credit. May be repeated once for credit
with departmental permission. May not be
I used to satisfy distribution or major require-
ments.
110
INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the empirical study of
human and other animal behavior. Areas
considered may include: learning, personal-
ity, social, physiological, sensory, cognition,
and developmental.
116
ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the patterns of deviant
behavior with emphasis on cause, function,
and treatment. The various models for the
concept-ualization of abnormal behavior are
critically examined. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
117
DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
A study of the basic principles of human
growth and development throughout the life
span. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
118
ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY
The study areas will include theories of
adolescence; cuirent issues raised by as well
as about the "generation of youth"; research
findings bearing on theories and issues of
growth beyond childhood, and self-explora-
tion. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
138
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the empirical study of
the teaching-learning process. Areas
considered may include educational objec-
tives, pupil and teacher characteristics,
concept learning, problem-solving and
creativity, attitudes and values, motivation,
retention and transfer, evaluation and
measurement. Prerequisite: PSY 110 or
consent of instructor.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
211
LEARNING DISABILITIES
An examination of learning disabilities,
emotional problems, and social problems of
children. Topics will include the legal and
educational rights of children with disabili-
ties, the various categories of disability
qualifying for Special Education services,
assessment of children with learning disabili-
ties, characteristics of and interventions to
help children with learning disabilities and
attention difficulties, the educational place-
ments and support services available, and
Individualized Educational Programs (lEPs).
Prerequisite: PSY 110.
216
ABNORMAL CHILD PSYCHOLOGY
This course examines in detail the
symptoms, assessment, causes, and treat-
ments for psychological disorders primarily
experienced by children and adolescents,
including in the school setting. These include
separation anxiety. Attention Deficit Hyper-
activity Disorder (ADHD), oppositional defiant
disorder, conduct disorder, learning disabili-
ties, autism. Asperger's disorder, and mental
retardation. This course also explores the
application of specific treatment approaches
to children/adolescents for disorders that can
be experienced by both children and adults
(e.g., phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorder,
post traumatic stress disorder, depression,
bipolar disorder). Interventions for difficulties
such as peer/social problems, physical
conditions/illness, traumatic brain injury, and
the effects of poverty, divorce, and abuse are
also discussed. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
220
THE PSYCHOLOGY OF
CLOSE RELATIONSHIPS
This course will review current theory and
research on love. The progress of close,
interpersonal relationships from initiation to
termination will be discussed. In addition,
the relation between love and sex will be
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PSYCHOLOGY
explored, and current research on sexuality
reviewed. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
223
FOUNDATIONS OF SPORT AND
EXERCISE PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to sport and exercise
psychology, from the history and
development of the field to the theories and
principles that are central to the study of
sport and exercise psychology. Topics
include the evolution of the field of sport
psychology, theories surrounding sport
participants and sport environments, the
group processes that are an essential part of
sport, the basic principles of performance
enhancement within the field, issues related
to enhancing health and well-being in sport
and exercise, and issues related to the
facilitation of psychological growth and
development in sport and exercise.
Prerequisite: PSY 110.
225
INDUSTRIAL AND
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
The application of the principles and
methods of psychology to selected industrial
and organizational situations. Prerequisite:
PSY 1 10 or consent of instructor.
237
COGNITION
An in-depth examination of the field of
human cognition. Topics include perception,
attention, short and long term memory,
reading comprehension, problem solving and
decision making. Emphasis will be placed
on understanding the scientific nature of the
discipline. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
239
BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION
A detailed examination of the applied
analysis of behavior. Focus will be on the
application of experimental method to the
individual clinical case. The course will
cover targeting behavior, base-rating,
intervention strategies, and outcome evalu-
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ation. Learning-based modification tech-
niques such as contingency management,
counter-conditioning, extinction, discrimina
tion training, aversive conditioning, and
negative practice will be examined. Pre-
requisite: PSY 1 10 or consent of instructor.
310
FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY
An examination of psychological theories
and research on topics related to psycholog)
and law. Areas covered include forensic
pathology, psychological theories of crimina
behavior, eyewitness testimony, jury decisio
making, expert witnesses, the insanity
defense, and criminal profiling analysis.
Prerequisites: PSY 1 10 and 116.
324
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
The scientific exploration of interpersona
communication and behavior. Topics incliid
attitudes and attitude change, attraction and
communication, social perception and social
influence, prosocial and antisocial behavior
and group processes. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10
334
PRINCIPLES OF MEASUREMENT
Psychometric methods and theory,
including scale transformation, norms,
standardization, validation procedures, and j
estimation of reliability. Prerequisites: PSY
110 and statistics.
341
PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN
A review of contemporary theory and
research on the psychology of gender differ-
ences. Special topics include sex differences
in achievement, power, and communication;
sex-role stereotypes; beliefs about masculinit
and femininity; and gender influences on
mental health. Prerequisite: PSY 110.
154
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO
PSYCHOLOGY
410
DYSFUNCTIONAL FAMILIES
AND CHILD DEVELOPMENT
This course will explore the relations
between a variety of types of family dysfunc-
tions and child development and psychopa-
thology. Specifically, topics in child abuse,
neglect, sexual abuse, and children from
violent homes, alcoholic homes, and homes
with mentally ill parents will be studied. The
course will focus on empirical literature about
dysfunctional families and child development,
biographical and political perspectives.
Prerequisites: PSY 116 and 1 17, or consent
of instructor.
431
EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
A study of the scientific method, experi-
mental design and the application of statistics
to psychology. Emphasis will be placed on
understanding the place of research in the field
of psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 110 and
statistics.
432
SENSATION AND PERCEPTION
i The examination of psychophysical
I methodology and basic neurophysiological
methods as they are applied to the understand-
ing of sensor processes. Prerequisites: PSY
III). 431 and statistics.
i'433
PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the physiological
i psychologist's method of approach to the
understanding of behavior as well as the set of
principles that relate the function and
1 organization of the nervous system to the
't phenomena of behavior. Prerequisites:
PSYllOandBlO 106, 107, 110, or HI; or
I consent of instructor.
436
PERSONALITY THEORY
A review of the major theories of personal-
ity development and personality functioning.
In addition to covering the details of each
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
theory, the implications and applications of
each theory are considered. This course is
best taken by Psychology majors in the senior
year, because it integrates material from
diverse areas of psychology. Prerequisite:
PSY 110.
448-449
PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY
An off-campus experience in a community
setting offering psychological services,
supplemented with classroom instruction and
discussion. PSY 448 covers the basic
counseling skills, while PSY 449 covers the
major theoretical approaches to counseling.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Internships give students an opportunity to
relate on-campus academic experiences to
society in general and to their post-baccalau-
reate objectives in particular. Students have,
for example, worked in prisons, public and
private schools, county government, and for
the American Red Cross.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Independent study is an opportunity for
students to pursue special interests in areas
for which courses are not offered. In addi-
tion, students have an opportunity to study a
topic in more depth than is possible in the
regular classroom situation. Studies in the
past have included child abuse, counseling of
hospital patients, and research in the psychol-
ogy of natural disasters.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
Honors in psychology requires original
contributions to the literature of psychology
through independent study. The most recent
honors project was a study of the effect of
self-esteem on attitude-behavior consistency.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
RELIGION (RED
Professor: Hughes (Chairperson)
Assistant Professors: Johnson, Knauth
Part-time Instructors: Adams, Gaber
A major in Religion consists of 10 courses,
including: REL 1 13 or 114, two from REL
11 0. 1 2 1 , 224, 225, 320, HIST 232. or SOC
336; and two Religion courses numbered 320
or above. No more than four 100 level
courses may be applied toward the major. At
least seven courses must be taken in the
department. Up to three of the following
courses may be counted toward fulfilling the
major requirements: GRK 221. 222. HEBR
221, 222, HIST 232, 340. 416. PHIL 332, and
SOC 336.
REL 120 is strongly recommended for pre-
ministerial students after their first year,
regardless of their major.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: REL 1 10. 224, 225,
226, 328, 333. The following courses, when
scheduled as W courses, count toward the
writing intensive requirement: REL 223, 230,
331. and 337.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Minors
A minor in Religion consists of one cour^
from REL 1 10. 1 13 or 1 14 and four
religion courses numbered 200 or above. At
least one course must be taken from REL 1 1 >
224. 225. or 320. |
An interdisciplinary minor in Biblical
Languages requires the completion of GRK
101-102. HEBR 101-102, and two from GRl
221.222, HEBR 221, 222.
110
INTRODUCTION TO WORLD RELIGION!
Designed for the beginning student, this
course examines what it means to be religicui
especially within the major traditions of the
world. Issues addressed include the definitioi
of religion, the meaning of ritual and symbol-
ism, and ecstatic phenomena. Attention will
be paid to significant developments within ihi
major religious traditions.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAl ()'
113
OLD TESTAMENT FAITH AND HISTORY
A critical examination of the literature
within its historical setting and in the light of
archaeological findings to show the faith and
religious life of the Hebrew- Jewish commu-
tiity in the Biblical period, and an introduc-
tion to the history of interpretation with an
;mphasis on contemporary Old Testament
Driticism and theology.
114
NJEW TESTAMENT FAITH
\ND HISTORY
A critical examination of the literature
vithin its historical setting to show the faith
md religious life of the Christian community
n the Biblical period, and an introduction to
he history of interpretation with an emphasis
m contemporary New Testament criticism
ind theology.
20
)EATH AND DYING
I A study of death from personal, social and
biversal standpoints with emphasis upon
jvhat the dying may teach the living. Principal
Issues are the stages of dying, bereavement,
uicide, funeral conduct, and the religious
loctrines of death and immortality. Course
ticludes, as optional, practical projects with
erminal patients under professional supervi-
ion. Only one course from the combination of
lEL 120 and 121 may be used for distribution.
21
pTER DEATH AND DYING
I An examination of the question of life
iifter death in terms of contemporary clinical
tudies, the New Testament resurrection
narratives, the Asian doctrine of reincarna-
ion, and the classical theological beliefs of
iTovidence and predestination. Prerequisite:
^EL 120 is recommended but not required,
^nly one course from the combination of REL
20 and 121 may be used for distribution.
he mate vears.
ItM-Ol ACADEMIC CATALOG
222
PROTESTANTISM IN THE
MODERN WORLD
An examination of Protestant thought and
life from Luther to the present against the
backdrop of a culture rapidly changing from
the 17th century scientific revolution to
Marxism, Darwinism, and depth psychology.
Special attention will be paid to the constant
interaction between Protestantism and the
world in which it finds itself. Alternate
years.
223
ROOTS OF EARLY CHRISTIANITY
A study of historical, cultural, and reli-
gious influences that shaped the formation of
early Christianity and the antecedents of
Christian doctrine and practice in Hellenistic,
Roman, and post-exilic Jewish cultures.
224
JUDAISM AND ISLAM
An examination of the rise, growth, and
expansion of Judaism and Islam with special
attention given to the theological contents of
the literatures of these religions as far as they
are normative in matters of faith, practice, and
organization. Also, a review of their contri-
butions to the spiritual heritage of mankind.
Alternate years.
225
ASIAN RELIGIONS
A phenomenological study of the basic
content of Hinduism, Buddhism, and Chinese
Taoism with special attention to social and
political relations, mythical and aesthetic
forms, and the East-West dialogue. Alternate
years.
226
BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY
A study of the role of archaeology in
reconstructing the world in which the Biblical
literature originated with special attention
given to archaeological results that throw
light on the clarification of the Biblical text.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Also, an introduction to basic archaeological
method and a study in depth of several
representative excavations along with the
artifacts and material culture recovered from
different historical periods.
227
HISTORY AND THEOLOGY
OF THE EARLY CHURCH
An examination of the life and theology of
the church from the close of the New Testa-
ment to the fifth century. Special attention
will be given to the struggles of the church
with heretical movements, the controversies
concerning the person and nature of Christ,
and the encounter of the church with the
Roman Empire.
230
PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION
A study into the broad insights of psychol-
ogy in relation to the phenomena of religion
and religious behavior. The course concen-
trates on religious experience or manifesta-
tions rather than concepts. Tentative solu-
tions will be sought to questions such as:
What does it feel like to be religious or to
have a religious experience? What is the
religious function in human development?
How does one think psychologically about
theological problems? Alternate years.
320
TOPICS IN COMPARATIVE RELIGION
A topics course with a comparative
religion focus. Prerequisite: REL J 10.
Topics will vary from year to year and may
be repeated for credit with consent of
instructor.
328
HISTORY AND CULTURE
OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST
A study of the history and culture of
Mesopotamia, Anatolia, Syria-Palestine, and
Egypt from the rise of the Sumerian culture to
Alexander the Great. Careful attention will
LYCOMING COLLEGE
158
be given to the religious views prevalent in
the ancient Near East as far as these views
interacted with the culture and faith of the
Biblical tradition.
331
CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS
A study of Christian ethics as a normativ<
perspective for contemporary moral problen
with emphasis upon the interaction of law ai
religion, decision-making in the field of
biomedical practice, and the reconstruction <
society in a planetary civilization. Alternate
years.
333
OLD TESTAMENT WOMEN
An in-depth study of a variety of biblical
texts and themes relevant to the roles and
character of women in the Old Testament,
including selections from Genesis, Ruth,
Esther, Song of Songs, Proverbs (esp. ch. 31
and the songs of Deborah and Miriam.
Excerpts from the prophecies of Hosea and
Ezekiel will also be considered. Alternate
years. Prerequisite: REL 113 or 114, or
consent of instructor.
337
BIBLICAL TOPICS
An in-depth study of Biblical topics
related to the Old and New Testaments.
Recently offered titles include David, Exodi
The Gospels of Mark and Thomas, Kingship
Ideologies, and The Sayings of Jesus.
Prerequisite: REL 113 or 114, or consent of
instructor. May be repeated for credit with
consent of instructor.
342
THE NATURE AND MISSION
OF THE CHURCH
A study of the nature of the Church as
"The People of God" with reference to the
Biblical, Protestant, Orthodox, and Roman
Catholic traditions.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAL<
401
FIELD ARCHAEOLOGY
Participation in an approved
archaeological dig or field school program in
the Near East or Mediterranean region.
Includes instruction in excavation techniques,
recording and processing of artifacts. A
survey of excavation and research and the use
of archaeology as a tool for elucidating
historical and cultural changes. Special fees
apply. May Term or Summer Sessions only.
Cross-listed as ARCH 401. Students desiring
credit toward the Religion major or
humanities distribution requirement should
register for REL 401.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in religion usually work in local
churches, hospitals, or other religion-based
organizations or programs under the supervi-
sion of the pastor, chaplain, or supervisor and
a member of the faculty.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Current study areas are in the Biblical
languages. Biblical history and theology.
Biblical archaeology, comparative religions,
and the ethics of technology.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
GREEK (GRK)
Greek is not offered as a major. An
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages
requires the completion of GRK 101-102,
HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK 221, 222.
HEBR221,222.
101-102
NEW TESTAMENT
GRAMMAR AND READINGS
Fundamentals of New Testament Greek
grammar and readings of selected passages of
1 2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
the Greek text. Does not satisfy humanities
requirement.
Ill
READINGS IN THE SYNOPTIC GOSPELS
A comparative study of the synoptic
tradition in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 102 or
equivalent. Does not satisfy humanities
requirement.
Ill
READINGS IN THE PAULINE EPISTLES
Selected readings from the letters of Paul
in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 221 or equiva-
lent. Does not satisfy humanities require-
ment.
HEBREW (HEBR)
Hebrew is not offered as a major. An
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages
requires the completion of GRK 101-102,
HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK 221, 222,
HEBR 221, 222.
101-102
OLD TESTAMENT
GRAMMAR AND READINGS
Fundamentals of Old Testament Hebrew
grammar and readings of selected passages of
the Hebrew text. Does not satisfy humanities
requirement.
Ill
READINGS IN OLD
TESTAMENT NARRATIVE
A critical reading of the Hebrew text of
selected narrative portions of the Old Testament
with special attention being given to exegetical
questions. The text read varies from year to
year. Prerequisite: HEBR 102 or equivalent.
Does not satisfy humanities requirement.
Ill
READINGS IN THE PROPHETIC BOOKS
AND WISDOM LITERATURE
A critical reading of the Hebrew text of
selected portions of Old Testament prophecy
LYCOMING COLLEGE
RELIGION • SCHOLAR PROGRAM
and wisdom literature with special attention
being given to exegetical questions. The text
read varies from year to year. Prerequisite:
HEBR 221 or equivalent. Does not satisfy
humanities requirement.
LATIN (LAT)
Latin is not offered as a major.
101-102
LATIN GRAMMAR AND READINGS
Fundamentals of classical Latin grammar
and readings of selected passages from Latin
authors.
221
LATIN READINGS AND CULTURE I
Readings in a variety of classical Latin
texts, including a brief grammar review.
Prerequisite: Two years of high school Latin
or the equivalent, or consent of instructor.
222
LATIN READINGS AND CULTURE II
Readings in a variety of classical Latin
texts, including the study of Latin inscrip-
tions. Prerequisite: Two years of high
school Latin or the equivalent, or consent of
instructor.
SCHOLAR
PROGRAM (scHOL)
Assistant Professor: Briggs (Director)
The Lycoming College Scholar Program is
a special program designed to meet the needs
and aspirations of highly motivated students c
superior intellectual ability. Lycoming
scholars satisfy the College's distribution
requirements with more challenging courses
than students not in the Scholar Program are
required to complete. (Substitutions to the
Scholar Distribution Requirements can be
made only by successful application to the
Scholar's Council.) Lycoming Scholars also
participate in special interdisciplinary semi-
nars and in an independent study culminating!
in a senior presentation.
301
LYCOMING SCHOLAR SEMINAR
Team taught interdisciplinary seminar held
each semester under the direction of the
Lycoming Scholar Council. May be repeated
for credit. Completion of five semesters is
required by the Scholar Program. Prerequi-
site: Acceptance into the Lycoming Scholar
Program. One-quarter unit of credit. Grade
will be recorded as "A " or "F. "
450
SENIOR SEMINAR
During the senior year. Lycoming Scholars
complete independent studies or departmental
honors projects. These projects are presented
to scholars and faculty in the senior seminar.
Non-credit course. Prerequisite: Acceptance
into the Lycoming Scholar Program.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
SOCIOLOGY-
ANTHROPOLOGY
(SOC)
Professor: Wilk (Chairperson)
Associate Professor: Ross
Assistant Professor: McCall
The Sociology-Anthropology Department
offers two tracks in the major. Both tracks
introduce the students to the fundamental
concepts of the discipline, and both tracks
prepare the student for graduate school.
Track I emphasizes the theoretical aspects
of sociology and anthropology. Track II
emphasizes the application of sociology and
anthropology to human services.
Track I - Sociology-Anthropology requires
the core course sequence SOC 110, 114, 229,
330. 430, 444 and three other courses within
the department with the exception of SOC
443. REL 226 may also be counted toward
the major.
Track II - Human Services in a Socio-
Cultural Perspective requires SOC 110, 222,
229, 330, 430, 443, and 444. In addition,
students must select two courses from among
the following: SOC 210, 220, 228, 300, 310,^
334, and 335; however, students may not take
both SOC 210 and 310 from this list. Stu-
dents are also required to choose two units
from the following courses: PSY 1 10, BUS
244, COMM 211, ECON 224, PHIL 219,
PSCl 21 1, and PSCI 332. Recommended
pourses: ACCT 1 10, 226; SPAN 111,112;
HIST 126; and PHIL 334.
Majors in both tracks are encouraged to
enroll in the practicum. Students interested in
.eacher certification should refer to the
Department of Education on page 103.
The following courses satisfy the cultural
Wrsity requirement: SOC 229, 331, 334,
335, 336, and 337. The following courses,
ivhen scheduled as W courses, count toward
he writing intensive requirement: SOC 229
,ind 33 1 .
W-OV ACADEMIC CATALOG
Minor
A minor in sociology and anthropology
consists of SOC 1 1 and four other SOC
courses approved by the department, three of
which must be numbered 220 or above.
110
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY
An introduction to the problems, concepts,
and methods in sociology today, including
analysis of stratification, organization of
groups and institutions, social movements,
and deviants in social structure.
114
INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY
An introduction to the subfields of
anthropology; its subject matter, methodol-
ogy, and goals, examination of biological and
cultural evolution, the fossil evidence for
human evolution, and questions raised in
relation to human evolution. Other topics
include race, human nature, primate behavior,
and prehistoric cultural development.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
210
SOCIOLOGY OF MENTAL HEALTH
AND ILLNESS
This course is an examination of the
concepts of mental health and mental illness
from a sociological perspective. Major issues
to be addressed include a consideration of the
meaning and implications of the term "mental
illness," an examination of the most important
sociological and social psychological theories
of mental illness and mental health, an exam-
ination of the social reaction that American
culture has traditionally responded with to the
condition of mental illness, and an analysis of
historical and modern methods of treatment.
220
SOCIOLOGY OF FAMILY
This course examines American families
from a sociological perspective with
particular emphasis on the interplay of family
as it relates to other social institutions such as
the economic, political, educational, religious,
and legal institutions. We will look at the
multiple forms of family and examine racial,
ethnic, and social class variations.
Additionally, family as a gendered institution
and its implications for men's and women's
lives will be addressed.
222
INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES
This course is for students interested in
learning about, or entering, the human
services profession. It will review the history,
the range, and the goals of human services
together with a survey of various strategies
and approaches to human problems. A
twenty-hour community service component is
an optional element of the course. Prerequi-
site: SOC no and/or PSY NO; or consent of
instructor.
228
AGING AND SOCIETY
Analysis of cross-cultural characteristics
of the aged as individuals and as members of
LYCOMING COLLEGE
groups. Emphasis is placed upon media
portrayals as well as such variables as healtl
housing, socio-economic status, personal
adjustment, retirement, and social participa-
tion. Sociological, social psychological, aiK
anthropological frames of reference are
utilized in analysis and description of aging
and its relationship to the individual and
society. Prerequisite: SOC 110.
229
CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY n
An examination of cultural and social |
anthropology designed to familiarize the
student with the analytical approaches to tin.
diverse cultures of the world. The relevant;
of cultural anthropology for an understand in
of the human condition will be stressed.
Topics to be covered include the nature of
primitive societies in contrast to civilization
the concept of culture and cultural relativisn
the individual and culture, the social patternis
of behavior and social control, an anthropok i
cal perspective on the culture of the United
States.
300
CRIMINOLOGY
Analysis of the sociology of law; conditK .^
iinder which criminal laws develop; etiology 1
crime; epidemiology of crime, including
explanation of statistical distribution of
criminal behavior in terms of time, space, an
social location. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or
consent of instructor.
310
MEDICAL SOCIOLOGY
This course examines the social contexts
health, illness and medicine. It gives
prominence to the debates and contrasting
perspectives that characterize the field of
medical sociology. Topics include the sociej
environmental and occupational factors in
health and illness, the development of the
health professions, ethical issues in medicin
healthcare reform, and the conundrum of
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAL
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
managed care. In exploring these topics,
emphasis is given to how the social categories
of gender, ethnicity, and social class relate
with illness, health, and health care.
320
SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY-
ANTHROPOLOGY
Study of selected sociological and/or
anthropological problems, theorists, or
movements. Sample topics include sociology
of education, environmental sociology, art
and society, sociology of childhood, and
media and culture. Prerequisite: SOCllOor
consent of instructor. With departmental
consent, this course may be repeated for
credit.
330
RESEARCH METHODS I
In studying the research process in
sociology-anthropology, attention is given to
the process of designing and administering
both qualitative and quantitative research.
Students complete an original field work
project in a public setting. Additionally,
students will learn to compile and analyze
quantitative data through a micro computer
H statistical software package. Different
\ methodological skills considered include:
field work, questionnaire construction,
unobtrusive research, and program evaluation.
The course must be taken in the junior year.
Prerequisites: SOC 110 and MATH 123.
!331
SOCIOLOGY OF GENDER
Virtually every society known to us is
\ founded upon assumptions of gender differ-
lences and the politics of gender inequality.
ijThis course focuses on the ways in which
gender is socially constructed and institution-
alized in societies. Topics to be considered
include cultural constructions of masculinity,
femininity, heterosexuality, and homosexual-
jity; institutional sites of gender differentiation
[such as work, family, military, and education;
media representations of gender and sexual-
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ity; and reproduction politics. Emphasis is
placed on various theories that have been
advanced to explain gender stratification.
Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. Alternate years.
334
RACE AND MULTICULTURAL
RELATIONS
This course is the study of ethnic groups
within the framework of American cultural
values. An analysis includes historical,
cultural, and social factors underlying ethnic
conflict. The course will provide an analysis
of the social construction of race and the
social implications of those constructions.
Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or consent of
instructor.
335
CULTURE AND PERSONALITY
Introduction to psychological anthropol-
ogy, its theories and methodologies. Empha-
sis will be placed on the relationship between
individual and culture, national character,
cognition and culture, culture and mental
disorders, and cross-cultural considerations of
the concept of self. Prerequisite: SOC 229
or consent of instructor.
336
THE ANTHROPOLOGY
OF PRIMITIVE RELIGIONS
The course will familiarize the student
with the wealth of anthropological data on the
religions and world views developed by prim-
itive peoples. The functions of primitive rel-
igion in regard to the individual, society, and
various cultural institutions will be examined.
Subjects to be surveyed include myth, witch-
craft, vision quests, spirit possession, the
cultural use of dreams, and revitalization
movements. Particular emphasis will be
given to shamanism, transcultural religious
experience, and the creation of cultural
realities through religions. Both a social
scientific and existential perspective will be
employed. Pre-requisite: SOC 229 or
consent of instructor.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
337
THE ANTHROPOLOGY OF
AMERICAN INDIANS
An ethnographic survey of native North
American Indian and Eskimo cultures, such
as the Iroquois. Plains Indians, Pueblo,
Kwakiutl, and Netsilik. Changes in native
lifeways due to European contacts and United
States expansion will be considered. Recent
cultural developments among American
Indians will be placed in an anthropological
perspective.
430
RESEARCH METHODS II
Building on the research skills acquired in
SOC 330, students will complete an original
quantitative or qualitative research project
utilizing one of the many data collection
strategies available to sociologists and
anthropologists such as field work, content
analysis, surveys, qualitative interviews,
experimental design, secondary data analysis,
or program evaluation. Topic selection is of
individual student's choice. Prerequisite:
SOC 330.
443
HUMAN SERVICES IN
HELPING INSTITUTIONS
The course examines the organizational
and conceptual context within which human
services are delivered in contemporary
society. Subjects to be covered include
ethnographic study of nursing homes, prisons,
therapeutic communities, mental hospitals,
and other human service institutions. The
methodology of fieldwork will be explored so
as to sensitize the student to the socio-cultural
dimensions of helping environments and
relationships. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or 229,
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
444
SOCIAL THEORY
The history of the development of sociologi-
cal thought from its earliest philosophical
LYCOMING COLLEGE
beginnings is treated through discussions aiu
reports. Emphasis is placed upon sociologies
thought since the time of Comte. Prerequisit
SOC 1 10 or consent of instructor.
448
PRACTICUM IN
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
This course provides students with the
opportunity to apply a socio-cultural perspec:
tive to any of a number of organizational
settings in the Williamsport area. As the bas
for the course, students arrange an internship
in the local community. At the same time th
student is contributing time and talent to the
organization in question, he/she will also be
observing, from a socio-cultural perspective,
the events, activities, structure, and dynamicj
of the organization. These experiences will I
supplemented by academic readings, a
regularly scheduled seminar, and the keeping
of a detailed field journal. Prerequisite:
Consent of Instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in sociology-anthropology typical
work off campus with social service agencie
under the supervision of administrators.
However, other internship experiences, such
as with the Lycoming County Historical
Museum, are available.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
An opportunity to pursue specific interest
and topics not usually covered in regular
courses. Through a program of readings and
tutorials, the student will have the opportuni
to pursue these interests and topics in
greater depth than is usually possible in a
regular course.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC
THEATRE thea)
Associate Professor: Allen (Chairperson)
Assistant Professor: Stanley
Visiting Assistant Professor: Graham
Part-time Instructor: Clark
Theatre is a combination of many art
forms, and the theatre curriculum provides
opportunities to explore all its aspects:
dramatic literature, acting, directing, design,
and technical theatre. The rigorous production
program offers practical training to comple-
ment the comprehensive curriculum.
The Theatre Department produces a full
season of faculty- and student-directed
productions each year. In addition, the
department also manages a children's theatre
company. The Emerald City Players. The
department's production facilities include the
Mary L. Welch Theatre, an intimate thrust
stage, and the Dragon's Lair Theatre, a small
black box studio theatre in the Academic
Center. The department also maintains
support facilities, including a scene shop,
costume shop, dressing rooms, makeup room,
and rehearsal areas.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: THEA 1 14, 212, 332,
333, 335, and 410. The following courses,
when scheduled as W courses, count toward
the writing intensive requirement: THEA
212, 332, and 333.
Major
All students majoring in Theatre must
complete the core courses and the require-
ments for at least one of the three tracks listed
below.
Core courses required of all majors:
THEA 100, 145, 232, 332, 333, 335, 410, and
449.
Track Requirements:
1. Acting:
THEA 148, 226, 245, and either 345 or
402; 1 credit of 160, one-half credit
which must be earned serving as Assistant
Stage Manager or Crew Head for a
faculty-directed production, and 3 credits
of 161.
2. Directing:
THEA 148, 226, 326, and either 402 or
426; 2 credits of 160, one-half credit
which must be earned serving as Assistant
Stage Manager for a faculty-directed
production and one-half credit which must
be earned as the Stage Manager for a
faculty-directed production, and 2 credits
of 161.
3. Design/Tech:
THEA 149, 228, 229, 320; one from the
following: 402, 427, 428, 429; and 4
credits of THEA 160 and/or 161.
Minors
Three minors are available in the Theatre
Department.
• A minor in Performance consists of THEA
100. 145, 148, 226, 245, and one credit of
THEA 160 and/or THEA 161.
• A minor in Technical Theatre consists of
THEA 100, 149, 228, 229, 320, and one
LYCOMING COLLEGE
credit of THE A 160 and/or THE A 161 .
• A minor in Theatre History and Literature
consists of THEA 100, 332. 333, 335, 410,
and one credit of THEA 1 60 and/or
THEA 161.
100
INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE
A comprehensive introduction to the
aesthetics of theatre. From the spectator's
point of view, the nature of theatre will be
explored, including dramatic literature and
the integral functioning of acting, directing
and all production aspects. Concurrent
enrollment in THEA 148 prohibited.
114
FILM ART: MOTION PICTURE
MASTERPIECES
Study of selected classic experimental and
narrative films from around the world as well
as from Hollywood. Consideration of what
makes a classic through examination of such
topics as acting, writing, directing, style, and
genre. Alternate years.
135-136
INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II
An introduction to the techniques of basic
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz,
and modem dance. Classes include improvi-
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for
THEA 136: THEA 135 or consent of instruc-
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to
students who have received credit for MUS
135- 136 or MUS 235-236. Cross-listed as
MUS 135-136.
137
HISTORY OF THE DANCE I
A survey of classical ballet from the
Ballets de cour of 1 7th-century France to the
present with emphasis on the contributions of
Petipa, Fokine, Cecchetti, and Balanchine.
One -half unit of credit. Not open to students
who have received credit for MUS 137.
Cross-listed as MUS 137.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
138
HISTORY OF THE DANCE II
A survey of the forms of dance, excluding
classical ballet, as independent works of art
and as they have reflected the history of civil
ization. One-half unit of credit. Not open to
students who have received credit for MUS
138. Cross-listed as MUS 138.
145
ACTING I
An introductory study of the actor's
preparation with emphasis on developing the
actor's creative imagination through improvi
sation, character analysis, and scene study.
Prerequisite: THEA 100. Majors may take
concurrently with THEA 100.
148
PLAY PRODUCTION
Stagecraft and the various aspects of
production are introduced. Through materia
presented and laboratory work on the Mary I
Welch Theatre productions, students will
acquire experience with design, scenery,
properties, costumes and lighting. Prerequi
site: THEA 100. Concurrent enrollment in
THEA 100 prohibited.
149
THEATRE GRAPHICS
A comprehensive course in mechanical
drafting, perspective rendering, figure
drawing, color theory, and scene painting as
these skills relate to the study of theatrical
design. Prerequisite: THEA 100 or consent
of instructor.
160
TECHNICAL THEATRE PRACTICUM
161
REHEARSAL AND PERFORMANCE
PRACTICUM
Supervised participation in the various
aspects of technical production and/or
rehearsal and performance of the Theatre
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC
Department's faculty-directed productions in
the Mary L. Welch Theatre. Credit for
Theatre Practicum is earned on a fractional
basis. Students may register for one-half
semester hour course credit per production
for active participation in the designated area
of technology and performance, limited to
one semester hour credit per semester and
eight semester hours credit over four years.
Credit may not be used to satisfy distribution
requirements in Fine Arts. Students may not
register for Theatre Practicum while taking
THEA 148 without permission of the
instructor. When scheduling, students should
register for Theatre Practicum in addition to
the normal four academic courses. Because
students may not be cast or assigned duties in
time to meet the drop/add deadline, late
registration for THEA 160 and 161 (Re-
hearsal and Performance) will be permitted
without penalty.
1 201
TOURING CHILDREN'S THEATRE
Production and rehearsal techniques for
performance of a children's play. Students
will construct sets, costumes, props and
rehearse for touring and performing on during
slated class times at area grade schools.
Students may repeat this course once with a
different play. Prerequisites: THEA 100 and
consent of instructor.
212
MULTICULTURAL AMERICA
ON SCREEN
Introduction to the art of understanding
moving images to discover the cultural values
of American filmmakers and their audiences.
Comparison of the ways in which films and
television use comedy, drama, and the
docum-entary to examine topics having to do
with values, beliefs, and cultural diversity in
America.
215
SPECIAL TOPICS IN THEATRE
Study of selected theatrical subjects, such
as plays, writers, movements, or technical
projects. Recent topics include stage
management, sound design, stagecraft, and
professional development. Prerequisite:
THEA 100. With consent of instructor, may
be repeated for credit if the topic is different
from one previously studied.
220
VOICE AND DICTION
Introduction to the fundamental tech-
niques of vocal production for the theatre.
Emphasizes an individual program of
personal vocal development. Dialects and
phonetic study of the major European accents
and English accents. Includes oral practice of
relevant literature. Alternate years. One-half
unit of credit.
226
DIRECTING I
An introductory study of the functions of
the director, with emphasis on script analysis,
the rehearsal process, and communicating
with collaborators. Practical scene work
directing student actors is a major component
of the course. Prerequisite: THEA 145.
Alternate years.
SCENE DESIGN
Development of scene design techniques
through study of the practice in rendering,
perspective drawing, plan drafting, sketching
and model building. Beginning work in
theory, techniques, and practices in scenery
painting for the theatre. Prerequisites:
THEA 148 and THEA 149. Alternate years.
' 2006-
07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
229
LIGHTING DESIGN
The theory of stage and lighting design
with emphasis on their practical apphcation to
the theatre. Prerequisites: THEA 148 and
149. Alternate years.
232
STAGE MAKEUP
Essentials in stage makeup: straight,
character, special types. Effects of light on
makeup are included. Recommended for
performers and directors of educational,
church and community theatres. Prerequisite:
THEA 148. One-half unit of credit. Alternate
Years.
233
ADVANCED MAKEUP
Advanced techniques in makeup design.
Three-dimensional and prosthetic makeups are
included, with emphasis on nonrealistic and
nonhuman forms. Prerequisite: THEA 232.
One-half unit of credit. Alternate years.
235-236
INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II
Studies of the techniques of basic move-
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz, and
modem dance at the intermediate level.
Classes include improvisation and choreogra-
phy. Prerequisite for THEA 235: THEA 136
or consent of instructor. Prerequisite for
THEA 236: THEA 235 or consent of instruc-
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to
students who have received credit for MUS
135- 136 or MUS 235-236. Cross-listed as
MUS 235-236.
245
ACTING II
Exploration of contemporary realism
through intensive character analysis, mono-
logue work, and scene study. Prerequisite:
THEA 145.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
315
SPECIAL TOPICS IN THEATRE
Study of selected theatrical subjects, such
as plays, writers, movements, or technical
projects. Recent topics include stage
management, sound design, stagecraft, and
professional development. Prerequisite:
THEA 100. With consent of instructor, may
be repeated for credit if the topic is different
from one previously studied.
320
COSTUME DESIGN
The theory of costuming for the stage,
elements of design, planning, production and
construction of costumes for the theatre.
Students will participate in the construction o
costumes for faculty-directed productions.
Prerequisites: THEA 148 and 149, or conser
of instructor. Majors may take concurrently
with THEA 145. Alternate years.
326
DIRECTING II
Continued exploration of the director's
role in the production process with emphasis
on the director's work in rehearsal. Practical
application will include the direction of a one
act play with student actors in the Dragon's
Lair Theatre. Prerequisite: THEA 226.
Alternate years.
332
THEATRE HISTORY I
An investigation of the Western theatre as
the evolution of a multidisciplinary artistic,
cultural, social, economic, religious, and
political phenomenon. Dramatic texts
representing specific eras will be studied as
historical evidence of theatre practice.
Focuses on the origins of the theatre through
1700. Prerequisite: THEA 100, or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
333
THEATRE HISTORY II
An investigation of the Western theatre as
the evolution of a muhidisciphnary artistic,
cultural, social, economic, religious, and
political phenomenon. Dramatic texts
representing specific eras will be studied as
historical evidence of theatre practice.
Focuses on the early 1 8* century through the
theatre today. Prerequisite: THEA 332, or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
335
MODERN DRAMA
An examination of selected examples of
dramatic literature from the modem theatre,
1 875 to the present. The course will focus on
a single topic within this framework, such as
American drama, American musical theatre,
European drama, absurdist drama, epic drama,
expressionistic drama, performance art, etc.
Prerequisites: THEA 332 and 333, or consent
of instructor. Alternate years.
337
PLAYWRITING
An investigation of the techniques of
playwriting with an emphasis on creative
writing, culminating in a written one-act
play. Prerequisites: ENGL 106 or 107 and
THEA 226, or consent of instructor. Alternate
years.
345
ACTING III
Exploration of historical acting styles
including Greek, commedia dell 'arte, Elizabe-
than, comedy of manners, melodrama, and
expressionism. Practical application will
include character analysis, monologue work,
and scene study. Prerequisite: THEA 245.
402
SHAKESPEARE ON STAGE
A study of Shakespeare's plays in produc-
tion terms. Emphasis will be on translating
works from the page to the stage, with special
' 2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
attention to language, poetry, and acting styles
as well as technical problems. Contemporary
productions will be viewed. Prerequisites:
THEA 332 and 333, or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
410
THEATRE AND CULTURE
Exploration of one or more historic
periods in a specific locale to discover the
nature of the theatre in its cultural context.
Included will be a study of the art, music,
literature, political and social framework of
the period and locale. Prerequisites: THEA
332 and 333, or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
415
SPECIAL TOPICS IN THEATRE
Study of selected theatrical subjects, such
as plays, writers, movements, or technical
projects. Recent topics include stage
management, sound design, stagecraft, and
professional development. Prerequisite:
THEA 100. With consent of instructor, may
be repeated for credit if the topic is different
from one previously studied.
426
DIRECTING III
Practical application of directing in one of
the department's two performance spaces.
Prerequisites: THEA 326 cmd consent of
instructor. May be repeated for credit.
427
ADVANCED COSTUME DESIGN STUDIO
Practical application of costume design for
the studio or main stage productions. Prereq-
uisites: THEA 320 and consent of instructor.
May be repeated for credit.
428
ADVANCED SCENE DESIGN STUDIO
Practical application of scene design for the
studio or main stage productions. Prerequi-
site: Consent of instructor. May be repeated
for credit.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
429
ADVANCED LIGHTING DESIGN STUDIO
Practical application of lighting design for
the studio or main stage productions. Prereq-
uisite: Consent of instructor. May be repeated
for credit.
444
ADVANCED DIRECTING STUDIO
Practical application of directing for studio
or main stage productions. Prerequisites:
Consent of instructor and THEA 426. May he
repeated for credit.
445
ADVANCED ACTING STUDIO
Practical application of acting for studio or
main stage productions. Prerequisites:
Consent of instructor and THEA 345. May be
repeated for credit.
449
SENIOR PROJECT
The practical application of one specific
theatre discipline. Students have the option of
demonstrating expertise in costume design.
scene design, lighting design, acting, or
directing for departmental productions. Othe
options may include but are not limited to
design projects or one-person shows. Studen
will be required to submit a formal written
proposal in the spring of their junior year
which must be approved by all full-time
Theatre Department faculty. This course is
open to senior theatre majors only.
470 - 479
INTERNSHIP (See Index)
Students in the theatre work off campus in
theatres such as the Guthrie Theatre, Minne-
apolis, and the Hartford Stage and the Trinity
Repertory.
N80/N89
INDEPENDENT STUDIES (See Index)
Subjects for Independent Studies are
chosen in conjunction with faculty members.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
Students who qualify for Departmental
Honors will produce a major independent
project in research and/or theatre production.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
WOMEN'S AND GENDER STUDIES
The following courses satisfy the cultural
diversity requirement: WGST 200 and
WGST 300.
WOMEN'S AND
GENDER STUDIES
(WGST)
Assistant Professor: Stanley (Director)
Although a major in women's and gender
studies is available only under the policies
regarding Individual Interdisciplinary Majors,
an established minor in women's and gender
studies is provided. WGST 200 and four of
the following established cross-listed courses
are required for the minor. Students may
substitute no more than two experimental or
topics courses that have been approved by the
coordinating committee. To receive credit for
a minor in women's and gender studies,
students must maintain at least a 2.00 average
in courses taken for that minor.
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ART 339
ENGL 334
HIST 220
PSCI 347
PS Y 341
REL 333
SOC 220
SOC331
WGST 300
Women in Art
Women and Literature
Women in History
Women and Politics
Psychology of Women
Old Testament Women
Sociology of Family
Sociology of Gender
Topics in Women's and
Gender Studies
200
GENDERED PERSPECTIVES
An examination of gender issues from an
interdisciplinary perspective. This course
will explore the social construction of gender
and gendered institutions as well as relevant
critical approaches such as feminist, Utopian,
and queer theories. Topics may involve
language, art, science, politics, culture,
violence, race, class, ethnic differences,
sexuality, and pornography.
300
TOPICS IN WOMEN'S AND GENDER
STUDIES
An examination of selected topics in
Women's and Gender Studies designed to
allow students to pursue particular subjects in
more depth and detail than in the general
introductory course. With the permission of
the Coordinator of the Women 's and Gender
Studies Program, students may repeat this
course depending on the content.
N80/N89
INDEPENDENT STUDIES
With the approval of the Coordinator, an
appropriate special course or independent
studies project may be substituted for one of
the four courses required for the minor.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
The Board Of Trustees
OFFICERS
Arthur A. Haberberger '59
Chairman
Investor and Consultant
Reading. PA
Jay W. Cleveland, Sr.
Vice Chairman
Chairman of the Board/CEO
Cleveland Brothers
Equipment Company
Harrisburg, PA
Melvin H. Campbell, Jr. '70
Secretary
Owner/President
Campbell, Harrington &
Brear Advertising
York. PA
Harold D. Hershberger, Jr.
'51
Assistant Secretary
President
Deer Mountain Associates. Inc.
Williamsport. PA
Ann S. Pepperman, Esq.
Assistant Secretary
Partner
McNerney, Page.
Vanderlin & Hall
Williamsport. PA
BOARD MEMBERS
Brenda P. Alston-Mills '66
Professor
North Carolina State Univ.
Raleigh, NC
David R. Bahl, Esq.
Partner
McCormick Law Firm
Williamsport, PA
Robert L. Bender '59
Assoc. VP for Academic
Affairs/Retired
University of Illinois
Champaign. IL
John R. Biggar '66
Exec. V.P. & CFG
PPL Resources. Inc.
Allentown. PA
James E. Douthat
President
Lycoming College
Williamsport, PA
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Donald E. Failor '68
Owner/Chartered Life
Underwriter
D.E. Failor Associates
Harrisburg, PA
Daniel G. Fultz '57
E.\ec. VP and Treasurer/
Retired
Lycoming College
Williamsport, PA
David D. Gathman '69
SVP & CFG
SunGard SCT Inc.
Malvern, PA
Daniel R. Hawbaker
President
Glenn O. Hawbaker, Inc.
State College, PA
Michael J. Hayes '63
President and CEO
Fred's
Memphis, TN
James L. Hebe '71
Owner
Seagrave Fire Apparatus
Clintonville, WI
Bishop Neil L. Irons
Bishop/Retired
Central PA Conference
United Methodist Church
Mechanicsburg. PA
Dale N. Krapf '67
President
George Krapf. Jr. &
Sons, Inc.
Exton. PA
Daniel R. Langdon 73
President
East Penn Manufacturing
Co., Inc.
Lyon Station. PA
David B. Lee '61
President/CEO/Retired
Omega Financial Corp.
State College. PA
Robert G. Little '63
Family Physician
Community Medical
Associates
Halifax. PA
Carolyn-Kay Lundy '63
Community Volunteer
Williamsport. PA
Peter R. Lynn '69
President and CEO
Government Retirement &
Benefits. Inc.
Alexandria. VA
D. Stephen Martz '64
Consultant
Hollidaysburg Trust Co.
Hollidaysburg, PA
Richard D. Mase '62
Businessman, Self-employed/
Retired
Montoursville, PA
Norman B. Medow '60
Surgeon
Manhattan Eye. Ear &
Throat Hospital
New York. NY
James G. Scott '70
Independent Consultant
West Newbury. MA
Robert L. Shangraw '58
Chairman Emeritus
First Vice President for
Investments/Retired
Merrill Lynch. Pierce,
Fenner & Smith
Williamsport, PA
Hugh H. Sides '60
President
Robert M. Sides Music, Inc.
Williamsport. PA
Stanley W. Sloter '80
President
Paradigm Companies
Arlington. VA
Clinton W. Smith '55
Senior Judge
Lycoming County Ct. House
Williamsport, PA
Charles D. Springman "59
Sr. VP Operations/Retired
May Department Stores
Williamsport. PA
John S. Ti-ogner, Jr. '68
President/First Commercial
Real Estate
Treasurer/Troegs Brewing Co.
Harrisburg. PA
Phyllis L. Vasui
Nurse/Homemaker/Retired
Montoursville. PA
Alvin M. Younger, Jr. "71
Chief Financial Officer/
Retired
T. Rowe Price Associates.
Inc.
Baltimore. MD
Dennis G. Voushaw '61
Surgeon
Blair Medical Associates
Altoona, PA
EMERITI
David Y. Brouse '47
Manager/Retired
GTE Sylvania
Montoursville, PA
Richard W. DeWald 61
Chairman
Montgomery Plumbing
Supply Company
Montoursville, PA
Samuel H. Evert '34
Owner/Retired
Bloom Penn Construction
Bloomsburg, PA
Rev. Kenrick R. Khan '5'
Clergy/Teacher/Retired
Penney Farms, FL
Margaret D. L'Heureux
Real Estate Broker/Retired
Williamsport, PA
William Pickelner
President
Pickelner Fuel Oil Compan
Williamsport. PA
Marguerite Rich '42
Homemaker
Woolrich. PA
Harold H. Shreckengast,
Jr. '50
Audit Partner/Retired
Price Waterhouse
Philadelphia. PA
Rev. Dr. Wallace Stettler
President/Retired
Wyoming Seminary
Kingston, PA
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO<
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Administrative Staff
James E. Douthat (1989)
President
A.B., The College of William and Mary
M.Diw, Ed.D., Duke University
John F. Piper, Jr. (1969)
Dean of the College
Professor of History
A.B., Lafayette College
B.D., Yale University
Ph.D., Duke University
Sue S. Gaylor (2003)
Executive Assistant to the President/
histitutional Planning Officer
A.B., Dartmouth College
Ed.M., Ed.D., Hansard University
Robert Griesemer (2001)
Vice President and Treasurer
B.S., Lafayette College
Lynn Jackson (2005)
Vice President for College Advancement
B.S. Western Michigan University
Daniel P. Miller (2005)
Dean of Student Affairs
B.S., St. John Fisher College
M.S., Syracuse University
Ed.D., Widener University
James D. Spencer (1989)
Dean of Admissions & Financial Aid
B.A., Concordia College
Debbie L. Ackerman (1978)
Custodial Services Manager
Joseph Balduino (2004)
Admissions Counselor
B.A.. Lycoming College
Patricia E. Bausinger (2001)
, Campus Store Manager
JacqueHne R. Bilger (2004)
Director of Human Resources
B.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology
f 2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Dale V. Bower (1968)
Planned Giving Consultant
B.S., Lycoming College
B.D., United Theological Seminary
Allison A. Bressler (2005)
Asst. Director of Student Programs &
Leadership Development
B.A., M.A.. Edinboro University
Robert C. Brobson (2003)
Director of Safety & Security
B.A., Mansfield State College
M.S., California State Univ. of Long Beach
Steven Caravaggio (1992)
Director of Academic Computing
& End User Services
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., University of Pittsburgh
James J. Carey (2005)
Asst. Director of Safety & Security Operations
A.A.., B.A., King's College
Sara E. Case (2003)
Director of Annual Giving
B.A., Lafayette College
Christine G. Coale (2003)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., George Washington University
A.A., Mt. Vernon College
Regina Collins (1991)
Assistant Dean for Freshman
B.A., Rosemont College
M.S., Bucknell University
Amy L. Cotner-Klingler (2005)
Director of Residential Life
B.S., Pennsylvania State University
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Richard L. Cowher II (1978)
Print Shop Manager
RobertL. Curry (1969)
Associate Director of Athletics
B.A., Lycoming College
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMINISTRATIVESTAFF
Stephanie E. Fortin (2002)
Counselor, Counseling & Wellness Services
B.A., Lyconung College
M.A., Kutzfown University
Nicole S. Franquet (1996)
Director of Network Services
B.A., Lycoming College
Sister Catherine Ann Gilvary IHM (1994)
Catholic Campus Minister
A.B., M.A., M.S., Marywood College
Frank L. Girardi (1984)
Director of Athletics
Head Football Coach
B.S., West Chester State College
Allison Gregory (2005)
Instructional Services Librarian Instructor
Instructor, Library
B.A., Lycoming College
Murray J. Hanford (1991)
Publications Manager
Daniel J. Hartsock( 1981)
Assistant Dean for Sophomores
Director of Academic Resource Center and
Coordinator of Advising
B.H., The Pennsylvania State University
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
David Heffner (1994)
Assoc. Dean/Director of
Information Technology Services
B.S., The Pennsylvcmia State University
M.S., Bloomsburg University
Nancy Hollick (1990)
Staff Accountant
A.A.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology
B.S., Lock Haven University
Maramonne Houseknecht (2000)
Assistant Director of Admissions
B.A., Niagara University
J. Marco Hunsberger (1989)
Campus Minister
B.A., Mercer University
M.Div., United Theological Seminary
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Laura C. Johnson (2003)
Director of Student Recreation & Conferences
B.S., Rutgers University, Cook College
M.S., Ohio University
Michelle M. Jones (1996)
Assistant Controller
B.A., Lycoming College
Jane C. Keller (1998)
Asst. Director Academic Resource Center
B.A., Bucknell University
M.S., Wilkes University
Andrew W. Kilpatrick (2005)
Student Life Coordinator
B.A., University of Scranton
S.T.B., Gregorian University
S.T.L., Accademia Alfonsiana
Wayne E. Kinley (1990)
Controller and Assistant Treasurer
B.A., Lycoming College
F. Douglas Kuntz (2000)
Director of Physical Plant
B.S., West Virginia University
Meghan E. Labosky (2006)
Associate Director of Annual Giving
B.S.Ed., Lock Haven University
Sandi L.Lander (1995)
Director of Administrative Computing
B.S., SUNY College at Brockport
Anne M. Landon (1996)
Coordinator of Internships and
Assistant to the Director of IMS
B.A., Bloomsburg University
Linda B. Loehr (2001)
Registered Nurse, Health Services
Jamie A. Lowthert (2004)
Director of Financial Aid
B.A., Bloomsburg University
M.S., University of Kentucky
Kathy A. Lucas (1998)
Registered Nurse, Health Services
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Lawrence P. Mannolini, III (2004)
Director Student Programs/Leadership Devel.
B.A., St. Lawrence University
M.Ed., Springfield College
Brenda M. Marshall (2004)
Assistant Registrar
B.A., Bloomsburg University
Melissa A. Masse (2001)
Assistant Director of Financial Aid
B.A., Lycoming College
Jason R. Moran (2004)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Lycoming College
James J. Nekoloff (2005)
Sports Information Director
B.A., Marietta College
M.B.A., West Virginia Wesleyan College
Kirsten R. Newman (2004)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Lycoming College
Michelle M. Parks (2001)
Assistant Director of Admissions
B.A., Lycoming College
Salomeh Pourmoghim (2004)
Instructional Service Librarian/Coordinator of
Reference & Assessment
M.L.S., Texas Woman's University
B.A., Azad University
Michael W. Rheiner (2005)
Director of Career Development Center
B.S., University of Wyoming
M.A., Appalachian State University
Mary E. Savoy (2002)
Registrar
B.S., Indiana University of Pensylvania
Beth Ann Scruggs (2005)
Prospect Research Coordinator
B.A., Lycoming College
Mary Snyder
Library
()i)(v07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Casey M. Spencer (2005)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Lycoming College
Cindy Springman (1999)
Bursar
A. A., Williamsport Area Community College
Matthew E. Stendardi (2004)
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Lycoming College
Sondra L. Stipcak (1995)
Nurse, Director of Health Services
B.S.N. , Indiana University of PA
Melanie Taormina (2005)
Director of Alumni Relations
B.A., Lycoming College
M.F.A., University of Pittsburgh
C. Townsend Velkoff (2005)
Director of Counseling Services
B.A., Hartwick College
M.S., Syracuse University
Lin Wei (2005)
Web Designer
B.A., Liaoning Normal University
Isaac H. Willis (2005)
Student Life Coordinator
B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan College
D.P.M., California College of Podiatric
Medicine
Jennifer Wilson (2000)
Director of Development
B.S., Carnegie Mellon University
Emeriti
Harold H. Hutson
President Emeritus
B.A., LL.D., Wofford College
Ph.D., Un ive rsity of Ch icago
L.H.D., Ohio Wesleyan University
Bishop D. Frederick Wertz
President Emeritus
A.B., Dickinson College
M.A., S.T.B., Boston University
LL.D., Dickinson College
D.D., Lycoming College
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Faculty
On Sabbatical Fall Semester 2006
On Sabbatical Spring 2007
On Sabbatical Academic Yeai- 2006-07
**** On Leave Academic Year 2006-07
Professors
Howard C. Berthold, Jr. (1976) **
Psychology
B.A., Franklin and Marshall College
M.A., University of Iowa
Ph.D., The University of Massachusetts
Gary M. Boerckel (1979)
Music
B.A., B.M., Oherlin College
M.M., Ohio University
D.M.A., University of Iowa
Barbara F. Buedel (1989)
Foreign Languages and Literatures
B.A., University of Kentucky
M.A., M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Sascha Feinstein (1995)
English
B.A.. University of Rochester
M.F.A., Ph.D., Indiana University
David G. Fisher (1984)
Astronomy/Physics
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware
Amy Golahny (1985) ***
Art
B.A., Brandeis University
M.A., Williams College - Clark Art Institute
M. Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University'
Stephen R. Griffith (1970)
Philosophy
A.B., Cornell University
M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
G. W. Hawkes (1989)
English
B.A., University of Washington-Seattle
M.A., Ph.D., SUNY-Binghamton
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC
Richard A. Hughes (1970)
M.B. Rich Chair in ReHgion
B.A., University of Indianapolis
S.T.B., Ph.D., Boston University
Robert H. Larson (1969)
History
B.A., The Citadel
M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia
Mehrdad Madresehee (1986)
Economics
Director, Institute for Management Studies
B.S., University of Tehran
M.S., National University of Iran
M.S., University' of Idaho
Ph.D., Washington State University
Chriss McDonald (1987)
Chemistry
B.S., Manchester College
Ph.D., Miami University of Ohio
Richard J. Morris (1976)
History
B.A., Boston State College
M.A., Ohio University
Ph.D., New York University
Carole Moses (1982)
English
B.A., Adelphi University
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton
John F. Piper, Jr. (1969)
History
Dean of the College/Professor of History
A.B., Lafayette College
B.D., Yale University
Ph.D., Duke University
Michael G. Roskin (1972)
PoHtical Science
Robert L. and Charlene Shangraw Professor
4./^., University of California at Berkeley
M.A., University' of California at Los Angeles
Ph.D., The American University
()7 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Kathryn M. Ryan (1981)
Psychology
B.S., University of Illinois
M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Roger D. Shipley (1967)
Art
B.A., Otterbein College
M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art
Fred M. Thayer, Jr. (1976)
Music
The Logan Richmond Professorship
A.B., Syracuse University
B.M., Ithaca College
M.M., SUNY at Binghamton
D.M.A., Cornell University
John M. Whelan, Jr. (1971)
Philosophy
John P. Graham Teaching Professorship
B.A., University of Notre Dame
Ph.D., The University of Texas at Austin
Stan T. Wilk (1973)
Sociology/Anthropology
B.A., Hunter College
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
David S. Witwer (1994)
History
B.A., DePauw University'
M.A., Ph.D., Brown University
Melvin C. Zimmerman (1979)
Biology
The Frank and Helen Lowry Professor
B.S., SUNY at Cortland
M.S., Ph.D., Miami University
Associate Professors
Jerry D.Allen (1984)
Theatre
B.F.A., M.F.A., Utah State University
Susan K.Beidler( 1975)
Collection Management Services Librarian
B.A., University of Delaware
M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Holly D.Bendorf( 1995)
Chemistry
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University
Ph.D., University of California-Los Angeles
Timothy Carter (1999)
Criminal Justice
B.A., M.C.J., University of South Carolina
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Richard R. Erickson (1973)
Astronomy and Piiysics
B.A., University of Minnesota
M.S., Ph.D., University of Chicago
B. Lynn Estoniin( 1993)
Art
B.A., Antioch College
M.F.A., University of Cincinnati
Edward G.Gabriel (1977)
Biology
B.A., M.A., Alfred University
M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University
Gary Hafer (1992)
English
B.A., M.A., Kiitztown University
Ph.D., Purdue University
David K. Haley (1980)
Mathematical Science
B.A., Acadia University
M.S., Ph.D., Queens University
Ph.D., Universitat Mannheim
Garett Heysel (1999) ***
Foreign Languages and Literatures
B.A., Middlebury College
M.A., Northwestern University
Ph.D., Ohio State University
Janet Hurlbert (1985) **
Director of Library Services
Associate Dean
B.A., M.A., University of Denver
SandraL. Kingery (1998)
Foreign Languages and Literatures
B.S., Lawrence University
M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-
Madison
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Eldon F. Kuhns, II (1979) **
Accounting
B.A., Lycoming College
M. Accounting, University of Oklahoma
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania)
Darby Lewes (1993)
English
B.A., Saint Xavier College
M.A., Northwestern University
Ph.D., University of Chicago
Litt.D., Wilson College (Honoris Causa)
Eileen M. Peluso (1998)
Mathematical Science
B.S., Bloomsburg University
M.S., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Susan M. Ross (1998)
Sociology/Anthropology
B.A., Millersville University
M.A., Ph.D., University of New Hampshire
Gene D. Sprechini (1981) *
Mathematical Science
B.S., Wilkes College
M.A., Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton
Philip W. Sprunger (1993)
Economics
B.S., B.A., Bethel College
M. A., Ph.D., Indiana University
Arthur Sterngold (1988)
Business Administration
B.A., Princeton University
M.B.A., Northwestern University
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
H.Bruce Weaver (1974)
Business Administration
B.B.A., Stetson University
J.D., Vanderbilt University
M.B.A., University of Central Florida
David H. Wolfe (1989)
Astronomy/Physics
B.S., Lock Haven State College
M.S., Pennsylvania State University
Ph.D., Kent State University
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAU
Assistant Professors
Susan Beery (1999) *
Psychology
B.A., Duke University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Miami
Neil M. Boyd (2006)
Business Administration
B.A., Bloomshiirg University
M.A., M.B.A., University of Notre Dame
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Michelle Briggs (1992)
Biology
Director of Lycoming Scholars
B.S., Cornell University
M.S., University of Iowa
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
David R. Broussard (2006)
Biology
B.S.. M.S., Baylor University
Ph.D., Auburn University
Amy Cartal-Falk (1991)
Foreign Languages and Literatures
B.A., Lycoming College
M.A., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State
University
G. Kathleen Chamberlain (1999)
Education
B.S.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania
M.S.Ed., Mansfield University of
Pennsylvania
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Santusht S. deSilva (1983)
Mathematical Science
B. Sc, University of Sri Lanka
M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
iAlka Gandhi (2003)
Economics
B.A., Duke University
M.A., University of Kansas
Ph.D., Ohio State University
Darcy Gustafson (2005)
Education
B.A., Ed.M., Smith College
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
2(1(1(1-1)7 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Owen F. Herring (1965)
Philosophy
B.A., Wake Forest College
Katherine Hill (2003)
Psychology
B.A., Colorado College
M.S., Ph.D., Kansas State University
Rachael Hungerford (1989)
Education
A.A., Cayuga County Community College
B.S., State University of New York at Plattsburgh
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts/Amherst
Steven R. Johnson (1999) **
Religion/Archaeology
B.A., California State University, Fullerton
M.Div., San Francisco Theological Seminary
M.A., Miami University of Ohio
M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate University
Sue A. Kelley (1999)
Psychology
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Robin DeWitt Knauth (1999) *
Religion/Archaeology
A.B., Princeton University
M. T. S. , Regent College
Tli.D., Harvard University Divinity School
Steven Koehn (1997)
Communication
B.A., VA Polytechnic & State University
M.A., Pepperdine University
D.Ed., West Virginia University
Bonita Kolb (2002)
Business Administration
B.A., Alaska Pacific University
M.S., Ph.D., Golden Gate University'
Don L. Kurtz (2006)
Criminal Justice
B. Social Work, Washington University
M. Social Work, University of Kansas
Ph.D., Kansas State University'
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Andrew Leiter (2005)
English
B.A., University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa
M.A.. Ph.D., University of N.C., Chapel Hill
Charles H.Mahler (1994)
Chemistry
B.A., The Ohio State University
M.S., Ph.D.. Northwestern University
Betty McCall (2004)
Sociology/Anthropology
B.A., Lamar University
M.S., Baylor University
M.A., Ph.D., Vanderbilt University
Terence W. McGarvey (2004)
Biology
B.A., Hofstra University
M.S., Long Island University
Ph.D., Loyola University of Chicago
Mary E. Morrison (2004)
Biology
B.A., Princeton University
M.A./M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University
Jeffrey D. Newman (1995)
Biology
B.S., University of South Carolina
Ph.D., Marquette University
Kurt H. Olsen (1993)
Psychology
Marshal of the College
B.S., St. Lawrence University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Rochester
Todd Preston (2003)
English
B.A., State University of New York at Geneseo
M.A., State University of New York at Albany
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Jeremy D. Ramsey (2005)
Chemistry
B.S., Clarion University of Pennsylvania
Ph.D., The Ohio State University
LYCOMING COLLEGE
N. J. Stanley (2002)
Theatre
B.S., Louisiana State University
M.F.A., Florida State Univ., Tallahassee
Ph.D., Indiana University-Bloomington
Howard Tran (2002)
Art
B.F.A., Academy of Art College
M.F.A., Boston University
Richard E. Wienecke (1982)
Accounting
B.A., Lycoming College
M.S., Bucknell University
M.B.A., Long Island University
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania and New York)
Fredric M. Wild, Jr. (1978)
Communication
B.A., Emory! University
M. Div., Yale Divinity School
M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University
Jonathan Williamson (2002)
Political Science
B.A., University of Houston
M.A., Ph.D., Emory University
Cui Yin (2003)
Mathematical Sciences
B.S., Qufu Normal University
M.S., Fudam University
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Instructors
Deborah J. Holmes (1976)
Physical Education
B.S., M.S., The Pennsylvania State Universit
Visiting, Special, and
Part-time Appointments
Diane Abercrombie (1988)
Mathematical Sciences
B.Bus.Admin., Bernard M. Banich College,
CUNY
George C. Adams, Jr. (2003)
Religion
B.A., Susquehanna University
M.A., Ph.D., Fordham University
imb-Ql ACADEMIC CATALC
k
Mark A. Anderson (2004)
Criminal Justice
B.S.. St. Lawrence University
M.S., Northeastern Universtiy
Brian J. Bluth (2005)
Criminal Justice
B.S., Carnegie Mellon University
J.D., University of Pittsburgh School of Law
Ph.D., University of Iowa
David Burke (1995)
Biology
Michelle Burns (2004)
Religion
Jerusalem University
Tel Aviv University
B.A., Lycoming College
Len Cagle (2005)
Foreign Languages and Literatures
B.A., M.A., University of Arkansas
Ph.D.. Brown University
James Campbell (2003)
Education
B.S., Mansfield Univ. of Pennsylvania
M.Ed., Bloomsburg University
Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
Cullen Chandler (2003)
History
B.A., Austin College
M.A., Fordham University
Ph.D., Purdue University
William S. Ciabattari (2006)
Visiting Instructor of Music
red Chappen (1994)
Philosophy
S.A., Bucknell University
M.A., University of Chicago
Katharine Cimini (1992)
r'sychology
S.A., Lycoming College
\I.A., College of William and Maty
Joan Moyer Clark (1987)
Music/Theatre
Monica Clay (2005)
Political Science
B.S., Emoiy University
J.D., George Washington University
Regina Collins (1991)
Assistant Dean for Freshmen/Mathematical
Science
B.A., Rosemont College
M.S., Bucknell University
Susan Curry (2004)
Education
B.A., Lycoming College
B.S.Ed., Lock Haven State University
Roger Davis (1984)
Computers/Mathematics
B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania State University
Pamela Dill (1990)
Wellness
B.S.N., University of the State of New York
at Albany
M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania
Sherry Fagnano (1999)
Mathematical Sciences
B.A., Lycoming College
Kathy Furman (2002)
Education
B.A., Oral Roberts University
M.S. Wilkes University
Pamela Gaber (2002)
Religion/ Archaeology
B.A., University of Wisconson, Madison
A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University
Stephen Gilmore (2005)
Religion
B.S., Millersville University
M.A., Bucknell University
1006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
■^
Margaret Gilvary (2002)
Don M. Larrabee, II (1972)
Education
Lecturer in Law
fi.y4., Marywood College
A.B., Franklin and Marshall College
M.Ed., Bloomslmrg University
LL.B., Fordham University
Kathy Gorg (2004)
Lillian Lindsay (2004)
Art
Physical Education
B.A.. Kiitztown University
B.A., Mansfield University
Robert Graham (2003)
Lisa McNerney (2002)
Theatre
Foreign Languages
B.A., Kennesaw State University
B.S., University' of Oregon
M.F.A., Indiana University
M.A., Bloonisburg University
Charles Guttendorf (2003)
John Mitchell (1999)
Criminal Justice
Psychology
B.A., M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Jennifer Hansum (2004)
English
B.A., Mount Holyoke College
M.A., Middlebitry College
Raymond Huff (2004)
Education
B.S., Lock Haven Univ. of Pennsylvania
M.S., Bucknell University
Carol Johnson (2004)
Education
B.A., Lycoming College
Jeremiah Johnson (2004)
Art
B.F.A., Tyler School of Art of Temple University
M.F.A., Syracuse University
Craig Kaufman (1994)
Art
B.S., Kutztown State College
Jennifer L. Knapp (2004)
Communication
B.A., Canisius College
M.S., West Virginia University
Lauri L. Kremer (2006)
Accounting
B.A., Lycoming College
M.B.A., Wilkes University
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
B.A., Florida State University
Psy.D., Indiana State University
Barbara Most (2004)
Theatre
B.S., Mansfield University
M.A., Marywood University
Kevin Nestor (2004)
Astronomy/Physics
B.A., B.S., Lycoming College
Janice Ogurcak (2001)
Communication, Advisor to The Lycourier
B.A., Pennsylvania State University
Valerie J. Postal (2005)
Education
B.S., Pennsylvania State University
M.S.Ed., Bucknell University
Gene Remoff (2003)
Business Administration
B.S., Fairleigh Dickinson University
M.B.A., Temple University
M.S., University of Pennsylvania
Larry Rhinehart (2001)
Education
B.S., Mansfield State University
M.S.Ed., Bucknell University
Kimberly Rhone (1999)
Art
B.A., Lycoming College
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOC
Edward R. Robbins (2001)
Criminal Justice
B.A., Mansfield State University
M.S., Shippensburg University
Anthony Salvatori (1988)
Education
B.S., Lock Haven State University
M.Ed., Bloomsburg University
Stafford Smith (2004)
Alt
B.A., Wesley an University
M.F.A., Cornell University
James States (2003)
Art
B.A., Lycoming College
Kathryn Turner Sterngold (1992)
Art
B.S., Kutztown University
M.A., Alfred University
LouAnn Tom (1999)
Chemistry
B.A., Lycoming College
M.S., Bucknell University
Ph.D., Lehigh University
Robin Van Auken (2002)
Communication
B.A., M.A., University of South Florida
Alan Wilcox
Mathematics
BEE, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute
MEE, M.B.A., Ph.D. (EE), Univeristy of Virginia
Bradley Williams (2003)
Psychology
B.A., Lycoming College
M.S., Miami University
Tiffany Wishard (2000)
Criminal Justice/Political Science
B.A., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State
University
J.D., The Dickenson School of Law
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Applied Music Instructors
Richard Adams (2002)
Woodwinds
B.A., Lycoming College
Rebecca Anstey (2001)
Brass
B.Mus., Lawerence University
M.Mus., Eastman School of Music
Tim Breon (1998)
Electronic Music Lab
PA Governor's School for the Arts
Reuben Councill (2004)
Woodwinds
B.M.E., The Univ. ofN.C. at Greensboro
M.A., Western Carolina University
Robert Ensinger (2004)
Brass
B.M.Ed., Ithaca College
Donald J. Fisher (2003)
Percussion
B.S., Indicma Univ. of Pennsylvania
Linda Fountain (2006)
Woodwinds
Richard J. Lakey (1979)
Organ and Piano
A.B., Westminster Choir College
M.A., Indicma University of Pennsylvania
Charles Masters (2003)
Accompanist
Carina McNear (1998)
Voice
B.A., Lycoming College
M. Music, The Pennsylvania State University
Janice Miller Mianulli (2001)
Voice
B.M.E., Westminister Choir College
M.M. in Vocal Performance and Pedagogy,
The Pennsylvania State University
Yvonne Mitchell (1992)
Piano
B.A., Lycoming College
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Riana Muller (2006)
Strings
Sasha Piastre (2006)
Voice
B.F.A., Carnegie Mellon
M.M. In Vocal Performance and Pedagogy,
The Pennsylvania State University
Andrew Rammon (2001)
Strings
B.A., Pepperdine University
M. Music, The Cleveland Institute of Music
Wendy Savoy (2003)
Voice
B.M., Mansfield University of Pennsylvania
Jennifer Schmidt (2003)
Voice
B.M., San Jose State University
M.M., Northwestern University
Tim Walck (2006)
Woodwinds
Valerie Whyman (2004)
Brass
B.A., University of Surrey
PGCE, Roehampton Institute, London
Adjunct Faculty & Staff
Manjula Balasubramanian, M.D.
Medical Director, Clinical Laboratory
Science Program Graduate Hospital
Philadelphia, PA J 9 146
Jean Buchenhorst, M.S., MT (ASCP)
Program Director, Clinical Laboratory
Science Program Graduate Hospital
Philadelphia, PA 19146
Paul J. Cherney, M.D.
Medical Director, School of Medical Technology
Abington Memorial Hospital
Abington, PA 19001
James Eastman, M.D.
Medical Director, School of Medical Technology
The Lancaster General Hospital
Lancaster, PA 17603
LYCOMING COLLEGE
184
Nadine Gladfelter, M.S., MT (ASCP)
Program Director, School of Medical Technology
The Lancaster General Hospital
Lancaster, PA 17603
Joseph T. King, M.D.
Medical Advisor & Associate Pathologist
Clinical Laboratory' Science Program
Robert Packer Hospital
Say re, PA 18840
Willem Lubbe, M.D.
Medical Director CLS Program
Williamsport Hospital
Williamsport, PA 17701
Loretta A. Moffatt, B.S., MT (ASCP)
Program Director
Williamsport Hospital CLS Program
Williamsport, PA 17701
Barbara J. Scheelje, B.S., MT (ASCP)
Program Director, School of
Medical Technology
Abington Memoricd Hospital
Abington, PA 19001
Brian D. Spezialetti, M.S., M.T. (ASCP)
Program Director
Clinical Laboratory Science Program
Robert Packer Hospital
Say re, PA 18840
Emeriti
Susan Alexander
Associate Professor Emerita of Sociology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., American University
Robert B. Angstadt
Professor Emeritus of Biology
B.S., Ur. sinus College
M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University
Jon R. Bogle
Professor Emeritus of Art
B.F.A., B.S., M.F.A., Tyler School of Art;
Temple University
Clarence W. Burch
Professor Emeritus of Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Mr. John H. Conrad
Professor Emeritus of Education
B.S., Mansfield State College
M.A., New York University'
JackD. Diehl,Jr. (1971)
Professor Emeritus of Biology
B.S., M.A., Sam Houston State University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut
Robert F. Falk
Professor Emeritus of Theatre
B.A., B.D., Drew University
M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University
Dr. Morton A. Fineman
Professor Emeritus of Physics
B.A., Indiana University
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
David A. Franz
Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
A.B., Princeton University
M.A.T., The Johns Hopkins University
Ph.D., University of Virginia
Ernest P. Giglio
Professor Emeritus of Political Science
B.A., Queens College
M.A., SUNY at Albany
Ph.D., Syracuse University
Eduardo Guerra
Professor Emeritus of Religion
B.D., Southern Methodist University
S.T.M., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary
John G. Hancock
Professor Emeritus of Psychology
B.S., M.S. Bucknell University
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
John G. Hollenback
Professor Emeritus of Business Administration
B.S., M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania
James K. Hummer
Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
B.N.S., Tufts University
M.S., Middlebury College
Ph.D.. University of North Carolina
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Bruce M. Hurlbert
Associate Professor Emeritus of Library Services
B.A., The Citadel
M.S.L.S., Florida State University
M. Raymond Jamison
Assistant Professor Emeritus of Physics
B.S., Ursimis College
M.S., Bucknell University
Emily R. Jensen
Professor Emerita of English
B.A., Jamestown College
M.A., University of Denver
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Robert J. B. Maples
Associate Professor Emeritus of Foreign Lang.
A.B. , University of Rochester
Ph.D., Yale University
Roger W. Opdahl
Professor Emeritus of Economics
A.B., Hofstra University
M.A., Columbia University
D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
Kathleen D. Pagana
Professor Emerita of Nursing
B.S.N., University of Maryland
M.S.N., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Doris P. Parrish
Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing
B.S., SUNY at Pittsburgh
M.S., Russell Sage College
Ph.D., University ofTe.xas at Austin
Robert W. Rabold
Professor Emeritus of Economics
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University
M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
David J. Rife
Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., University of Florida
M.A., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University
Logan A. Richmond
Professor Emeritus of Accounting
B.S., Lycoming College
M.B.A., New York University
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY • ATHLETIC STAFF
Mary Landon Russell
Associate Professor Emerita of Music
Mus. B., Susquehanna University
Consen'atofy of Music
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
James W. Sheaffer
Associate Professor Emeritus of Music
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
M. S. , Unive rsit\' of Pennsylvan ia
John A. Stuart
Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., William Jewell College
M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University
Robert A. Zaccaria
Associate Professor Emeritus of Biology
B.A.. Bridgewater College
Ph.D., University of Virginia
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Athletic Staff
Joseph Balduino
Assistant Men's Soccer Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Lyn Belford
Assistant Swimming Coach
B.S., Clarion University
M.S.. Bloomsburg University
David Bower
Football Coach
B.A., Lock Haven University
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University'
Allison Bressler
Cheerleading Advisor
M.A., Edinboro University
Gary Brown
Assistant Football Coach
Brandon Charlton
Head Athletic Trainer
ATC - B.S., Ohio University
M.A., Edinboro University
Roger Crebs
Head Wrestling Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
A. C. Cruz
Strength Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Robert L. Curry
Associate Athletic Director
B.A., Lycoming College
Christen Ditzler
Head Women's Basketball Coach
Head Women's Softball Coach
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College
John Dorner
Head Men's Tennis Coach
Hilary Eckert
Volunteer Assistant Women's Lacrosse Coach
B.S., Univ. of Pennsylvania-Shippensburg
186
L
ATHLETIC STAFF
Royce Eyer
Assistant Wrestling Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Marshall Fisher
Assistant Football Coach
B.S., Lock Haven University
Albert Fluman
Assistant Wrestling Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Donald Friday
Head Men's Basketball Coach
B.S., M.B.A., Lebanon Valley
Frank Girardi, Jr.
Assistant Football Coach
B..\., Lycoming College
Frank L. Girardi
i Director of Athletics
I Head Football Coach
B.S., West Chester State College
i/erry Girardi
I Assistant Football Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
(Gerald Hammaker
Head Men's & Women's Swimming Coach
B.A., The College ofWooster
2(Hl(,-{)7 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Kristi Hammaker
Assistant Swimming Coach
B.S., Clarion University
M.H.A., Pennsylvania State University
Robyn Hannan
Assistant Women's Basketball Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
George Henry
Assistant Women's Basketball Coach
B.A., Susquehanna University
M.S., Pennsylvania State University
Deborah J. Holmes
Women's Tennis Coach
B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania State University
Vonnie Kaiser
Assistant Women's Tennis Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Scott Kennell
Assistant Athletic Director
Head Men's & Women's Soccer Coach
B.S., North Carolina Wesleyan College
Trevor Loehr
Assistant Men's Soccer Coach
B.S., Lycoming College
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ATHLETIC STAFF
Joe Lumbis
Equipment Manager
Timothy P. McMahon
Head Women's Volleyball Coach
A.B., Penn College
B.S. Mgiit., Lock Haven University
Michael Mertz
Assistant Wrestling Coach
Jamie Miller
Assistant Wrestling Coach
B.S., Bucknell University
Scott Miner
Assistant Men's Basketball Coach
B.S., Bloomsburg University
Joe Moore
Assistant Women's Softball Coach
James Nekoloff
Sports Information Director
B.A., Marietta College
M.B.A., West Virginia Wesleyan College
Tom Packard
Assistant Volleyball Coach
Mike Pearson
Assistant Football Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Jeff Rauff
Assistant Swimming Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Kara Reber
Head Women's Lacrosse Coach
B.S., Bowling Green State University
B.S., SUNY at Brockport
Matthew Reber
Assistant Women's Lacrosse Coach
B.S., SUNY at Fredonia
Sean Reese
Assistant Wrestling Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Raymond Ross
Assistant Football Coach
B.A., Mansfield University
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Jesse Smith
Assistant Football Coach
B.S., M.Ed., Bloomsburg University
Jamie Spencer
Head Golf Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Kara Steck
Assistant Women's Soccer Coach
B.S., Messiah College
Mike Talarico
Head Men's Lacrosse Coach
B.A., Drew University
M.Ed., Widener University
Mike Weber
Assistant Football Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Isaac Willis
Assistant Men's Basketball Coach
B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan College
DPM, California College of Podiatric Medicine
Steve Wiser
Assistant Football Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Adrienne Wydra
Head Cross Country Coach
Assistant Women's Basketball Coach
B.A., Lycoming College
Todd Yamauchi
Assistant Athletic Trainer
B.S.. Whitworth College
M.A., Oregon Station University
Richard Zalonis
Assistant Football Coach
B.A., Lock Haven University
imb-m ACADEMIC CATALO<
ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT STAFF
Administrative Support Staff
Lorri Amrom
Faculty Secretary
Lisa D. Barrett
Library Technician, Technical Services
Melody A. Bartlett
Secretary, Director of Physical Plant
Cynthia Bezilla
Library Evening Proctor
Betli Bickel
Accounts Payable Coordinator
Leslie W. Bogert
Security Officer
Brigitte C. Brahms
Telecommunications Coordinator
Terri Brewer
Biographical Records Specialist
Eric J. Brungard
Security Officer
Diane M. Carl
Executive Secretary to President
Barbara J. Carlin
Executive Secretary to Dean of
Admissions & Financial Aid
Kathryn M. Casale
Faculty Secretary
Grace A. Clark
Library Evening Proctor
Carol J. Counsil
Secretary, Residence Life
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
June V. Creveling
Secretary. Buildings & Grounds
and Safety & Security
Mary E. Dahlgren
Data Information Specialist & Project
Supervisor
Linda R. Delong
Switchboard Operator, Receptionist
Jonathan DeSantis
Staff Technician
Rosemarie DiRocco
Faculty Secretary, Music & Art/Gallery
Director
Julia Dougherty
Library Technician, Archives
Terri R. Driscoll
Textbook/Supply Coordinator
Peggy Fenstermacher
Information Data Specialist, Secretary
Douglas F. Fetzer
Shift Supervisor, Security
Colleen M. Fox
Administration Assistant to Alumni & Parent
Programs
Beatrice D. Gamble
Student Information Specialist
Geralynn A. Gerber
Campus Store Assistant
Ethel M. Gilbert
Switchboard Operator & Receptionist
Patricia R. Haladay
Housing Coordinator
Diane J. Hassinger
Executive Secretary to Dean of College
Esther L, Henninger
Secretary, Athletics
MaryAnn Hollenbach
Faculty Secretary
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT STAFF
Barbara E. Horn
Faculty Secretary
Wayne E. Hughes
Media Technology Coordinator
Tamara Hutson
Library Technician, Assistant to the Director
Sandra L. Jansson
Secretary, College Relations
Daniel Johnson
Mail Services Assistant
David M. Kelchner
Systems Analyst
Margaret I. Kimble
Secretary, Career Development Center
Donna M. Laughrey
Purchasing Coordinator
Zachary D. Lease
End User Support Specialist
Cathi A. Lutz
Human Resources Coordinator
John J. Maness
Security Shift Supervisor
Patricia J. McCIintock
Box Office & House Manager
Erin M. McCormick
Assistant to the Registrar
Nielin L. Meredith
Admissions Data Entry Clerk
Tracy B. Miles
Special Events Coordinator, Executive
Secretary
Nikole L. Miller
Help Desk Coordinator
Rebecca R. Miller
Secretary, Financial Aid
Tara Miller
Payroll & Student Loan Coordinator
Marlene L. Neece
Library Technician. Document Delivery
Susan Nelson
Library Technician, Access Services
LYCOMING COLLEGE
190
Wilma L Reeder
Library Technician, Serials Manager
John F. Ring
Security Officer
Diana Salamone
Coordinator of Student Computing
Brenda Schmick
Gift Records Specialist & Secretary
Debbie Smith
Faculty Secretary
Marilyn E. Smith
Printing Services Assistant
Dawn M. Sones
Mail Services Coordinator
Gail M. Spencer
Library Technician, Circulation Supervisor
Amy L. Starr
Programmer Analyst
Mary L. Strassner
Cashier & Bookkeeper
Sheran L. Swank
Faculty Secretary
Judy E. Walker
Secretary, Health Services
James L. Warren
Security Officer
Donna A. Weaver
Secretary, Student Programs/Leadership
Development
Roberta Wheeler
Secretary, Athletics
Mary S. White
Campus Store Clerk
Joyce E. Wilson
Secretary, Assistant Dean for Freshmen
Jean C. Wool
Executive Secretary to Dean of Student Affairs
Cristen J. Yothers
Security Shift Supervisor
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
Alumni Association
I The Lycoming College Alumni Association
has a membership of over 15,000 men and
women. It is governed by an Executive Board
comprised of 32 members-at-large represent-
ing various class years, geographic areas, and
affinity groups; the current presidents and
immediate past presidents of the senior class
and Student Senate also sit on the Board.
The Director of Alumni Relations manages
the activities of the Alumni Office.
The Alumni Association has the following
purpose as stated in its constitution: "As an
off-campus constituency, the Association's
purpose is to seek ways of maintaining an
active and mutually beneficial relationship
between the College and its alumni, utilizing
their talents, resources and counsel to further
the objectives and programs of Lycoming
College."
All former students of Williamsport
Dickinson Seminary and all former students
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
who have successfully completed one year of
study at Williamsport Dickinson Junior
College or Lycoming College are considered
members of the association.
The Alumni Office is responsible for
keeping alumni informed of and engaged with
the programs, growth, and activities of the
College and the Alumni Association through
regular publications, periodic mailings, and
the alumni website (www.lycoming.edu/
alumni). Arrangements for Homecoming,
reunions, regional alumni chapter events and
meetings, and Family Weekend are coordi-
nated through the Office of Alumni Relations.
The Alumni Office works closely with the
other departments within the Division for
College Advancement: Development and
College Relations.
Communications to the Alumni Associa-
tion Executive Board should be addressed to
the Office Alumni Relations.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ALUMNI ASSCXTIATION EXECUTIVE BOARD
TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2006
Brian L. Belz "96
Brenda J. Bowser Soder '98
A. Davin D'Ambrosio '86
Nancy (Hall) Gieniec '59
John C. Shorb '76
Brian D. Vasey '81
David A. Walsh '76
TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2007
Thomas R. Beamer '74
Andrew A. Bucke '71
David E. Detwiler, III "75
Heather Duda '98
David E. Freet '68
John J. Joe '59
Mark J. Ohlinger '92
TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2008
Bonnie (Bierly) Bowes '62
Shannon (Keane) English '94
Ronalds. McElwee '71
Meredith (Rambo) Murray '92
Barbara (Neff) Price '60
Linda (Wabschall) Ross '69
Cheryl (Eck) Spencer '70
Linda (Lady) Wallace '77
Dennis G. Youshaw '61
LYCOMING COLLEGE
TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2009
Lynn A. Cruickshank '84
W. Clark Gaughan '77
Andrew M. Gross '59
Kari L. Hebble '86
JohnH. LealirSO
John T. Murray ir 81
Gary R. Spies '72
Joseph M. Wade '90
Ann (Bell) Wood '73
Members of the Board Serving
a One- Year Term
Student Senate President
Kelly Howerter '06
Senior Class President
Michele Connors '06
Student Senate Past President
Emily Lubold "05
Senior Class Past President
Pamela Tipler '05
192
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOC
ft
Index
Academic Advising 46
Academic Calendar 2
Academic Honesty/Standing 30-31
Academic Honors 31
Academic Program 32
Accounting Cuniculum 53
Accounting-Mathematics 56
Admission to Lycoming 10
Advanced Placement 26
Advanced Standing by Transfer 1 1, 26
Ulopathic Medicine, Preparation 46
alumni Association 191
American Studies Curriculum 57
anthropology Curriculum 161
application Fee and Deposits 13
ipplied Music Requirements 141
vrchaeology and Culture of the Ancient
Near East 58
ut Curriculum 60
306-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Astronomy and Physics 67
Astronomy Curriculum 67
Audit 28
Biology Curriculum 74
Board of Trustees 172
Business Administration Cuniculum 82
Campus Facilities 6
Capitol Semester 50
Career Development Services 22
Chemistry Curriculum 86
Christian Ministry, Advising for 47
Class Attendance 28
College and the Church 6
College Level Examination
Program (CLEP) 26
Communication Curriculum 90
Community Service Curriculum 147
Computer Science Curriculum 130
Conduct, Standards of 24
Contingency Deposits 14
Cooperative Programs 40
Engineering 40
Environmental Studies 40
Forestry 40
Medical Technology 41
Military Science 42
Optometiy 41
Podiatry 42
Counseling, Personal 23
Course Credit by Examination 26
Creative Writing 109
Criminal Justice Curriculum 96
Cultural Diversity 35
Degree Programs/Requirements 33
Dental School, Preparation 39
Departmental Honors 45
Deposits/Deposit Refunds 14
Distribution Requirements 34
English 35
Fine Arts 35
Foreign Language 35
Humanities 35
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Mathematics 35
Natural Sciences 35
Social Sciences 35
Economics Curriculum 99
Education Curriculum 103
Educational Opportunity Grants 19
English Curriculum 109
English Requirement 35
Entrance Examination (CEEB) 26
Environmental Science Minor 75
Environmental Studies 40
Established Interdisciplinary Major 38
Faculty 176
Financial Aid/Assistance 16
Financial Matters 13
Fine Arts Requirements 35
Foreign Language Requirement 35
Foreign Languages and
Literatures Curriculum 114
Forestry, Cooperative Program 40
French Curriculum 1 15
German Curriculum 1 17
LYCOMING COLLEGE
194
Grading System
Graduation Requirements
Greek Curriculum If
Health Professions, Preparation A
Health Services
Hebrew Curriculum 1
History Curriculum M
Honors Program
Honor Societies
Humanities Requirement
Independent Study A
Information Technology Services
Institute for Management Studies 12
Interdisciplinary Majors
Established Majors
Individual Majors
International Studies 12
Internship Programs ^
Legal Professions, Preparation
Literature 12
Loans
Lycoming Scholar Program
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALCIJ
Major 37
Admission to 37
Departmental 37
Interdisciplinary 38
Management Scholars Program 125
Mathematical Sciences 130
Mathematic Requirements 35
Mathematics Curriculum 132
May Term 48
Medical School, Preparation 46
Medical Technology 41
Military Science Curriculum 136
Minor 38
Music Curriculum 138
Natural Science Requirement 35
Non-degree Students 27
Optometry 41
Optometry School, Preparation 46
Osteopathy School, Preparation 46
Payment of Fees 14
Philadelphia Semester 50
Philosophy Curriculum 143
Physical Activity, Wellness
& Community Service Program 147
Physical Activity Curriculum 147
Physics Curriculum 70
Placement Services 20
Podiatric Medicine,
Cooperative Program 42
Political Science Curriculum 149
Pre-Medicine 39
Psychology Curriculum 152
Readmission 12
Refunds 14
Registration 27
Religion Curriculum 156
Repeated Courses 29
Reserve Officer Training
Corps Program (ROTC) 42
Residence and Residence Halls 7
Scholarships/Grants 19
Scholarships (ROTC) 21
Scholar Seminar 160
Social Science Requirement 35
Sociology-Anthropology Curriculum 161
Spanish Curriculum 119
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Staff 173, 186, 189
State Grants and Loans 19
Student Records 27
Study Abroad 50
Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant (SEOG) 19
Theatre Curriculum 165
Theological Professions, Advising 47
Transfer Credit 1 1,26
Unit Course System 25
United Nations Semester 50
Washington Semester 50
Wellness Curriculum 147
Withdrawal from College 28
Withdrawal of Admissions Offer 12
Women's and Gender Studies 171
Work-Study Grants 20
Writing Across The Cuixiculum Program ... 36
LYCOMING COLLEGE
COMMUNICATING WITH LYCOMING COLLEGE
COMMUNICATING WITH LYCOMING COLLEGE
Please address specific
inquiries as follows:
Director of Admissions:
Admissions; requests for publications
Treasurer:
Payment of bills; expenses
Director of Financial Aid:
Scholarships and loan fund;
financial assistance
Dean of the College:
Academic programs; faculty;
faculty activities; academic support
services
Assistant Dean for Freshmen:
Freshman Seminar; freshman
academic concerns
Dean of Student Affairs:
Student activities; residence halls;
religious life; health services
Registrar:
Student records; transcript requests;
academic policies
Career Development Center:
Career counseling; employment
opportunities
Vice President for Development:
Institutional relations; annual fund;
gift programs
Athletic Director:
Varsity Sports
Director of Alumni and
Parent Programs:
Alumni information; Homecoming;
Family Weekend activities
Director of College Relations:
Public information; publications;
sports information; media relations
LYCOMING COLLEGE
196
All correspondence
should be addressed to:
Lycoming College
700 College Place
Williamsport, PA 17701-5192
The College telephone number
is (570) 321-4000
http://www.lycoming.edu
Visitors
Lycoming welcomes visitors to the
campus. If you would like a guided tour,
call the Office of Admissions
(570) 321-4026 before your visit to
arrange a mutually convenient time.
Toll Free Number 1-800-345-3920
e-mail: admissions (s^ lycoming.edu
NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY
Lycoming College does not discriminate in
admission, employment or administration of
its programs or activities on the basis of race,
color, national origin, sex, age or disability of
1972, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, or
other federal, state or local laws, or executive
orders.
As a matter of policy, and/or in accordance
with applicable law, Lycoming College does
not discriminate in admission, employment or
administration of its programs or activities on
the basis of religion, ancestry, political belief,
veteran status, or sexual orientation.
Inquiries concerning application of this
policy should be directed to:
Director of Human Resources
Lycoming College
112 Long Hall
Williamsport, PA 17701
(570)321-4309
2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG
S-o
o =
i.i
pa
ca'
CD "D
>
cQ y
TVNews
OpenLibrary